Professional Documents
Culture Documents
www.siemens.com/energy
Editorial
SIPROTEC –
more than just protection
This edition of the SIPROTEC catalog incorporates many suggestions
from our readers, along with information about innovations and
supplementary products.
In the field of power distribution and consumption, SIEMENS now
offers a new family of SIPROTEC Compact devices. The 7SJ80 line
protection relay offers a vast amount of functionality in a compact
housing at an affordable price. The functional packages of 7SK80 are
especially designed for protection and management of asynchronous
motors of all sizes. Of course, the family has full native IEC 61850
capability besides supporting all other major communication proto-
cols, for seamless integration into all kinds of system environments.
This is exactly what you would expect because SIPROTEC stands for
innovation, reliability and integration into protection and control.
Another new family member is the web-based Power Quality moni-
toring and analysis suite, SIMEAS SAFIR. From now on, you will be
able to effectively analyze network disturbances and take corrective
action in a matter of minutes, no matter where you are. Take a few
minutes to work through the SIMEAS SAFIR tutorial and you will be
delighted by the benefits of the product.
IEC 61850 has become established as the communication backbone
for the new era of energy automation and control, and SIPROTEC is
its highlight. We are happy to share with you all the references and
experience we have gathered in recent years.
For your convenience, this SIPROTEC catalog is also available on CD
ROM. For further information on SIPROTEC applications and fea-
tures, our local Siemens representative will assist you, but don’t miss
the interactive multimedia DVD “SIPROTEC Tutorial,” which will
guide you through many of these features.
To receive this media free of charge, just ask your local Siemens repre-
sentative or send us an e-mail (support.energy@siemens.de).
We compiled this catalog with your needs in mind and hope it will
assist you to optimally and conveniently select from among the avail-
able features and products.
We wish you a pleasant and productive experience with SIPROTEC.
Overview/Applications 2
Operating Programs 3
SIPROTEC Communication 4
Numerical Protection Relays
Overcurrent Protection 5
Distance Protection 6
Generator Protection 11
Motor Protection 12
Power Quality 13
Substation Automation 14
7UT6 Differential protection relay for transformers, generators, motors and busbars 8/3
Relay Functions
Motor protection
Line differential
Overcurrent
Differential
Distance
7SD600
7SD610
7UT612
7UT613
7SA522
7SJ600
7SJ602
7VH60
7UT63
7SK80
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ45
7SJ46
7SJ80
7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7SD5
7SA6
overcurrent
50BF Breaker failure l l – n l – – – n n n n n n n – l l l – n
Breaker management
Voltage, frequency
motor protection
Generator and
Breaker failure
Synchronizing
7RW600
7SV600
7UM61
7UM62
7VK61
Protection functions Type 7VE6
ANSI No.* Description
14 Locked rotor protection n n – – – –
21 Distance protection, phase n n – – – –
21N Distance protection, earth – – – – – –
21FL Fault locator – – – – – –
24 Overfluxing (V/f protection) n n – – – n
rd n n
27/34 Stator earth-fault 3 harmonic – – – –
32 Directional power – n – – – –
32F Forward power l n – – – –
32R Reverse power n n – – – –
37 Undercurrent or underpower – n – – – –
40 Loss of field l n – – – –
46 Load unbalance, negative phase- l l – – – –
sequence overcurrent
47 Phase-sequence voltage n n – – – –
48 Incomplete sequence, locked rotor l l – – – –
49 Thermal overload n n – – –
49R Rotor thermal protection – n – – – –
49S Stator thermal protection n n – – – –
50 Instantaneous overcurrent n n n – – –
50N Instantaneous earth-fault n n – – – –
overcurrent
50BF Breaker failure n n n – n –
51GN Zero speed and underspeed dev. – n – – – –
51 Overcurrent-time relay, phase n n – – – –
51N Overcurrent-time relay, earth n n – – – –
51M Load jam protection – – – – – –
51V Overcurrent-time relay, n n – – – –
voltage controlled
59 Overvoltage n n l l – n
Relay Functions
Motor protection
Line differential
Overcurrent
Differential
Distance
7SD600
7SD610
7UT612
7UT613
7SA522
7SJ600
7SJ602
7VH60
7UT63
7SK80
7SS60
7SS52
7SJ45
7SJ46
7SJ80
7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
7SD5
7SA6
86 Lockout function n n n n n – – – – n n n n n n – n n n n –
87G Differential protection generator – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n – –
87T Differential protection transformer – – n l l – – – – – – – – – – n n n n – –
87BB Differential protection busbar – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – n n n n n
n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
1) only sensitive directional earth-fault overcurrent (67Ns)
Breaker management
Voltage, frequency
motor protection
Generator and
Breaker failure
Synchronizing
7RW600
7SV600
7UM61
7UM62
7VK61
Protection functions Type 7VE6
ANSI No.* Description
67 Directional overcurrent n n – – – –
67N Directional earth-fault overcurrent n n – – – –
67G Stator earth-fault n n – – – –
directional overcurrent
68 Power swing detection – l – – – –
74TC Trip circuit supervision n n n – – –
78 Out-of-step protection – n – – – –
79 Auto-reclosure – – n – – –
81 Frequency protection n n – l – n
n Standard function
l Option
* ANSI/EEE C 37.2: IEEE Standard Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers
Overview
Description
2
Simplicity in a complex world
Quite simply – SIPROTEC 4
Face the future with confidence and
innovative solutions.
SIPROTEC 4 is a flexible and powerful
solution for protecting your power sys-
tem.
LSP2296-afp.tif
Relay Families
Introduction • In 1976, the first minicomputer (process com-
puter)-based protection system was commis-
Siemens is one of the world’s leading suppliers of sioned: A total of 10 systems for 110/20 kV sub-
protection equipment for power systems. stations was supplied and is still operating
2 satisfactorily today.
Thousands of our relays ensure first-class
performance in transmission and distribution • Since 1985, we have been the first to manufacture
networks on all voltage levels, all over the world, a range of fully numerical relays with standardized
in countries of tropical heat or arctic frost. communication interfaces.
For many years, Siemens has also significantly Today, Siemens offers a complete range of protec-
influenced the development of protection tion relays for all applications including numerical
technology. busbar and machine protection.
To date, more than 600,000 numerical protection
relays from Siemens are providing successful ser-
vice, as stand-alone units in traditional systems or
as components of combined substation protection
Fig. 2/1 and substation control.
Meanwhile, the SIPROTEC 4 series has established
itself right across the market, incorporating many
years of operational experience with thousands of
relays, together with users’ requirements.
LSP2257-afp.tif
State-of-the-art technology
Mechanical and solid-state (static) relays have
been almost completely phased out of our
production because numerical relays are now
preferred by the users due to their decisive
advantages:
• Compact design and lower costs due to integration
SIPROTEC 4 family
of many functions into one relay
• High availability even with less maintenance due
to integral self-monitoring
• No drift (aging) of measuring characteristics due
to fully numerical processing
• High measuring accuracy due to digital filtering
LSP2879.tif
SIPROTEC ‘600
• Many integrated add-on functions, for example,
series for load-monitoring, event/fault recording and
thermal monitoring
• Local operation keypad and display designed to
modern ergonomic criteria
• Easy and reliable read-out of information via serial
LSP2880.tif
SIP053-afp.eps
Modern protection management “One feeder, one relay” concept Fig. 2/2
Numerical relays offer
All the functions, for example, of a line protection Analog protection schemes have been engineered increased information
availability
scheme can be incorporated in one unit: and assembled from individual relays. Interwiring
between these relays and scheme testing has been
• Distance protection with associated add-on and
carried out manually in the workshop.
monitoring functions
Data sharing now allows for the integration of
• Universal teleprotection interface by binary in-
several protection and protection-related tasks
put/contacts or serial interface
into one single numerical relay. Only a few exter-
• Auto-reclosure and synchronism check nal devices may be required for completion of the
total scheme. This has significantly lowered the
Protection-related information can be called up
costs of engineering, assembly, panel wiring, test-
on-line or off-line, such as:
ing and commissioning. Scheme failure probabil-
• Distance to fault ity has also been lowered.
• Fault currents and fault voltages Engineering has moved from schematic diagrams
towards a parameter definition procedure. A pow-
• Relay operation data (fault detector pickup, oper-
erful user-definable logic integrated in SIPROTEC 4
ating times etc.)
allows flexible customized design for protection,
• Set values control and measurement.
• Line load data (kV, A, MW, kVAr) Measuring included
To fulfill vital protection redundancy require- For many applications, the accuracy of the protec-
ments, only those functions which are interde- tion current transformer is sufficient for opera-
pendent and directly associated with each other tional measuring. The additional measuring c.t.
are integrated in the same unit. For back-up pro- was required to protect the measuring instru-
tection, one or more additional units should be ments under short-circuit conditions. Due to the
provided. low thermal withstand capability of the measuring
All relays can stand fully alone. Thus, the tradi- instruments, they could not be connected to the
tional protection concept of separate main and protection c.t.. Consequently, additional measur-
backup protection as well as the external connec- ing core c.t.s and measuring instruments are now
tion to the switchyard remain unchanged. only necessary where high accuracy is required,
e.g. for revenue metering.
Fig. 2/3
PC-aided setting
procedure
The relays may be set in 2 steps. First, all relay Setpoints Relay operations
settings are prepared in the office with the aid of a
local PC and stored on a file. On site, the settings
can then be downloaded from a PC into the relay.
The relay confirms the settings and thus provides
an unquestionable record.
Vice versa, after a system fault, the relay memory
can be uploaded to a PC, and comprehensive fault
2
analysis can then take place in the engineer’s office
if required.
Alternatively, the total relay dialog can be guided
from any remote location via a modem-telephone
connection (Fig. 2/4) or via the utility network.
LSP2260-afp.tif
the reliability of the protection functions (Fig. 2/8).
The following solutions are available within one
relay family:
• Separate control and protection relays
• Feeder protection and remote control of the line
The high processing power of modern numerical circuit-breaker via the serial communication link
units allows further integration of non-protective
• Combined relays for protection, monitoring and
add-on functions.
control
The question as to whether separate or combined
Mixed use of the different relay types is possible
relays should be used for protection and control
Fig. 2/8 on account of the uniform operation and commu-
cannot be uniformly answered. In transmission-
SIPROTEC 4 relays nication procedures.
7SJ61/62/63, 64 type substations, separation into independent
implemented functions hardware units is still preferred, whereas on the
LSP2265-afp.tif
This offers a number of advantages for the user:
• Reduced engineering and testing efforts due to 2
well-suited functions
• Reduced training due to uniform operation and
setting for all relays
• Uniform data management due to a common
operator program
Our 3 product families have a common basis and
with their characteristic features are optimized for
your main area of application.
LSP2329-afpen.tif
A great variety of units ranging from overcurrent-
time protection for medium-voltage applications
to distance and differential protection for extra-
high-voltage applications. All the units have con-
trol functions (partly with graphic display) and of-
fer a great variety of communications possibilities.
They have a large number of integrated protection
functions, from which the user can easily select
those required for his specific case of application.
SIPROTEC 4 relays
Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays are available in 1/3 to 1/1
of 19” wide housings with a standard height of
243 mm. Their size is compatible with that of
other relay families. Therefore, compatible ex-
change is always possible.
All wires (cables) are connected at the rear side of
2 the relay with or without ring cable lugs. A special
LSP2276-afp.tif
relay version with a detached cable-connected op-
erator panel (Fig. 2/13) is also available. It allows,
Fig. 2/10 1/1 of 19”
for example, the installation of the relay itself in
the low-voltage compartment and of the operator
panel separately in the door of the switchgear.
Terminals
Standard relay version with screw-type terminals
Current terminals
Connection Wmax = 12 mm
LSP2266-afp.tif
Voltage terminals
Connection Wmax = 10 mm
Ring cable lugs d1 = 4 mm
LSP2261-afpen.tif
Fig. 2/13
SIPROTEC 4
combined protection,
2-pin or 3-pin
control and connectors
monitoring relay 7SJ63
with detached operator Wire size 0.5 - 1.0 mm2
panel 0.75 - 1.5 mm2
1.0 - 2.5 mm2
Local operation
All operator actions can be executed and informa-
tion displayed via an integrated user interface.
Two alternatives for this interface are available.
On the backlit LCD display, process and device
information can be displayed as text.
2
Freely assignable LEDs are used to display process
or device information. The LEDs can be labelled
according to user requirements. An LED reset key
resets the LEDs and can be used for LED testing.
LSP2284-afpen.eps
4 configurable function keys permit the user to
execute frequently used actions simply and fast. Fig. 2/15
Numerical keys
detection.
Display editor
A display editor is available to design the display
on SIPROTEC 4 units with graphic display. The
predefined symbol sets can be expanded to suit
the user. The drawing of a single-line diagram is
extremely simple. Load monitoring values (analog
values) and any texts or symbols can be placed on 2
the display where required.
LSP2285-afpen.tif
ting groups can be activated via binary inputs, via
DIGSI 4 (local or remote), via the integrated key-
pad or via the serial substation control interface.
Relay Families
SIPROTEC 4 relays
LSP2273-afpen.tif
switching sequences can be configured simply via
drag and drop of logic symbols; no special knowl-
edge of programming is required. Logical ele-
ments, such as AND, OR, flip-flops and timer
Fig. 2/20
elements are available. The user can also generate CFC logic with module library
user-defined annunciations and logical combina-
tions of internal or external signals.
Retrofitting: communication modules
Communication interfaces It is possible that the relays are supplied directly
with two communication modules for the service
With respect to communication, particular em- and substation control interfaces or to retrofit the
phasis has been placed on high levels of flexibility, communication modules at a later stage. The
data integrity and utilization of standards com- modules are mounted on the rear side of the relay.
mon in energy automation. The design of the As standard, the time synchronization interface is
communication modules permits interchange- always supplied.
ability on the one hand, and on the other hand The communication modules are available for the
provides openness for future standards. entire SIPROTEC 4 relay range. Depending on the
relay type the following protocols are available:
LSP2261-afpen.tif
RS232, RS485
Note:
For further details of communication features, please refer
to Part 4.
Indication derivation
LSP2277-afp.tif
Navigation keys
8 configurable LEDs
Battery cover
Fig. 2/30
SIPROTEC Compact overcurrent relay
Relay Families
Terminals
Current terminals:
Single conductors:
Conductor cross-section 2.0 – 4.0 mm2 (AWG 14-11)
Insulation skipping length 15 mm
Voltage terminals:
LSP2878.tif
Single conductors:
Conductor cross-section 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20-13)
Insulation skipping length 12 mm
Fig. 2/32a
Voltage terminals
LSP2876.tif
Fig. 2/33
Power supply
Two versions will cover the whole range:
a) 24/48 V DC
Fig. 2/32b b) 60 to 250 V DC, 115 and 230 V AC
Current terminals
Fault analysis
The SlPROTEC ‘600 relays supply detailed data for
the analysis of faults and for checking of operating Four configurable LEDs
conditions
• Fault records Two line 8-digit display
The last 8 fault records can always be displayed. If
a new fault occurs, the oldest will be overwritten.
• Operational indications
This log records up to 30 internal events in the relay Keys for navigation and entering of settings
with 1 ms resolution.
• Fault event logs
LSP2278-afp.tif
The last 8 faults are stored. All fault event logs are
time-stamped with a resolution of 1 ms.
Typical Protection
Schemes
Application Circuit Circuit equipment protected Page
number
2 Cables and overhead lines Radial feeder circuit 2/22
1
2 Ring-main circuit 2/22
3 Switch-onto-fault protection 2/23
4 Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) 2/23
5 Distribution feeder with reclosers 2/23
6 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79) 2/24
7 Parallel feeder circuit 2/24
8 Reverse power monitoring at double infeed 2/25
9 Synchronization function 2/25
10 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed from both ends 2/26
11 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends 2/26
12 Subtransmission line 2/26
13 Transmission line with reactor 2/28
14 Transmission line or cable (with wide-band communication) 2/29
15 Transmission line, breaker-and-a-half terminal 2/30
Transformer Notes:
2 protection 1)
see Fig. 2/52
2)
General hints:
•
Definite time:
Inverse time:
Transformer
protection
see Fig. 2/55
2 Ring-main circuit
General hints:
•
Fig. 2/36
*) Alternatives:
7SJ45/46, 7SJ61, 7SJ80
3 Switch-onto-fault protection
Fig. 2/37
Fig. 2/38
Fig. 2/39
Schemes
*) Alternatives:
7SJ60, 7SJ62/63/64, 7SJ80
Fig. 2/40
Fig. 2/41
*) Alternatives:
7SJ62, 7SJ80
Fig. 2/42
9 Synchronization function
Note:
1)
7SA6,7SD5,7SA522, 7VK61
General hints:
•
Fig. 2/43
3)
7SD5 , 7SD610
Fig. 2/44 11 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed
from both ends
Notes:
1)
2)
3)
12 Subtransmission line
Note:
Fig. 2/45 1)
General hints:
•
Fig. 2/46
•
•
Characteristic • POTT
of line
Typical Protection
Schemes
General hints:
•
•
•
Fig. 2/47
Fig. 2/48
Fig. 2/49
•
15 Transmission line,
breaker-and-a-half terminal
2
Notes for Fig. 2/50 and 2/51:
1)
Fig. 2/50
Fig. 2/51
Transformers
Typical Protection
Schemes
16 Small transformer infeed
General hints:
2 •
Fig. 2/52
Notes:
1)
2)
Fig. 2/53
• 2
Fig. 2/54
Fig. 2/55
Fig. 2/56
2)
General hint:
•
Fig. 2/57
22 Autotransformer
Notes:
1)
2)
General hint:
•
Fig. 2/58
Main 1:
2
Main 2:
Fig. 2/59
Motors 1)
General hint:
•
Fig. 2/60
(IE ≥ IN Motor)
b)
(IE ≤ IN Motor)
Notes:
1)
2)
2
3)
Fig. 2/62
Fig. 2/63
Generators
Fig. 2/66
29 Generators > 1–3 MW
(Fig. 2/67)
Notes:
1)
2)
–
–
Fig. 2/64
With solidly-
earthed neutral
Fig. 2/67
Fig. 2/65
With resistance-earthed neutral
Typical Protection
Schemes
29 Generators > 5–10 MW
feeding into a network with isolated neutral
2 (Fig. 2/68)
Fig. 2/68
Fig. 2/69
Fig. 2/70
Busbars
Fig. 2/71
Fig. 2/72
Fig. 2/73
Fig. 2/74
Siemens SIP · 2008 2/41
2 Overview
Networks
Typical Protection
37 Load shedding
Schemes (Fig. 2/75)
In unstable networks (e.g. solitary networks,
emergency power supply in hospitals), it may be
necessary to isolate selected loads from the net-
2 work to prevent overload of the overall network.
The overcurrent-time protection functions are
effective only in the case of a short-circuit.
Overloading of the generator can be measured as
a frequency or voltage drop.
(Protection functions 27 and 81 available in
7RW600 and 7SJ6..)
Fig. 2/75
38 Load shedding
with rate-of-frequency-change protection
(Fig. 2/76)
The rate-of-frequency-change protection calcu-
lates, from the measured frequency, the gradient
or frequency change df/dt. It is thus possible to de-
tect and record any major active power loss in the
power system, to disconnect certain consumers
accordingly, and to restore the system to stability.
Unlike frequency protection, rate-of-frequency-
change protection already reacts before the fre-
quency threshold is undershot. To ensure effective
protection settings, it is recommended to consider
Fig. 2/76 requirements throughout the power system as a
whole. The rate-of-frequency-change protection
function can also be used for the purposes of sys-
tem decoupling.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection can also be
enabled by an underfrequency state.
Fig. 2/77
Notes:
1) The transformer is protected by differential
protection and inverse or definite-time
overcurrent-time protection functions for the
phase currents. In the event of a fault, the
circuit-breaker CB1 on the utility side is tripped
by a remote link. Circuit-breaker CB2 is tripped
additionally.
2) Overcurrent-time protection functions protect
feeders 1 and 2 against short-circuits and over-
load caused by the connected loads. Both the
phase currents and the zero currents of the
feeders can be protected by inverse and defi-
nite-time overcurrent-time stages. The circuit-
breakers CB4 and CB5 are tripped in the event
of a fault.
Transformer feeders
The energizing of transformers causes inrush cur-
rents that may last for seconds, depending on their
size (Fig. 2/79).
Selection of the pickup current and assigned time
delay have to be coordinated so that the inrush
current decreases below the relay o/c reset value
before the set operating time has elapsed.
The inrush current typically contains only about
50 % fundamental frequency component.
Numerical relays that filter out harmonics and the
DC component of the inrush current can there-
fore be set more sensitive. The inrush current peak
values of Fig. 2/79 will be reduced more than to
Time constant of inrush current one half in this case.
Nominal power 0.5 … 1.0 1.0 … 10 > 10 Some digital relay types have an inrush detection
(MVA) function which may block the trip of the over-
Time constant 0.16 … 0.2 0.2 … 1.2 1.2 … 720 current protection resulting from inrush currents.
(s)
Fig. 2/79 Earth-fault protection relays
Earth-current relays enable a much more sensitive
Typical applications and functions setting, as load currents do not have to be consid-
ered (except 4-wire circuits with single-phase load).
Relay operating characteristics and their setting In solidly and low-resistance earthed systems a set-
must be carefully coordinated in order to achieve ting of 10 to 20 % rated load current can generally
selectivity. The aim is basically to switch off only be applied. High-resistance earthing requires much
the faulted component and to leave the rest of the more sensitive setting in the order of some amperes
power system in service in order to minimize sup- primary. The earth-fault current of motors and
ply interruptions and to assure stability. generators, for example, should be limited to values
below 10 A in order to avoid iron burning.
Sensitivity
Residual-current relays in the star point connection
Protection should be as sensitive as possible to of CTs can in this case not be used, in particular
detect faults at the lowest possible current level. with rated CT primary currents higher than 200 A.
At the same time, however, it should remain The pickup value of the zero-sequence relay would
stable under all permissible load, overload and in this case be in the order of the error currents of
through-fault conditions. For further information the CTs. A special core-balance CT is therefore
see: http://www.siemens.com/systemplanning. used in this case as earth-current sensor. The
The Siemens engineering programs SINCAL and core-balance CT 7XR96 is designed for a ratio of
SIGRADE are especially designed for selective 60/1 A. The detection of 6 A primary would then
protection grading of protection relay systems. require a relay pickup setting of 0.1 A secondary.
They provide short-circuit calculations, interna- An even more sensitive setting is applied in isolated
tional standard characteristics of relays, fuses and or Petersoncoil-earthed networks where very low
circuit-breakers for easy protection grading with earth currents occur with single-phase-to-earth
respect to motor starting, inrush phenomena and faults. Settings of 20 mA and less may then be
equipment damage curves. required depending on the minimum earth-fault
current. Sensitive directional earth-fault relays
(integrated in the relays 7SJ62, 63, 64, 7SJ80,
7SK80, 7SA6) allow settings as low as 5 mA.
Motor feeders
The energization of motors causes a starting
current of initially 5 to 6 times the rated current
(locked rotor current).
A typical time-current curve for an induction mo-
tor is shown in Fig. 2/80.
2
In the first 100 ms, a fast decaying asymmetrical
inrush current appears additionally. With conven-
tional relays it was common practice to set the in-
stantaneous overcurrent stage of the short-
circuit protection 20 to 30 % above the locked-
rotor current with a short time delay of 50 to
100 ms to override the asymmetrical inrush
period.
Numerical relays are able to filter out the asym-
metrical current component very rapidly so that
the setting of an additional time delay is no longer
Fig. 2/80
applicable.
Typical motor current-time
The overload protection characteristic should fol- characteristics
low the thermal motor characteristic as closely as
possible. The adaptation is made by setting the Differential relay (87)
pickup value and the thermal time constant, using
the data supplied by the motor manufacturer. Transformer differential relays are normally set to
Further, the locked-rotor protection timer has to pickup values between 20 and 30 % of the rated
be set according to the characteristic motor value. current. The higher value has to be chosen when
the transformer is fitted with a tap changer.
Time grading of o/c relays (51) Restricted earth-fault relays and high-resistance
motor / generator differential relays are, as a rule,
The selectivity of overcurrent protection is based set to about 10 % of the rated current.
on time grading of the relay operating characteris-
tics. The relay closer to the infeed (upstream relay)
lnstantaneous overcurrent protection (50)
is time-delayed against the relay further away
from the infeed (downstream relay). The calcula- This is typically applied on the final supply load or
tion of necessary grading times is shown in on any protection relay with sufficient circuit im-
Fig. 2/82 by an example for definite-time pedance between itself and the next downstream
overcurrent relays. protection relay. The setting at transformers, for
The overshoot times take into account the fact example, must be chosen about 20 to 30 % higher
that the measuring relay continues to operate due than the maximum through-fault current. The re-
to its inertia, even when the fault current is inter- lay must remain stable during energization of the
rupted. This may be high for mechanical relays transformer.
(about 0.1 s) and negligible for numerical relays
(20 ms).
The setting values for the relay at station B are: The normal way
• Pickup current: Ip/IN = 1.1 To prove the selectivity over the whole range of
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.11 possible short-circuit currents, it is normal
practice to draw the set of operating curves in a
Given these settings, we can also check the operat- common diagram with double log scales. These
ing time of the relay in B for a close-in fault in F3: diagrams can be calculated manually and drawn
The short-circuit current increases in this case to point-by-point or constructed by using templates.
2690 A (see Fig. 2/83). 2
The corresponding I/Ip value is 12.23. Today, computer programs are also available for
this purpose. Fig. 2/85 shows the relay coordina-
• With this value and the set value of Tp = 0.11 tion diagram for the example selected, as calcu-
we obtain again an operating time of 0.3 s lated by the Siemens program SIGRADE
(see Fig. 2/84). (Siemens Grading Program). For further
information please see:
Station A: http://www.siemens.com/systemplanning
• We add the time grading interval of 0.3 s
and find the desired operating time Note:
tA = 0.3 + 0.3 = 0.6 s. To simplify calculations, only inverse-time char-
Following the same procedure as for the relay in acteristics have been used for this example. About
station B, we obtain the following values for the 0.1 s shorter operating times could have been
relay in station A: reached for high-current faults by additionally
applying the instantaneous zones I>> of the 7SJ60
• Pickup current: Ip/IN = 1.0 relays.
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.17
• For the close-in fault at location F4 we obtain an Coordination of o/c relays with fuses
operating time of 0.48 s. and low-voltage trip devices
The procedure is similar to the above-described
Normal inverse grading of o/c relays. A time interval between 0.1
0.14 and 0.2 seconds is usually sufficient for a safe time
t= ⋅ Tp ( s) coordination.
(I I )
0 .02
p −1
Very and extremely inverse characteristics are of-
ten more suitable than normal inverse characteris-
tics in this case. Fig. 2/86 shows typical examples.
Simple distribution grid stations use a power fuse
on the secondary side of the supply transformers
(Fig. 2/86a).
In this case, the operating characteristic of the
o/c relay at the infeed has to be coordinated with
the fuse curve.
Very inverse characteristics may be used with ex-
pulsion-type fuses (fuse cutouts) while extremely
inverse versions adapt better to current limiting
fuses.
In any case, the final decision should be made by
plotting the curves in the log-log coordination
diagram.
Electronic trip devices of LV breakers have long-
delay, short-delay and instantaneous zones.
Numerical o/c relays with one inverse-time and
two definite-time zones can closely be adapted to
this (Fig. 2/86b).
Fig. 2/84
Normal inverse-time
characteristic of the 7SJ60 relay
Protection Coordination
a) b)
Fig. 2/86
Coordination of an o/c relay with an MV fuse
and low-voltage breaker trip device
X Prim Min
l min =
′
X Line
Fig. 2/88
Operating characteristics
of Siemens distance relays
Protection Coordination The reset time is 1 cycle for EHV relays (7SA6/52,
7VK61) and 1.5 to 2 cycles for distribution type
relays (7SJ***).
Fig. 2/90 shows the time chart for a typical breaker
failure protection scheme. The stated times in
parentheses apply for transmission system protec-
tion and the times in square brackets for distribu-
2 tion system protection.
Setting
The setting is always a trade-off between sensitiv-
ity and stability. A higher voltage setting leads not
only to enhanced through-fault stability, but also
to higher CT magnetizing and varistor leakage
currents resulting consequently in a higher pri-
mary pickup current.
2
A higher voltage setting also requires a higher
Fig. 2/91
knee-point voltage of the CTs and therefore
Principal connection
greater size of the CTs. diagram
A sensitivity of 10 to 20 % IN is normal for motor
and transformer differential protection, or for Sensitivity:
restricted earth-fault protection. IFmin = N ⋅ (IR + IVar + n · ImR)
Stability:
RR
IF max Through <N ⋅ ⋅ IR
Rlead + RCT
600 10 ,000
IF max Through < ⋅ ⋅ 0.02
1 3+ 4
IF max Through < 17 kA (28 x IN)
Relay type Transient dimensioning factor Ktd Min. required sym. short- Min. required kneepoint voltage VK
circuit current factor K’ssc
I High set point I High set point
Overcurrent-time and motor – K'ssc ≥ VK ≥ · (Rct + R'b) · Isn
protection I pn . ⋅ I pn
13
7SJ511, 512, 531 20
7SJ45, 46, 60 at least: 20 at least: · (Rct + R'b) · Isn
7SJ61, 62, 63, 64 13
.
7SJ80, 7SK80
I scc max (ext. fault) I scc max (ext. fault)
Line differential protection – K'ssc ≥ VK ≥ · (Rct + R'b) · Isn
(pilot wire) I pn 13. ⋅ I pn
7SD600
and: and:
Protection Coordination
The CT requirements mentioned in Table 2/1 on page 2/53 are simplified in order to allow fast CT
calculations on the safe side. More accurate dimensioning can be done by more intensive calculation
with Siemens’ CTDIM (V 3.21) program. Results of CTDIM are released by the relay manufacturer.
2 Adaption factor for 7UT6, 7UM62 relays (limited resolution of measurement)
(also 7SD52, 53, 610, when transformer inside protected zone)
with
InO = rated current of the protected object
VnO = rated voltage of the protected object
INrelay = rated current of the relay
SN max = maximum load of the protected object (for transformers: winding with max. load)
Attention: when low impedance REF is used, the request for the REF side (3-phase) is:
¼ ≤ FAdap ≤ 4, (for the neutral CT: ¼8 ≤ FAdap ≤ 8
Further condition for 7SD52x, 53x, 610 relays
(when used as line differential protection without transformer inside protected zone)
Maximum ratio between primary currents of CTs at the end of the protected line:
I pn max
≤8
I pn min
Fig. 2/92
Example 1 (continued)
Verification of the numerical differential protection
Ktd = 5 (from Table 2/1) Ktd = 3 (from Table 2/1) Ktd = 3 (from Table 2/1) Ktd = 1.2 (from Table 2/1)
I scc max (ext. fault) I scc max (ext. fault) I 2
K'ssc ≥ Ktd · K'ssc ≥ Ktd · K'ssc ≥ Ktd · scc max (ext. fault)
I pn I pn I pn
31378 A 35860 A 7498 A
=5· = 28.8 =3· = 17.9 =3· = 18.7
6000 A 6000 A 1200 A
Sn 20 VA Sn 20 VA Sn 50 VA
Rb = = = 20 Ω Rb = = = 20 Ω Rb = = =2Ω
I 2 sn 1 A 2 I 2 sn 1 A 2 I 2 sn 5 A 2
R'b = Rlead + Rrelay R'b = Rlead + Rrelay R'b = Rlead + Rrelay R'b = Rlead + Rrelay
= 111.8 V
K'ssc required = 28.8, K'ssc required = 17.9, K'ssc required = 18.7, VK required = 111.8 V,
K'ssc effective = 40.8 K'ssc effective = 41.2 K'ssc effective = 30.6 VK effective = 200 V
28.8 < 40.8 17.9 < 41.2 18.7 < 30.6 111.8 V < 200 V
Q CT dimensioning is ok Q CT dimensioning is ok Q CT dimensioning is ok Q CT dimensioning is ok
ANSI CT definition
K ssc
Vs.t.max = 20 ⋅ 5 A ⋅ Rb ⋅
20
with
Pb
Rb = 2
and I Nsn = 5 A , we get
I sn
Vs.t.max Pb ⋅ K ssc
=
5A
Example:
IEC 600/5, 5P20, 25 VA
60044:
ANSI
C57.13: Vs.t.max =
(25 VA ⋅ 20) = 100 V, acc. to class C100
5A
3
3
DIGSI 4
One Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays
Function overview
LSP2337-afp.tif
• Innovative I/O configuration in a
clearly structured matrix
• Intelligent plausibility checks rule out
The complete version DIGSI 4 Professional incorrect input
Description
has a greater scope than the basic version • Graphical visualization of characteris-
DIGSI is a familiar trade name already with the following additional functions: tics and zone diagrams with direct
today. Originally launched as an MS-DOS manipulation of the curves
• Display Editor – for creating and modify-
software, DIGSI, in its third version, was ing default and single-line diagrams
• Password-protected access for different
developed to become a convenient tool for shown on the display jobs such as parameter setting,
setting numerical protection relays under commissioning and controlling
MS Windows. DIGSI 4 now is the logical in- • SIGRA – for visualizing and evaluating
fault records (authorized staff only)
novation for easy-to-use and user-friendly
• DIGSI Remote – for remote controlling • Testing and diagnostic functions –
setting, commissioning and operation of all
SIPROTEC protection relays, whatever the of SIPROTEC 4 relays via a modem decisive support in the commissioning
version. With a PC or Notebook, you can connection phase
set the relays via one of the interfaces and • CFC – for creating new functionality or • Direct operation via serial port, remote
read out and visualize fault data. for changing the predefined interlock operation via modem
Because of its modular design, DIGSI can be
conditions • Field bus communication via
used economically depending on the re- • IEC 61850 System Configurator – for IEC 61850 protocol
spective requirements. The basic version configuring and parameterizing IEC 60870-5-103 protocol and
DIGSI 4 Basis already covers most standard IEC 61850 stations. This tool allows you PROFIBUS-FMS protocol
tasks. The basic version can be extended to manage subnets, network communica-
with optional components. The basic tors and their IP addresses and to connect Hardware requirements
version includes: the information items of different com- • Pentium with 800 MHz processor
municators. • 800 MB up to 1.5 GB of free hard disk
• Setting parameters and routing
By the way: If you are already working space
• Human-machine interface with the engineering tool SICAM plus • 256 MB of RAM
• Commissioning, controlling and testing TOOLS, you can integrate the functionality (512 MB recommended)
• Communication via a direct connection, of DIGSI 4 seamlessly into the SIMATIC • CD-ROM Drive / DVD-ROM Drive
via PROFIBUS-FMS or other bus systems. Manager. You can also use DIGSI 4 in con-
• Pointer device (i.e. mouse)
junction with SICAM on the station control
level without any problems.
• Serial port (COM)
• USB port
The CD-ROM contains all components in
English, German, Russian, French and Software requirements
Spanish. A “quick start” manual and the ca- • MS Windows XP Professional Edition
ble for direct connection between PC and (with Service Pack 2), MS Windows
protection unit is also delivered. (with Service Pack 4) or MS Windows
2003 server as operating system.
Functions
LSP2329-afpen.tif
By double-clicking a relay, you will see all
the operating features: This gives you direct
access to the parameter setting, I/O configu-
ration and – provided that you are online – Fig. 3/1 Easy management of relays in projects
the commissioning functions and process
data. It corresponds exactly to the menu tree
implemented in the units; this consistency
facilitates mixed operation, in particular
during commissioning.
LSP2328-afpen.tif
out intermediate steps to the desired I/Os,
LEDs, buffers and the system interface,
which also appear in this window. Example:
If you want a signal to be processed by the
PLC or to be displayed dynamically in the Fig. 3/2 Routing of indications, measured values and commands in a concise matrix
default or single-line diagrams, all you have
to do is making a “check mark” in the cor-
responding cell. A wide range of filters plus
the possibility to “expand” or “collapse”
rows or columns in a flash ensure perfect
overview.
Parameterizing
In the clearly-structured tabbed dialog
boxes, only the settings you really need and
which are determined by the functional
scope are displayed.
Particularly when making the protection
relay-specific settings, it may be of advan-
tage to display the tripping characteristics.
With just one mouse click in the settings
LSP2326-afpen.tif
Functions
LSP2325-afpen.tif
Refer to SIGRA, page 3/9
CFC programming
The SIPROTEC 4 devices incorporate a PLC Fig. 3/4 Exact visualization and evaluation of fault records with SIGRA
(Programmable Logic Controller), in which
factory-preset standard interlockings are ex-
ecuted. If you wish to modify and adapt
them, you use the CFC Editor, which is
available as a component in DIGSI 4 Profes-
sional. Thanks to its fully graphical user in-
terface, even users without programming
knowledge are able to make full and flexible
use of the PLC’s wide range of possibilities.
All items of information which have been
configured to ”CFC” in the allocation ma-
trix before can be ”interconnected” with
function blocks here. Once installed, the
editor familiar from the SIMATIC world
presents itself with a SIPROTEC-specific
block library, which does not only provide
LSP2324-afpen.tif
standard operators such as ”AND”, but also
more complex functions such as ”TIMER”.
A sophisticated consistency check ensures
error-free configuration and reliable opera- Fig. 3/5 Fully graphic programming, no programming skills required
tion of the protection relay functions.
XML import and export You can exchange data easily with other
power distribution applications, such as
The XML import and export interface network calculation, protective data man-
of DIGSI for the exchange of data from agement/evaluation, protection test. With
SIPROTEC protective devices gives you MS EXCEL, too: Calculations are often per-
new, cost-saving opportunities: Via the im- formed in MS EXCEL. This is done using
port interface, you can read data into DIGSI setting sheets with stored formulas or wiz-
from other applications, enabling external ards created based on EXCEL. Instead of
parameterization of devices. Similarly, you printing out the data and then typing it, you
can export the setting data into other appli- can now simply transfer it to DIGSI using
cations for further processing. XML. Siemens has developed a free Excel
add-in for this. For the replacement of old
Unlike the setting tools of other manufac-
electro-mechanical devices, too, free setting
turers, you get an open, bidirectional inter-
sheets are offered with which you can
face based on the standardized descriptive
import the settings into SIPROTEC 4
language XML. This gives you a universal,
devices.
non-platform-specific and long-term ex-
change format.
Functions
LSP2323-afpen.tif
Fig. 3/6
libraries which are included in the scope of Quick and easy change of device
delivery cover a variety of requirements, displays like with a conventional
including country-specific or standard- image editor
specific requirements.
DIGSI 4 Remote
For remote control via modem, the
DIGSI 4 Remote add-on is required. Relays
which are located in a remote station can
then be operated from an office. When a re-
lay is opened in DIGSI and the protection
relay configuration selected via modem link,
DIGSI will establish a connection to the re-
lay by call back of the station modem after
the password has been entered.
DIGSI 4 IEC 61850 System Configurator
Based on the IEC 61850 (Ethernet) Stan-
dard, a system-wide solution for protection,
substation control and remote control sys-
LSP2485.tif
tem can be realized with regard to informa-
tion transmission and data management.
This standard is used for the entire Fig. 3/7 All IEC 61850 information at a glance: Subnets, communicators, IP addresses...
communication of all functions on all the
levels of the substation. Smooth communi-
cation of units of various manufacturers is
assured.
The structure of the network and the extent
of the data transmission between the units
of an IEC 61850 station are defined by the
IEC 61850 System Configurator.
LSP2484.tif
Fig. 3/8 Convenient connection of information between the IEC 61850 communicators
DIGSI 4
Software for projecting and usage of all Siemens protection devices
MS Windows program, running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Prof. Edition
Incl. device templates, online manual and DIGSI cable: for all device types
Start Up manual (paper)
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline, newsletter)
Operating languages:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish (selectable)
Scope of delivery includes:
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit 3
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protection unit with 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
DIGSI 4 Basis
Basic version with licence for 10 computers on CD-ROM
(authorisation by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
DIGSI 4 Basic + RecProtec
DIGSI 4 Basic and additionally RecProtec
(cyclic retrieval and archiving of fault records from SIPROTEC 4 devices)
on CD-ROM with licence for 10 computers (DIGSI) and for 1 computer (RecProtec)
Authorisation for DIGSI by serial number, for RecProtec by floppy disk 7XS5400-0AA01
DIGSI 4 Professional
Basic version additionally SIGRA (Fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (Logic editor), Display Editor (Editor for control displays)
and DIGSI 4 Remote (Remote operation) on CD-ROM
with licence for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5402 - 0AA00
Scope of delivery includes:
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit
(9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Adaptor 9-/25-pin for 7XV5100-4 cable for protection unit with 25-pin connector 7XV5100-8H
DIGSI 4 Professional + RecProtec
DIGSI 4 Professional additionally
RecProtec (cyclic retrieval and archiving of fault records,
from SIPROTEC 4 devices) on CD-ROM with licence for 10 computers (DIGSI)
and for 1 computer (RecProtec)
Authorisation for DIGSI by serial number, for RecProtec by floppy disk 7XS5402-0AA01
DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850
Professional version IEC 61850
System Configurator on CD-ROM with licence for 10 computers
(authorisation by serial number) 7XS5403 - 0AA00
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Basis to
DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 7XS5407-0AA00
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Basis to
DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 7XS5408-0AA00
DIGSI 4 Trial
like DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850,
but only valid for 30 days (test version)
On CD-ROM (no authorisation) 7XS5401-1AA00
DIGSI 4 Scientific
like DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850,
but only for scientific institutions,
on CD-ROM 7XS5402-2AA00
DIGSI 4 Copy
Duplicate for 10 licences
up to 9 items per licence can be ordered 7XS5490-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation
of fault records and measurement records
Running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Incl. templates, online manual
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline, newsletter)
Operating languages:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish (selectable)
incl. multimedia tutorial on separate CD
3 SIGRA 4 applicable with or without DIGSI for Comtrade records;
also applicable for devices of other manufacturers
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5410 - 0AA00
DIGSI 4 Remote
Software for remote control of Siemens protection units
via modem (and star coupler, if necessary)
Running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Includes:
Online manual (PDF), incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline, newsletter)
Operating languages:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish (selectable)
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5440 - 0AA00
SIPROTEC 4 Tutorial
An information and self-study medium in the following fields:
– SIPROTEC system features
– DIGSI, how to use
– SIGRA, how to use
– IEC 61850
– Engineering example 7SJ64
The tutorial comprises trial software, manuals and catalogs E50001-U310-D21-X-7100
SIGRA 4
Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records
Function overview
LSP2338-afp.tif
drag & drop
• Innovative signal configuration in a
clearly-structured matrix
unique possibility to display signals from • Time-saving user profiles, which can be
Description
various fault records in one diagram and assigned to individual relay types or se-
lt is of crucial importance after a line fault fully automatically synchronize these signals ries
that the fault be quickly and fully analyzed to a common time base. In addition to find- • Addition of other fault records to the
so that the proper measures can be immedi- ing out the details of the line fault, the local- existing fault record
ately derived from the evaluation of the ization of the fault is of special interest. A
precise determination of the fault location • Synchronization of several fault records
cause. As a result, the original line condition
can be quickly restored and the downtime will save time that can be used for the to a common time basis
reduced to an absolute minimum. lt is pos- on-site inspection of the fault. This aspect is • Easy documentation by copying
sible with SIGRA 4 to display records from also supported by SIGRA 4 – with its diagrams to documents of other
digital protection units and fault recorders "offline fault localization" feature.
MS Windows programs
in various views and measure them, as re-
quired, depending an the relevant task.
SIGRA 4 can be used for all fault records • Offline fault localization
which are available in the COMTRADE file
The product was designed by practical per- format. The software product is easily and Hardware requirements
sons who have experience in the evaluation conveniently installed from a CD-ROM, it • Pentium with 233 MHz processor
of faults. Accordingly, in addition to the offers a comprehensive guiding system with • 50 Mbyte of free hard disk space
usual time-signal display of the measured demonstration, and an easily readable, prac-
variables recorded, it is also designed to dis- tice-oriented manual describes the typical • CD-ROM Drive
play vector diagrams, circle diagrams, bar steps involved when using SIGRA. • Pointer device (i.e. mouse)
charts for indicating the harmonics and data The functional features and advantages of Software requirements
tables. From the measured values which SIGRA 4 can, however, only be optimally
have been recorded in the fault records, • MS Windows 2000/XP Professional
shown on the product itself. For this rea-
SIGRA 4 calculates further values, such as: Edition
son, it is possible to test SIGRA 4 for 30 days
absent quantities in the three-wire system, with the trial version.
impedances, outputs, symmetrical compo-
nents, etc. By means of two measuring
cursors, it is possible to evaluate the fault
trace simply and conveniently. Standard
tools allow to evaluate just one fault record.
With SIGRA, however, you can add addi-
tional fault records. This does not mean that
you open a second fault record in a new
window, but you add the signals of another
fault record (e.g. from the opposite end of
the line) to the current signal pattern by
means of Drag & Drop. SIGRA 4 offers the
Functions
LSP2330-afpen.tif
Measurement of a fault record
Two measurement cursors enable fast and
convenient measurement of the fault re-
Fig. 3/9 Typical time signal representation
cord. The measured values of the cursor po-
sitions and their differences are presented in
tables. The cursors operate interactively and
across all views, whereby all cursor move-
ment is synchronized in each view: In this
manner, the cursor line enables simulta-
neous “intersection” of a fault occurrence in
both a time signal characteristic and circle
diagram characteristic. And of course a
powerful zoom function ensures that you
do not lose track of even the tiniest detail.
The views of SIGRA 4 can accommodate
any number of diagrams and each diagram
any number of signals.
LSP2331-afpen.tif
Operational features
The main aim of the developers of SIGRA 4, Fig. 3/10
who were assisted by ergonomic and design Vector diagrams
experts, was to produce a system that was
simple, intuitive and user-friendly:
Functions
LSP2333-afpen.tif
quickly and easily as required. No need to
waste time scrolling, zooming or resizing
and moving windows.
• Additional fault records, e.g. from the Fig. 3/12 Concise matrix for assigning signals to diagrams
other end of a line, can be added to exist-
ing records.
• A special function allows several fault re-
cords to be synchronized on a mutual
time basis, thus considerably improving
the quality of fault analysis.
• Fault localization with data from one line
end the fault record data (current and
voltage measurement) values are
imported from the numerical protection
unit into SIGRA 4. The fault localisator in
LSP2334-afpen.tif
SIGRA 4
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation
of fault records and measurement records
Running under MS Windows 2000 / XP Professional Edition
Incl. templates, online manual
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline, newsletter)
Operating languages:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish (selectable)
incl. multimedia tutorial on separate CD
3 SIGRA 4 applicable with or without DIGSI for Comtrade records;
also applicable for devices of other manufacturers
License for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number)
Description 4/3
Function overview 4/3
Typical applications 4/5
Integration into substation control systems 4/7
Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system 4/9
Integration into the substation automation system 4/10
Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system 4/11 4
Solution without substation control system 4/12
4
Communication
Function overview
Description
• Remote communication
with DIGSI
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 4 units
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 3 units and
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
Typical applications
• SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus 4
• SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485
• Mixed system SIPROTEC 4,
SIPROTEC 3 units,
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
• Configuration with active star-coupler
Integration into substation control systems
Description
Typical applications
Typical applications
Typical applications
Fig. 4/6 Mixed system with relays from different families, with active star-coupler (Example 4)
1) Not 7UT612
1) There is no time synchronization via this proto- 3) This protocol does not support the transmission
col. For time synchronization purposes it is pos- of protection settings. Only setting groups can
sible to use a separate time synchronization be changed. For this purpose you should use the
interface (Port A in SIPROTEC 4 relays). service interface or the front operating interface
2) The transmission of fault records is not part of together with DIGSI.
the protocol. They can be read out with DIGSI
via the service interface Port C or the front oper-
ating interface.
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with The ability to link SICAM/ SIPROTEC to
the SIMATIC-based SICAM power auto- other substation control, protection and
mation system. The SICAM family com- automation components is assured, thanks
prises the following components: to open interfaces such as IEC 60870-5-103
protocol and the Ethernet-based IEC
• SICAM 1703, the modern telecontrol sys- 61850 protocol. Other protocols like
tem with automation and programmable PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0 and MODBUS
logic functions are also supported.
• SICAM PAS, the substation automation
system based on dedicated hardware
• Data management
• Software architecture
• Communication
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with Together with Ethernet/IEC 61850, an in-
the SICAM power automation system to- terference-free optical solution is also pro-
gether with IEC 61850 protocol. Via the vided (see Fig. 4/9). The Ethernet interface
100 Mbit/s Ethernet bus, the units are in the relay includes an Ethernet switch.
linked electrically or optically to the station Thus, the installation of expensive external
PC with PAS. Connection may be simple Ethernet switches can be avoided. The re-
or redundant. The interface is standard- lays are linked in an optical ring structure.
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
Integrated SNMP (Simple Network
of units of other manufacturers to the
Management Protocol) facility allows the
Ethernet bus. Units featuring an
supervision of the network from the sta-
IEC 60870-5-103 interface or other serial
tion controller.
protocols are connected via the Ethernet
station bus to SICAM PAS by means of
serial/Ethernet converters (see Fig. 4/8). 4
DIGSI and the Web monitor can also be
used over the same station bus.
Application
Construction
Protection functions
Fig. 5/6
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
Connection diagrams
Relay output
These relays can be applied with all
conventional switchgear. A transformer
that provides the trip circuit energy, must
be connected in the current transformer
circuit.
Fig. 5/9 Connection of 3 CTs with trigger transformer and relay output
Technical data
General unit data EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Analog input Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
System frequency IN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) EN 50263 (product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Current transformer inputs EN 61000-6-2
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
current IN High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
At IN = 1 / 5 A Approx. 1.4 VA at IN (relay) duration ≥2 s
Rating of current transformer Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
circuit IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
Thermal (r.m.s.) 50 · IN for 1 s EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
15 · IN for 10 s Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
2 · IN continuous field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Dynamic (peak) 100 · IN for half a cycle IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
Recommended primary current 10 P 10, 2.5 VA class III
transformers or according to the requirements and Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
required tripping power field, pulse-modulated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 30 V/M; 1890 MHz; 5
class III repetition frequency
Pulse output (7SJ45XX-0*)
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Number 1 pulse output
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration =
24 V DC / 0.1 Ws
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Relay output (7SJ45XX-1*) IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Number 1 changeover contact High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Circuit groups to earth:
Break 30 VA Measuring inputs, binary outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
40 W resistive Across circuit groups:
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
ms Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz; Ri = 150 Ω
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous IEC 60255-22-6 and
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current) IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Unit design Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Adaptable for rail mounting (recom-
mended for local mounting only) Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
cover and terminal blocks)
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Weight (mass) approx. 1.5 kg capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Housing Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Front IP 51 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per ≥ 2 s;
Rear IP 20 not across open contacts both polarities; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri =
Protection of personnel IP1X 80 Ω
UL-listing Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Listed under “69CA”.
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Electrical tests
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
Specifications
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
See also standards for individual tests
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
All circuits except for pulse output-earth
Voltage test (type test)
across open command contacts 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s
Technical data
Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel flush mounting E
Region-specific functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
Indication (flag)
Without 0
With 1
housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
Fig. 5/11 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 • Definite-time and inverse-time
numerical overcurrent protection relay characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
• High-current stage I>> or calculated 5
earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Two command outputs for “trip” or
“pickup”
• Combination with electromechanical
Description relays is possible due to the emulation
algorithm
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 is a numerical
overcurrent protection relay which is pri- Monitoring functions
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans- • One live contact for monitoring
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and • Hardware and software are continu-
inverse-time overcurrent protection ac- ously monitored during operation
cording to IEC and ANSI standards. The Front design
7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC auxiliary
power supply with a wide range allowing a • Simple setting via DIP switches
high degree of flexibility in its application. (self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without auxil-
iary voltage – no PC
• Individual phase pickup indication with
stored or not stored LEDs
• Trip indication with separate LED
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting
Application
Construction
Protection functions
Fig. 5/16
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
Connection diagrams
Technical data
General unit data Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Analog input all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Current transformer inputs
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A EN 50263 (product standards)
current IN EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Power consumption EN 61000-6-2
Per phase at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.01 VA at IN IEC 61000-4 (generic standards)
Per phase at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.2 VA at IN (relay) High-frequency tests 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Rating of current transformer IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
circuit duration ≥ 2 s
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 · IN for 1 s Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air
30 · IN for 10 s IEC 60255-22-2, class III discharge; both polarities;
4 · IN continuous EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Dynamic (peak) 250 · IN for half a cycle Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Auxiliary voltage AC/DC powered field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Input voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (± 20 %) IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
60 to 230 V AC (–20 %, +15 %) class III 5
Power consumption DC – power supply: Approx. 1.5 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
AC – power supply: Approx. 3 VA field, pulse-modulated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
at 110 V approx. IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III 30 V/m 1810 MHz; repetition fre-
5.5 VA at 230 V quency
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
Number 2 (normally open), 1 live contact
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Break 30 VA
High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
40 W resistive
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50
ms Auxiliary voltage circuit groups to earth:
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC
between circuit groups:
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current)
Measuring inputs, binary outputs circuit groups to earth:
Unit design 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 between circuit groups:
Adaptable for rail mounting 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
recommended for local mounting only Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent amplitude-modulated. 1 kHz; AM; Ri = 150 Ω
cover and terminal blocks) IEC 60255-22-6 and IEC 61000-4-6,
Weight (mass) approx. 1 kg class III
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Housing IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Front IP 51
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
Rear IP 20 IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Protection of personnel IP 1X class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
UL-listing Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Listed under “69CA”. capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Electrical tests
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per s; both polari-
Specifications not across open contacts ties; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m 25 MHz to 1000 MHz
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508 ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
See also standards for individual tests
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Insulation tests
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Standards IEC 60255-5
Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min auxiliary voltage IEC CISPR 22, class B
all circuits except auxiliary supply EN 55022, DIN EN VDE 0878
Voltage test (routine test) 3.5 kV DC; 30 s; both polarities Part 22
auxiliary supply Interference field strength 30 MHz to 1000 MHz,
Voltage test (type test) IEC CISPR 22 class B
Across open contacts 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Across open live contact 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Technical data
Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel-flush mounting E
Region-specific/functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
5
SIPROTEC 7SJ600
Numerical Overcurrent, Motor and Overload Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Earth-fault protection
• Overload protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Motor protection
• Starting time supervision
• Locked rotor
Control functions
• Commands for control of a circuit- 5
Fig. 5/19 SIPROTEC 7SJ600 breaker
numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay • Control via keyboard,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
Measuring functions
• Operational measured values I
Description
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical • Fault event logging with time stamp
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its (buffered)
primary use in radial distribution networks • 8 oscillographic fault records
and motor protection, can also be em-
• Continuous self-monitoring
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection. Communication
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi- • Via personal computer and DIGSI 3 or
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3)
protection along with overload and nega- • Via RS232 – RS485 converter
tive-sequence protection for a very com- • Via modem
prehensive relay package. In this way, • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 2 kV-isolated
equipment such as motors can be pro-
• RS485 interface
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with Hardware
currents that can be smaller than the larg- •3 current transformers
est possible load currents or phase inter-
•3 binary inputs
ruptions are reliably detected.
•3 output relays
•1 live status contact
Application
Inverse-time characteristics
In addition, invese-time overcurrent pro-
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be ac-
LSP2002-afpen.tif
tivated.
Fig. 5/21
Rear view of flush-mounting housing
Fig. 5/23
Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
Protection functions
Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a cir-
cuit-breaker bypassing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
input is implemented.
Busbar protection
(Reverse interlocking)
Binary inputs can be used to block any of
the six current stages. Parameters are as-
signed to decide whether the input circuit
is to operate in open-circuit or closed-cir- 5
cuit mode. In this case, reverse interlocking
provides high-speed busbar protection in
radial or ring power systems that are
opened at one point. The reverse interlock-
ing principle is used, for example, in me-
dium-voltage power systems and in
switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-volt-
age outgoing feeders. Fig. 5/25 Reverse interlocking
Connection diagrams
Fig. 5/29
Fig. 5/30
Connection of 2 CTs only for isolated or
Sensitive earth-fault protection
resonant-earthed (grounded) power systems
(3 -times increased sensitivity)
Technical data
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
(product standard) During operation
EN 50082-2 (generic standard),
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303 Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-2-1 and
IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 μs,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges/s, duration 2 s Vibration Sinusoidal 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm
IEC 60255-21-1, class1 amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g accel-
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge, IEC 60068-2-6 eration
IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities, Sweep rate 1 octave/min
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri=330 Ω 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency Shock Half-sine, acceleration 5 g, duration
field IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 11 ms, 3 shocks in each direction of 3
Non-modulated, 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III
Amplitude modulated, 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 80 % AM, 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class 1, 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Pulse modulated, 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3, class III frequency, 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
5 (vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/bursts 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-4, class III polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, (vertical axis)
radio-frequency fields, 80 % AM, 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
amplitude modulated 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 601000-4-6, class III During transport
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to Sweep rate 1 octave/min
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation, 50 shots 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
(common mode) per s, duration 2 s, Ri = 150 Ω Shock Half-sine, acceleration 15 g ,
to 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 11 ms, 3 shocks in each
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 surges IEC 60068-2-27 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per s, both polarities, duration 2 s, Continuous shock Half-sine, acceleration 10 g
(commom mode) Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 16 ms, 1000 shocks in each
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz, IEC 60068-2-29 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
ence, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity), Climatic stress tests
Document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
50 MHz, decaying oscillation, Temperatures
Ri = 50 Ω Recommended temperature
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests during operation –5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
> 55 °C decreased display contrast
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Permissible temperature
Conducted interference voltage, aux. 150 kHz to 30 MHz
during operation –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
voltage CISPR 22, EN 55022,
during storage –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DIN VDE 0878 Part 22,
during transport –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
limit value class B
(Storage and transport with
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz standard works packaging)
CISPR 11, EN 55011, DIN VDE
Humidity
0875 Part 11, limit value class A
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity, on 30 days per year
95 % relative humidity,
condensation not permissible
Technical data
Functions Tolerances
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Pickup values 5%
Delay time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value ± 2 %
Setting range/steps and 0.5 ≤ I/IN ≤ 24 current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Overcurrent pickup phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
earth IE> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ Influencing variables
phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) +23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
and IE>> Frequency, range: ≤ 8 % referred to theoretical time
The set times are pure delay times 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 value
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
At 2 x setting value, without Approx. 35 ms
meas. repetition Setting range/steps
At 2 x setting value, with meas. Approx. 50 ms Tripping stage 8 % to 80 % of IN
repetition I2> in steps of 1 % 8 % to 80 % of IN
Pickup times for I>>> at 2 x I2>> in steps of 1 %
Approx. 20 ms Time delays T(I2>), T(I2>>) 0.00 s to 60.00 s
setting value
in steps of 0.01s 5
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE> Approx. 35 ms Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
I>>> Approx. 65 ms
Pickup times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tripping stage I2>, tripping Approx. 60 ms 75 ms
Overshot time Approx. 25 ms stage I2>>
But with currents I/IN>1.5 Approx. 200 ms 310 ms
Tolerances
(overcurrent case) or
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value
negative-sequence current
IE>, IE>>
< (set value +0.1 x IN)
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Influencing variables
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 35 ms 42 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
tripping stage I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reset ratios
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 0.95 to 0.01 x IN
Frequency, range: ≤ 1.5 % tripping stage I2>>
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 Tolerances
Frequency, range: ≤ 2.5 % Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 with current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Harmonics with current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤1% Stage delay times ± 1 % or 10 ms
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1%
Influence variables
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N) Auxiliary DC voltage, range: ≤1%
Setting range/steps 0.8 ≤Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Overcurrent pickup phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1) Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
earth IEp = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01) –5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Time multiplier for Ip, IEp (IEC charac.) 0.05 to 3.2 s
Frequency,
Tp (steps 0.01 s)
range: 0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 2 % of IN
(ANSI charac.) 0.5 to 15 s
range: 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
(steps 0.1 s)
Auto-reclosure (option) (ANSI 79)
Overcurrent pickup phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
phase I>>> = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Number of possible shots 1 up to 9
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 Auto-reclose modes 3-pole
(steps 0.01), or ∞ Dead times for 1st to 3rd shot 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
Delay time T for I>>, IE>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) for 4th and any further 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
shot
Tripping time characteristics acc. to IEC
Reclaim time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
Drop-out threshold Approx. 1.03 x Ip Lock-out time after 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out time Approx. 35 ms unsuccessful AR
Tripping time characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip Duration of RECLOSE command 0.01s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip Control
alternatively: disk emulation
Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker control None
Technical data
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E
Languages
English, German, Spanish, French, Russian 0 5
Auto-reclosure (option)
Without 0
With 1
Control
Without A
With B
UL-Listing
Without UL-listing 0
With UL-listing 1
Converter, full-duplex,
fiber-optic cable RS485 with built-in power supply unit
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650- 0BA00
LSP2289-afp.eps
Sample order
7SJ600, 1 A, 60 - 125 V, flush mounting, ARC 7SJ6001-4EA00-1DA0
Converter V.24 -RS485, 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
Manual, English C53000-G1176-C106-7
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) Only when position 16 is not “1” (with UL-listing).
4) Possible versions see part 15.
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor 7XV5103-oAAoo;
see part 15.
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/32
Connection diagram according to IEC standard
SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Multifunction Overcurrent and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Directional sensitive earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Disk emulation
LSP2136-afpen.tif
• Overload protection
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision 5
Motor protection
Fig. 5/33 SIPROTEC 7SJ602 • Starting time supervision
multifunction protection relay
• Locked rotor
• Restart inhibit
• Undercurrent monitoring
Description • Temperature monitoring
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical Control functions
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its pri- • Commands for control of a circuit-
mary use in radial distribution networks and breaker
motor protection, can also be employed as
• Control via keyboard, DIGSI 4 or
backup for line, transformer and generator
SCADA system
differential protection. The SIPROTEC
7SJ602 provides definite-time and inverse- Measuring functions
time overcurrent protection along with • Operational measured values I, V
overload and unbalanced-load (negative- • Power measurement P, Q, S, Wp, Wq
sequence) protection for a very comprehen-
sive relay package. • Slavepointer
• Mean values
For applications with earth-current detection
two versions are available: One version with Monitoring functions
four current transformer inputs for non- • Fault event logging with time stamp
directional earth (ground) fault detection and (buffered)
a second version with three current inputs
• 8 oscillographic fault records
(2 phase, 1 earth/ground) and one voltage
input for directional earth (ground) fault • Continuous self-monitoring
detection. Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces are • System interface
open for modern communication architec- − IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
tures with control systems. − PROFIBUS-DP
− MODBUS RTU/ASCII
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
Hardware
• 4 current transformers or
• 3 current + 1 voltage transformers
• 3 binary inputs
• 4 output relays
• 1 live status contact
Application
Fig. 5/35
Rear view of flush-mounting housing Available inverse-time characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
LSP2138-afpen.tif
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •
Fig. 5/36
RI/RD-type
View from below showing system
interface (SCADA) with FO connection
(for remote communications)
Protection functions
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns)
The direction of power flow in the zero se-
quence is calculated from the zero-sequence
current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. For
networks with an isolated neutral, the reac-
tive current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated. For special network conditions,
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or
low-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
characteristics can be rotated approximately
± 45 degrees (cosine/sinus).
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
ling only mode”.
It has the following functions: Fig. 5/39 Directional determination using cosine measurements
I = Load current
IL = Pickup current
TL = Time multiplier
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN
Protection functions
Protection functions
Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a circuit-
breaker by-passing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
input is implemented.
Motor protection
IN
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio approx. 0.94
I start Fig. 5/42 Starting time supervision
Communication
With respect to communication, particular Fig. 5/44
Electrical communication module
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
LSP2163-afp.eps
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability.
Local PC interface
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is fitted with an
RS232 PC front port. A PC can be con-
nected to ease set-up of the relay using the
Windows-based program DIGSI which
runs under MS-Windows. It can also be Fig. 5/45
used to evaluate up to 8 oscillographic fault Fiber-optic double ring communication
module
records, 8 fault logs and 1 event log con-
taining up to 30 events.
LSP2164-afp.eps
A communication module located on the
bottom part of the unit incorporates op-
tional equipment complements and readily
permits retrofitting. It guarantees the ability
to comply with the requirements of different
communication interfaces.
This interface is used to carry out commu-
nication with a control or a protection
system and supports a variety of commu-
nication protocols and interface designs,
depending on the module connected.
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers. Fig. 5/46 System solution/communication
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.
CT connections
Fig. 5/47 Standard
• Phase current measured
• Earth current measured
(e. g. core balance CT)
Fig. 5/48 Standard connection
• Connection of 3 CTs with residual
connection for neutral fault
Fig. 5/49 • Isolated networks only
Fig. 5/47
Connection of 4 CTs with
measurement of the earth
(ground) current
Fig. 5/48
Connection of 3 CTs with
residual connection for
neutral fault
Fig. 5/49
Connection of 2 CTs
only for isolated or
resonant-earthed
(grounded) power
systems
Typical connections
7SJ6022/7SJ6026
Fig. 5/50
Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the sensitive earth (ground) current
Fig. 5/52
Fig. 5/51 Connection of 3 CTs and 1 VT with
Connection of 3 CTs with directional measurement of the earth (ground)
earth (ground)-fault detection current and one phase voltage
Technical data
Technical data
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- Impulse voltage tests (type test) 5 kV (peak value), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J,
optic connection all circuits, except 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
communication interfaces intervals of 5 s
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 μm
or 62.5/125 μm Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22,
(product standard)
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles DIN 57435 Part 303
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz,
Idle state of interface Settable, setting as supplied “light off” IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 μs; 400 surges per s;
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III test duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge,
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities, 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III duration > 10 s
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz,
field, pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % PM
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests, (cont’d) Mechanical stress tests
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; During operation
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
test duration 1 min and IEC 60068-2
Surge voltage IEC 61000-4-5, class III Pulse: 1.2/50 µs Vibration Sinusoidal
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit (common IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm ampli-
mode): 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF; IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Across contacts (diff. mode): 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
1 kV, 2 Ω, 18 µF Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Measuring inputs, From circuit to circuit (common
binary inputs/outputs mode): 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF; Shock Half-sine,
Across contacts (diff. mode): IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
1 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF 3 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Conducted RF 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), (horizontal axis)
capability 1 to 1.5 MHz damped wave; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; duration 2 s (vertical axis)
Ri = 150 to 200 Ω; Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
capability 50 surges per s, both polarities; During transportation
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and IEC 60068-2
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.90.2 IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value), IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 60694/ IEC 61000-4-12 polarity alternating Sweep rate 1 octave/min
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Ri = 200 Ω; Shock Half-sine,
EMC tests interference emission; type tests IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) 3 orthogonal axes
Conducted interferences, 150 kHz to 30 MHz Continuous shock Half-sine,
only auxiliary voltage limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC/CISPR 22 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC/CISPR 22 limit class B
Harmonic currents on incoming Unit belongs to class D Climatic stress tests
lines of system at 230 V AC (applies only to units with > 50 VA
IEC 61000-3-2 power consumption) Temperatures
Voltage fluctuation and flicker Limit values are adhered to Recommended temperature
range on incoming lines of system During operation –5 °C to +55 °C /23 °F to 131 °F,
at 230 V AC (> 55 °C decreased display contrast)
IEC 61000-3-3 Limit temperature
During operation –20 °C to +70 °C /–4 °F to 158 °F
During storage –25 °C to +55 °C /–13 °F to 131 °F
During transport –25 °C to +70 °C /–13 °F to 158 °F
(Storage and transport
with standard works packaging)
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average: ≤ 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity, on 56 days per year 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity, condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.
Technical data
Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault protection (directional/non-directional) Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns), cont’d
Definite-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 50Ns) Temperature, range:
Setting ranges/steps -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Low-set element IEE> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
or ∞ (deactivated) Frequency, range: ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 time value
or ∞ (deactivated) Tripping characteristic acc. to
Delay times T for IEE> and IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x IEEp
Pickup times IEE>, IEE>>
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x IEEp
At 2 x setting value Approx. 35 ms alternatively disk emulation
without meas. repetition
Tolerances
At 2 x setting value Approx. 55 ms Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
with meas. repetition rated value
Reset times IEE>, IEE>> Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
At 50 Hz Approx. 65 ms and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
At 60 Hz Approx. 95 ms 30 ms
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Influencing variables
Overshot time Approx. 55 ms Auxiliary voltage, range:
Tolerances 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Pickup values IEE>, IEE>> 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Temperature, range:
rated value -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Influencing variables Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
Auxiliary voltage, range:
time value
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Direction detection (ANSI 67Ns)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Direction measurement IE, VE (measured)
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Measuring principle Active/reactive measurement
Frequency, ranges: Measuring enable
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.2
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
Harmonics Reset ratio Approx. 0.8
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ
Up to 10 % of 5rd harmonic ≤1%
Direction vector -45 ° to +45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns)
Dropout delay TReset Delay 1 to 60 s (steps 1 s)
Setting ranges/steps
Low-set element IEEp I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.4 (steps 0.001) Angle correction for cable In 2 operating points F1 and F2
converter
Time multiplier for IEEp Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s) (for resonant-earthed system)
(IEC characteristic)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Time multiplier for IEEp D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
(ANSI characteristic) Current values I1, I2
For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.6
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
or ∞ (deactivated)
Measuring tolerance 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Delay time T for IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) acc. to DIN 57435
Tripping time characteristic Angle tolerance 3°
acc. to IEC See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x IEEp Displacement voltage (ANSI 64)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.03 x IEEp Displacement voltage, measured VE >/VN = 0.02 to 1.3 (steps 0.001)
alternatively disk emulation Measuring time Approx. 60 ms
Dropout time Pickup delay time 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
50 Hz Approx. 50 ms Time delay 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
60 Hz Approx. 60 ms
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
Tolerances
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of rated Measuring tolerance
value VE (measured) 3 % of setting value, or 0.3 V
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value Operating time tolerances 1 % of setting value, or 10 ms
and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; The set times are pure delay times
at least 30 ms
Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) with preload Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges Setting ranges/steps
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> 8 to 80 % to IN (steps 1 %)
Thermal time constant τth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Delay times T (I2>), T (I2>>) 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Thermal warning stage 50 to 99 % referred to trip Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
Θalarm/Θtrip temperature rise (steps 1 %) Pickup times at fN = 50 Hz at fN = 60 Hz
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 60 ms Approx. 75 ms
stand-still kτ But with currents I/IN > 1.5
Reset ratios (overcurrent case) or negative-
Θ/Θtrip Reset below 0.99 Θalarm sequence current < (set value
Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99 +0.1 x IN) Approx. 200 ms Approx. 310 ms
Tolerances Reset times
Referring to k · IN ±5% Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 35 ms Approx. 42 ms
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Reset ratios
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 0.9 to 0.01 x IN
Influencing variables Tolerances
Auxiliary DC voltage, range Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Temperature, range Current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Delay times T (I2>) and T (I2>>) ± 1 % but min. 10 ms
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Influencing variables
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1% Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Thermal overload protection without memory (ANSI 49) without preload Temperature, range
Setting ranges –5 °C ≤ Θamb +40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Pickup value IL/IN = 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Frequency, range
Time multiplier tL (= t6 -time) 1 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s)
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1 % of IN
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
Tolerances
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Referring to pickup ± 5 % of setting value or 5 %
Number of possible shots 1 to 9, configurable
threshold 1.1 IL of rated value
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Auto-reclosure modes 3-pole
Influencing variables Dead times for 1st and any 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
further shot
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Blocking time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Temperature, range Lock-out time after unsuccessful 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K AR
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency, range Duration of reclose command 0.01 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1%
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Breaker failure protection Trip circuit supervision With one or two binary inputs
Setting ranges/steps Circuit-breaker trip test Trip/reclosure cycle
Pickup of current element CB I>/IN = 0.04 to 1.0 (steps 0.01)
Control
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
Number of devices 1
Pickup times (with internal start) is contained in the delay time
(via control) is contained in the delay time Evaluation of breaker contact None
(with external start) is contained in the delay time
Dropout time Approx. 25 ms
Tolerances
Pickup value 2 % of setting value
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Technical data
Technical data
CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
(Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Part 303).
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
and standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Auxiliary voltage
24/48 V DC, binary input threshold 19 V 2
60/110 V DC2), binary input threshold 19 V3) 4
110/125/220/250 V DC, 115/230 V AC2) binary input threshold 88 V3) 5
Unit design 5
Surface-mounting housing, terminals on top and bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs on CD-ROM.
Authorization by serial number. 7XS5410-0AA00 5
Temperature monitoring box
24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
package
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/54
Connection diagram according to IEC standard
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/55
Connection diagram according to IEC standard
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(50, 50N, 51, 51N)
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
(67, 67N)
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. ground-fault
detection (67Ns, 50Ns)
• Displacement voltage (64)
• High-impedance restricted ground fault
(87N)
• Inrush restraint
LSP2874.tif
Application
Application
50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>> Instantaneous and definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
79 Auto-reclosure 5
25 Synch-check
LSP2885.tif
Connection techniques and
housing with many advantages
The relay housing is 1/6 of a 19" rack. The Illuminated 6-line display
housing is thus identical in size to the 7SJ50
and 7SJ60 relays that makes replacement Navigation keys
very easy. The height is 244 mm (9.61").
Numerical key pad/9 function keys
Pluggable current and voltage terminals
allow for pre-wiring and simplify the ex- 8 programmable LEDs
change of devices. CT shorting is done in
the removable current terminal block. Control keys
It is thus not possible to open-circuit a
secondary current transformer. Standard battery exchangeable from the front
All binary inputs are independent and the USB front port
pick-up thresholds are settable using soft-
ware settings (3 stages). The relay current
5 transformer taps (1 A/5 A) are new soft-
ware settings. Up to 9 function keys can be
programmed for predefined menu entries,
LSP2877.tif
switching sequences, etc. The assigned
function of the function keys can be shown
in the display of the relay.
Current terminal
block
LSP2878.tif
LSP2876.tif
Voltage terminal
block
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Communication
Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For grounded networks, the ground cur-
rent is obtained from the phase currents by
the residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/68
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5
Fig. 5/69
Sensitive ground-
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/70
Residual current
circuit with direc-
tional element
Typical connections
Fig. 5/71
Sensitive directional
ground-fault detec-
tion with directional
element for phases
5
Fig. 5/72
Sensitive directional
ground-fault detection
Fig. 5/73
Measuring of the
busbar voltage
and the outgoing
feeder voltage for
synchronization
Typical applications
Technical data
Measuring/fault recording
With fault recording 1
With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3
5
Accessories Description Order No.
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition/Vista.
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade format).
Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition/Vista
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally).
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2299-afpen.eps
– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
– Load jam protection 5
• Overload protection
Fig. 5/78 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay
• Temperature monitoring
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Auto-reclosure
Description • Lockout
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 relays can be used Control functions/programmable logic
for line protection of high and medium • Commands for control of a
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
circuit-breaker and of isolators
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com-
pensated neutral point. When protecting • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
motors, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 is suitable DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
for asynchronous machines of all sizes. The • User-defined logic with CFC
relay performs all functions of backup pro-
(e.g. interlocking)
tection supplementary to transformer dif-
ferential protection. Monitoring functions
The relay provides control of the circuit- • Operational measured values I
breaker, further switching devices and au- • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
tomation functions. The integrated pro-
• Slave pointer
grammable logic (CFC) allows the user to
implement their own functions, e. g. for • Time metering of operating hours
the automation of switchgear (interlock- • Trip circuit supervision
ing). The user is also allowed to generate • 8 oscillographic fault records
user-defined messages.
• Motor statistics
The flexible communication interfaces are
open for modern communication architec- Communication interfaces
tures with control systems. • System interface
– IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/8/11 binary inputs
• 4/8/6 output relays
Application
Application
79 Auto-reclosure
Construction
Protection functions
Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Three
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
Protection functions/Functions
n Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups that
might occur when excessive load torque
occurs, excessive voltage drops occur
within the motor or if the rotor is locked.
Rotor temperature is calculated from mea-
sured stator current. The tripping time is
calculated according to the following equa-
tion:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠
I = Actual current flowing
5 IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start Fig. 5/84
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Motor statistics
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current (2 times, Sudden high loads can cause slowing down Essential information on start-up of the mo-
for warm and cold motor) and blocking of the motor and mechanical tor (duration, current, voltage) and general
damages. The rise of current due to a load information on number of starts, total oper-
The characteristic (equation) can be adapt- jam is being monitored by this function ating time, total down time, etc. are saved as
ed optimally to the state of the motor by (alarm and tripping). The overload protec- statistics in the device.
applying different tripping times TA in tion function is too slow and therefore not
dependence of either cold or warm motor suitable under these circumstances. Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
state. For differentiation of the motor state Methods for determining circuit-breaker
the thermal model of the rotor is applied. Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) contact wear or the remaining service life
(Negative-sequence protection) of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte-
If the trip time is rated according to the
above formula, even a prolonged start-up The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur- nance intervals to be aligned to their actual
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up rent protection detects a phase failure or load degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced
current) will be evaluated correctly. The unbalance due to network asymmetry and maintenance costs.
tripping time is inverse (current depend- protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
There is no mathematically exact method
ent). perature rise.
of calculating the wear or the remaining
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86) service life of circuit-breakers that takes
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- into account the arc-chamber's physical
ping is effected. If a motor is started up too many times in conditions when the CB opens. This is why
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther- various methods of determining CB wear
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) mal overload, especially the upper edges of have evolved which reflect the different op-
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated erator philosophies. To do justice to these,
Up to 2 temperature monitoring boxes with from the stator current. The reclosing lock- the devices offer several methods:
a total of 12 measuring sensors can be used out only permits start-up of the motor if the
for temperature monitoring and detection by rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a • I
the protection relay. The thermal status of complete start- up (see Fig. 5/84). • Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
motors, generators and transformers can be
monitored with this device. Additionally, the Emergency start-up • Σ i 2t
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma- The devices additionally offer a new
chines are monitored for limit value viola- This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the method for determining the remaining
tion. The temperatures are being measured service life:
with the help of temperature detectors at var- thermal replica as long as the binary input is
active. It is also possible to reset the thermal • Two-point method
ious locations of the device to be protected.
This data is transmitted to the protection re- replica to zero.
lay via one or two temperature monitoring
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/100).
With this function, a sudden drop in current,
that can occur due to a reduced motor load, is
detected. This may be due to shaft breakage,
no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.
Metered values
Functions
If an external meter with a metering pulse
Indication filtering and delay output is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit
can obtain and process metering pulses via
Binary indications can be filtered or de-
an indication input.
layed.
The metered values can be displayed and
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
passed on to a control center as an accumu-
potential at the indication input. The indica-
lation with reset.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
age is still present after a set period of time. In
Switchgear cubicles
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
for high/medium voltage
for a preset time. The information is passed
on only if the indication voltage is still pres- All units are designed specifically to meet
ent after this time. the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
Indication derivation
In general, no separate measuring instru-
A further indication (or a command) can be ments or additional control components
derived from an existing indication. Group are necessary.
5 indications can also be formed. The volume
LSP2077f.eps
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current. The following functions
are available for measured value process-
ing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (50Ns) Fig. 5/86
• Symmetrical components NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
I1, I2, 3I0
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.
Communication
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system
solution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via
the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are Fig. 5/90
linked with PAS electrically or optically to Optical Ethernet communication module
the station PC. The interface is standard- for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/88).
Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/91
Residual current
circuit
5
Fig. 5/92
Sensitive earth
current detection
Typical applications
5
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
One or two binary inputs can be used for
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.
Technical data
Overload capability Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s all circuits except for auxiliary
30 x Inom for 10 s voltage and RS485/RS232 and
4 x Inom continuous time synchronization
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
Overload capability if equipped with Communication ports 500 V AC
sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s
and time synchronization 5
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
100 A for 10 s all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
15 A continuous ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) class III
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V (product standard)
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–330 V EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
AC 92–138 V 184–265 V DIN 57435 Part 303
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
peak-to-peak IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
Power consumption and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Quiescent Approx. 3 W Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Energized Approx. 7 W IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC field, non-modulated
Binary inputs/indication inputs IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611 7SJ612 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Number 3 8 11 IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Voltage range 24–250 V DC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
Pickup threshold Modifiable by plug-in jumpers field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Pickup threshold DC 19 V 88 V
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/125 V 110/220/250 V
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
Response time/drop-out Approx. 3.5 ms class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
time Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) High-energy surge voltages
energized (Surge)
Binary outputs/command outputs IEC 61000-4-5; class III
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611 7SJ612 across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
Number command/ 4 8 6 Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
indication relay across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
indication relay (2 contacts changeable to amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
NC/form B, IEC 61000-4-6, class III
via jumpers)
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
A/B IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive / capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) Climatic stress tests
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s Temperatures
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, (Legibility of display may be
Ri = 200 Ω impaired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz transport
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Humidity
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela-
5 Units with a detached operator
panel must be installed in a metal
units in such a way that they are not tive humidity; condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
cubicle to maintain limit class B pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Mechanical stress tests Unit design
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Housing 7XP20
During operation Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 17
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Weight
Surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
Vibration Sinusoidal
Flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration Degree of protection
frequency sweep 1 octave/min acc. to EN 60529
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Operator safety IP 2x with cover
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Serial interfaces
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude Operating interface (front of unit)
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
(vertical axis) 9-pin subminiature connector
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
(horizontal axis) min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
During transportation min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 RS232/RS485
Vibration Sinusoidal Connection
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration, surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C”
frequency sweep 1 octave/min detached operator panel
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Shock Semi-sinusoidal with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms top/bottom part
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
of 3 axes
Technical data
Technical data
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Upper function limit (setting range) 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
(ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) Dynamic setting change
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) Controllable function Pickup, tripping time
Setting ranges Start criteria Current criteria,
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) CB position via aux. contacts,
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) binary input,
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) auto-reclosure ready
5 Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Time control 3 timers
Times Current criteria Current threshold
Pickup times (without inrush (reset on dropping below threshold;
restraint, with inrush restraint monitoring with timer)
+ 10 ms) (Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50 Ns, 51Ns)
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
Setting ranges
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Tolerances For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51, 51N) Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Times
(ANSI 51) (L1 and L3) Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Setting ranges Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerances
Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
(IEC characteristics)
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(ANSI characteristics) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
Trip characteristics User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, current and delay time values
extremely inverse, long inverse Setting ranges
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse Pickup threshold IEEp
moderately inverse, very inverse, For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
extremely inverse, definite inverse For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value User defined
pairs of current and time delay Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout setting Times
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx. Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
0.95 · pickup threshold
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) Pickup threshold
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
30 ms Dropout times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value ≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual
30 ms Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
1) At rated frequency.
Technical data
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected per binary input by means of jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version …/EE.
5) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
6) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/94
7SJ610 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/95
7SJ611 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/96
7SJ612 connection diagram
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
• Sensitive dir. earth-fault detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2299-afpen.eps
– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
– Load jam protection
Fig. 5/97 • Overload protection 5
SIPROTEC 7SJ62 • Temperature monitoring
multifunction protection relay
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
Description
• Phase-sequence monitoring
• Synchro-check
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 relays can be used • Auto-reclosure
for line protection of high and medium • Fault locator
voltage networks with earthed (grounded), • Lockout
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com-
Control functions/programmable logic
pensated neutral point. With regard to
motor protection, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 • Commands f. ctrl of CB and of isolators
is suitable for asynchronous machines of • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
all sizes. The relay performs all functions of DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
backup protection supplementary to trans- • User-defined logic with CFC
former differential protection. (e.g. interlocking)
7SJ62 is featuring the "flexible protection Monitoring functions
functions". Up to 20 protection functions • Operational measured values V, I, f
can be added according to individual
• Energy metering values Wp, Wq
requirements. Thus, for example, a rate-
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
of-frequency-change protection or reverse
power protection can be implemented. • Slave pointer
• Trip circuit supervision
The relay provides control of the circuit- • Fuse failure monitor
breaker, further switching devices and au- • 8 oscillographic fault records
tomation functions. The integrated pro-
• Motor statistics
grammable logic (CFC) allows the user to
implement their own functions, e. g. for Communication interfaces
the automation of switchgear (interlock- • System interface
ing). The user is also allowed to generate – IEC 60870-5-103/ IEC 61850
user-defined messages. – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
The flexible communication interfaces are – DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
open for modern communication architec- • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
tures with control systems. • Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/4 voltage transformers
• 8/11 binary inputs
• 8/6 output relays
Siemens SIP · 2008 5/105
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Application
Application
50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
51, 51V, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral), phase function with voltage-dependent option
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
25 Synchro-check
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box), e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
Construction
LSP2099-afpen.eps
connected with or without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing.
5 Fig. 5/99 Rear view with screw-type terminals
Protection functions
Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51V, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-
selective measurement of the three phase
currents and the earth current (four trans-
formers). Three definite-time overcurrent
protection elements (DMT) exist both for
the phases and for the earth. The current
threshold and the delay time can be set
within a wide range. In addition, inverse-
time overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be activated.
The inverse-time function provides – as
an option – voltage-restraint or voltage-
controlled operating modes.
Fig. 5/100 Fig. 5/101
Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection
Available inverse-time characteristics User-definable characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3 Instead of the predefined time characteris-
Inverse • • tics according to ANSI, tripping character-
istics can be defined by the user for phase
Short inverse • and earth units separately. Up to 20 cur-
rent/time value pairs may be programmed.
Long inverse • • They are set as pairs of numbers or graphi-
Moderately inverse • cally in DIGSI 4.
Very inverse • • Inrush restraint
Extremely inverse • • The relay features second harmonic re-
straint. If the second harmonic is detected
during transformer energization, pickup of
Reset characteristics non-directional and directional normal el-
ements are blocked.
For easier time coordination with emulation), a reset process is initiated after
electromechanical relays, reset characte- the fault current has disappeared. This
Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
ristics according to ANSI C37.112 and reset process corresponds to the reverse
IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards are applied. movement of the Ferraris disk of an elec- For directional and non-directional time-
When using the reset characteristic (disk tromechanical relay (thus: disk emulation). overcurrent protection functions the initia-
tion thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time control.
5/108 Siemens SIP · 2008
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calcu-
lated from the stator current. The reclosing
lockout only permits start-up of the motor
if the rotor has sufficient thermal reserves
for a complete start-up (see Fig. 5/106).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lock-
out via a binary input by storing the state
of the thermal replica as long as the binary
5 input is active. It is also possible to reset
the thermal replica to zero.
Fig. 5/106
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes The characteristic (equation) can be shaft breakage, no-load operation of
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be adapted optimally to the state of the motor pumps or fan failure.
used for temperature monitoring and de- by applying different tripping times TA in
tection by the protection relay. The ther- dependence of either cold or warm motor Motor statistics
mal status of motors, generators and state. For differentiation of the motor state Essential information on start-up of the
transformers can be monitored with this the thermal model of the rotor is applied. motor (duration, current, voltage) and
device. Additionally, the temperature of general information on number of starts,
If the trip time is rated according to the
the bearings of rotating machines are mon- total operating time, total down time, etc.
above formula, even a prolonged start-up
itored for limit value violation. The tem- are saved as statistics in the device.
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
peratures are being measured with the help
current) will be evaluated correctly. The
of temperature detectors at various loca- n Voltage protection
tripping time is inverse (current depend-
tions of the device to be protected. This
ent). Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
data is transmitted to the protection relay
via one or two temperature monitoring A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to The two-element overvoltage protection
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/137). detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous detects unwanted network and machine
tripping is effected. overvoltage conditions. The function can
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14) operate either with phase-to-phase,
Starting time supervision protects the mo- Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) phase-to-earth, positive phase-sequence
tor against long unwanted start-ups that Sudden high loads can cause slowing down or negative phase-sequence system voltage.
might occur in the event of excessive load and blocking of the motor and mechanical Three-phase and single-phase connections
torque or excessive voltage drops within damages. The rise of current due to a load are possible.
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor jam is being monitored by this function
temperature is calculated from measured (alarm and tripping). Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
stator current. The tripping time is calcu- The two-element undervoltage protection
The overload protection function is too
lated according to the following equation: provides protection against dangerous
slow and therefore not suitable under these
circumstances. voltage drops (especially for electric ma-
for I > IMOTOR START chines). Applications include the isolation
2
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) of generators or motors from the network
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠ (Negative-sequence protection) to avoid undesired operating states and a
possible loss of stability. Proper operating
I = Actual current flowing The negative-sequence / phase-balance conditions of electrical machines are best
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor current protection detects a phase failure evaluated with the positive-sequence quan-
start or load unbalance due to network asym- tities. The protection function is active
t = Tripping time metry and protects the rotor from imper- over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55
IA = Rated motor starting current missible temperature rise. to 65 Hz)1). Even when falling below this
TA = Tripping time at rated motor frequency range the function continues to
starting current (2 times, for Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) work, however, with a greater tolerance
warm and cold motor)
With this function, a sudden drop in cur- band.
rent, which can occur due to a reduced 1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
motor load, is detected. This may be due to for fN = 50/60 Hz.
Frequency protection can be used for over- All of these methods are phase-selective
frequency and underfrequency protection. and a limit value can be set in order to ob-
Electric machines and parts of the system tain an alarm if the actual value falls below
are protected from unwanted speed devia- or exceeds the limit value during determi-
tions. Unwanted frequency changes in the nation of the remaining service life.
network can be detected and the load can
be removed at a specified frequency set- Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.)
ting. Additional functions, which are not time
Frequency protection can be used over a
critical, can be implemented via the CFC 5
using measured values. Typical functions
wide frequency range (40 to 60, 50 to
include reverse power, voltage controlled
70 Hz)1). There are four elements (select-
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and Fig. 5/107 CB switching cycle diagram
able as overfrequency or underfrequency)
zero-sequence voltage detection.
and each element can be delayed sepa-
rately. Blocking of the frequency protec- contacts and communicated to the 7SJ62
Commissioning via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible
tion can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element. Commissioning could hardly be easier and to detect and indicate both the OPEN and
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi-
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) the binary inputs can be read individually ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact
and the state of the binary outputs can be position.
The integrated fault locator calculates the
set individually. The operation of switch- The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
The results are displayed in Ω, kilometers controlled via:
devices) can be checked using the switch- – integrated operator panel
(miles) and in percent of the line length.
ing functions of the bay controller. The an- – binary inputs
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring alog measured values are represented as – substation control and protection system
wide-ranging operational measured values. – DIGSI 4
Methods for determining circuit-breaker To prevent transmission of information to
contact wear or the remaining service life the control center during maintenance, the Automation / user-defined logic
of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte- bay controller communications can be dis-
nance intervals to be aligned to their actual abled to prevent unnecessary data from be- With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced ing transmitted. During commissioning, all graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
maintenance costs. indications with test marking for test pur- for the automation of switchgear or substa-
poses can be connected to a control and tion. Functions are activated via function
There is no mathematically exact method
protection system. keys, binary input or via communication
of calculating the wear or the remaining
interface.
service life of circuit-breakers that takes
into account the arc-chamber's physical Test operation
Switching authority
conditions when the CB opens. This is why During commissioning, all indications can
various methods of determining CB wear be passed to an automatic control system Switching authority is determined accord-
have evolved which reflect the different op- for test purposes. ing to parameters, communication or by
erator philosophies. To do justice to these, key-operated switch (when available).
the devices offer several methods: n Control and automatic functions If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
switching operations are possible. The fol-
• I Control lowing sequence of switching authority is
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3 In addition to the protection functions, the laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
• Σi t 2 SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control “REMOTE”.
and monitoring functions that are required
The devices additionally offer a new for operating medium-voltage or high- Command processing
method for determining the remaining voltage substations. All the functionality of command process-
service life:
The main application is reliable control of ing is offered. This includes the processing
• Two-point method of single and double commands with or
switching and other processes.
without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
1) The 40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz range is The status of primary equipment or auxil- ing of the control hardware and software,
available for fN= 50/60 Hz iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary checking of the external process, control
5 Assignment of feedback to command • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
LSP2077f.eps
The positions of the circuit-breaker or • Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
switching devices and transformer taps are • Symmetrical components
acquired by feedback. These indication in- I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
puts are logically assigned to the corre-
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
sponding command outputs. The unit can
(P, Q: total and phase selective)
therefore distinguish whether the indica-
tion change is a consequence of switching • Power factor (cos ϕ),
operation or whether it is a spontaneous (total and phase selective)
change of state. • Frequency
Chatter disable • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and Fig. 5/108
reverse power flow NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether,
in a configured period of time, the number • Mean as well as minimum and maximum
of status changes of indication input ex- current and voltage values
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the • Operating hours counter
indication input is blocked for a certain
• Mean operating temperature of overload
period, so that the event list will not record
function
excessive operations.
• Limit value monitoring
Indication filtering and delay Limit values are monitored using pro-
Binary indications can be filtered or de- grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
layed. can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
• Zero suppression
potential at the indication input. The indi-
In a certain range of very low measured
cation is passed on only if the indication
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
voltage is still present after a set period of
interference.
time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information Metered values
is passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time. For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
late an energy metered value from the
Indication derivation measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse out-
A further indication (or a command) can
put is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit can
be derived from an existing indication.
obtain and process metering pulses via an
Group indications can also be formed. The
indication input.
volume of information to the system inter-
face can thus be reduced and restricted to The metered values can be displayed and
the most important signals. passed on to a control center as an accu-
mulation with reset. A distinction is made
between forward, reverse, active and reac-
tive energy.
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter- Fig. 5/109
national standard for the transmission of IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
There is a serial RS232 interface on the protective data and fault recordings. All
front of all the units. All of the unit’s func- messages from the unit and also control 5
tions can be set on a PC by means of the commands can be transferred by means of
DIGSI 4 protection operation program. published, Siemens-specific extensions to
Commissioning tools and fault analysis are the protocol.
also built into the program and are avail- Redundant solutions are also possible.
able through this interface. Optionally it is possible to read out and
alter individual parameters (only possible
Rear-mounted interfaces1) with the redundant module).
A number of communication modules
suitable for various applications can be fit- PROFIBUS-DP protocol
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous- PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the protocol in industrial automation. Via
modules can be easily replaced by the user. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
The interface modules support the follow- their information available to a SIMATIC
ing applications: controller or, in the control direction, re-
• Time synchronization interface ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
All units feature a permanently integrated Measured values can also be transferred.
electrical time synchronization interface.
MODBUS RTU protocol Fig. 5/110
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units This uncomplicated, serial protocol is IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
via time synchronization receivers. mainly used in industry and by power sup-
• System interface ply corporations, and is supported by a
Communication with a central control number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
system takes place through this interface. units function as MODBUS slaves, making
Radial or ring type station bus topologies their information available to a master or
can be configured depending on the cho- receiving information from it. A time-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can stamped event list is available.
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS485 or an optical inter-
face. For special applications, a maximum
of two temperature monitoring boxes
(RTD-box) can be connected to this inter-
face as an alternative.
Communication
Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/113
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5
Fig. 5/114
Sensitive earth-
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/115
Residual current
circuit with direc-
tional element
Typical connections
Fig. 5/116
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5
Connection for isolated-neutral
or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with
only two phase current transformers. Di-
rectional phase short-circuit protection
can be achieved by using only two primary
transformers.
Fig. 5/117
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks
Fig. 5/118
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for the
synchro-check
Typical applications
n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when volt-
age across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/119, tripping occurs due to
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
opening of the live status contact upon Fig. 5/119 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)
failure of the protection unit or by
short-circuiting the trip coil in event of
network fault.
Fig. 5/120 Undervoltage trip with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
Typical applications
Technical data
Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) During transportation
High-energy surge voltages Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
(Surge) Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-5; class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-6, class III Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz of 3 axes
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s; Climatic stress tests
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Temperatures
5 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, (Legibility of display may be
Ri = 200 Ω impaired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests permanent storage
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz transport
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B Humidity
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela-
Units with a detached operator units in such a way that they are not tive humidity; condensation not
panel must be installed in a metal exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
cubicle to maintain limit class B pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Unit design
Mechanical stress tests
Housing 7XP20
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 17
During operation
Weight
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
Vibration Sinusoidal Flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude; Degree of protection
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration acc. to EN 60529
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Surface-mounting housing IP 51
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Operator safety IP 2x with cover
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Technical data
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B"
Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
surface-mounting housing with
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
detached operator panel
RS232/RS485
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
Connection Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C” Ethernet, optical
detached operator panel Connection Intergr. ST connector for FO connec-
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: tion
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B" 5
top/bottom part surface-mounting housing with
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
Distance 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
System interface (rear of unit)
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol to a control center
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
to a control center
RS485
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud,
min. 1200 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection
RS232/RS485 For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
Connection detached operator panel
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
surface-mounting housing with with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
detached operator panel top/bottom part
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable 500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
top/bottom part 200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Fiber optic
Fiber optic Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- tion
optic connection For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” surface-mounting housing with
surface-mounting housing with detached operator panel
detached operator panel For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
with two-tier terminal on the top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/136
top/bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
Optical wavelength 820 nm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
RS485
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Connection to a control center
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
For surface-mounting housing (not available)
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Technical data
Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Dropout setting
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) 0.95 · pickup threshold
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D) Tolerances
(terminal with surface-mounting Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
housing) Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
30 ms
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
Functions ≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) Direction detection
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase For phase faults
phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) With voltage memory for measure-
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) ment voltages that are too low
Setting ranges Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°)
Pickup phase elements 1)
0.5 to 175 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults
unlimited;
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) For three-phase faults dynamically
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) unlimited;
Times Steady-state approx. 7 V
Pickup times (without inrush phase-to-phase
restraint, with inrush restraint For earth faults
+ 10 ms)
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0
Non-directional Directional or with negative-sequence quantities
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms 3V2, 3I2
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for
Direction sensitivity
I/Inom ≥ 0.3
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Tolerances measured;
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) 3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms calculated
Negative-sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1)
Tolerances (phase angle error under
reference conditions)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical
Technical data
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.
Technical data
Technical data
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Voltage difference (V2 – V1) InkVprimary,in Vsecondaryorin%Vnom
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Times Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Pickup times
with internal start is contained in the delay time Frequency difference (f2 – f1) In mHz
with external start is contained in the delay time Range fN ± 5 Hz
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25) Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)
Operating mode • Synchro-check Operating modes / measuring
Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line quantities
• Dead-bus / live-line 3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, P, Q, cos ϕ
• Dead-bus and dead-line 1-phase I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, cos ϕ
• Bypassing Without fixed phase relation f, df/dt, binary input 5
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold
Voltages value
Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Setting ranges
(in steps of 1 V) Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase) Current ratio I2/I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
(in steps of 1 V) Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
V< for dead-line / dead-bus check 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase) Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 1 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
(in steps of 1 V) Displacement voltage VE 1 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Power P, Q 0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
(in steps of 1 V) Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV) Frequency fN = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
transformer V2nom fN = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s)
Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<) Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (insteps of 0.01)
ΔV-measurement Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Voltage difference 0.5 to 50 V (phase-to-phase) Dropout differential f 0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
(in steps of 1 V) Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerance 1V Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Δf-measurement
Δf-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Times
Tolerance 15 mHz Pickup times
Current, voltage
Δα-measurement (phase quantities)
Δα-measurement 2 ° to 80 ° (in steps of 1 °) With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
(α2>α1; α2>α1) With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Tolerance 2° Current, voltages
Max. phase displacement 5 ° for Δf ≤ 1 Hz (symmetrical components)
10 ° for Δf > 1 Hz With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
Adaptation With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 ° to 360 ° (in steps of 1 °) Power
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Typical Approx. 120 ms
transformers V1/V2 Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms
thresholds)
Times
Power factor 300 to 600 ms
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms
Frequency Approx. 100 ms
Max. duration TSYN DURATION 0.01 to 1200 s; ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rate-of-frequency change
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
With 1.25 times the setting value Approx. 220 ms
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Binary input Approx. 20 ms
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Dropout times Setting ranges
Current, voltage (phase < 20 ms Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
quantities) Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Current, voltages (symmetrical < 30 ms Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
components) time TSTARTUP, cold motor
Power Permissible starting time 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Typical < 50 ms TSTARTUP, warm motor
Maximum < 350 ms Temperature threshold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
Power factor < 300 ms cold motor
Frequency < 100 ms Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Binary input < 10 ms Tripping time characteristic 2
t = ⎛⎜ STARTUP ⎞⎟ ⋅ TSTARTUP
Tolerances I
For I > IMOTOR START
Pickup threshold ⎝ I ⎠
Current 1 % of setting value or 50 mA1) ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Current (symmetrical 2 % of setting value or 100 mA1) current
components) I = Actual current flowing
Voltage 1 % of setting value or 0.1 V
5 Voltage (symmetrical 2 % of setting value or 0.2 V
TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
motor starting current
components)
t = Tripping time in seconds
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W
Power factor 2 degrees Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Frequency 10 mHz Tolerances
Rate-of-frequency change 5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) Setting ranges
Setting ranges Current threshold for 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps 0.01 A)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) alarm and trip
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Blocking duration after 0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
CLOSE signal detection
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A1)
Tolerances
Times Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3 Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Tolerances Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1) Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms to rated motor current
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Setting ranges Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) TStart Max
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
(IEC characteristics) Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
(ANSI characteristics) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A 1) warm starts
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Trip characteristics warm starts
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
extremely inverse simulations of rotor at zero
ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, speed kτ at STOP
very inverse, extremely inverse Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value constant with motor running
kτ RUNNING
Dropout nc − 1
IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value, Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold nc
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Tolerances which restarting is possible
Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1) Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated) rotor overtemperature
+2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms (= 100 % in operational
measured value
Θrot/Θrot trip)
nc = Number of permissible
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. start-ups from cold state
Technical data
Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Range 0 to 120 % Snom V1 (positive-sequence component)
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom protection
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and I1 (positive-sequence component);
in % Snom Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Range 0 to 120 % Snom Local measured values monitoring
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with for I>Ibalance limit
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated for V>Vlim
Range - 1 to + 1 Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Tolerance2) 2 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707 (ACB)
5 Frequency f In Hz Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Tolerance2) 20 mHz Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
expansions via CFC
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip Fuse failure monitor
For all network types With the option of blocking affected
protection functions
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Fault recording
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
box" type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Fault" for insufficient battery charge
Long-term averages
Oscillographic fault recording
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
Maximum 8 fault records saved,
Frequency of updates Adjustable memory maintained by buffer bat-
Long-term averages tery in case of loss of power supply
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Recording time Total 20 s
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) and memory time adjustable
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Max. / Min. report Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Report of measured values With date and time Energy/power
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes, Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
0 to 1439 min) Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
Time frame and starting time adjust- demand)
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Tolerance1) ≤ 2 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom
Reset, manual Using binary input, and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
using keypad,
via communication Statistics
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3, Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
I1 (positive-sequence component) Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
commands (segregated according
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
2) At rated frequency.
5/130 Siemens SIP · 2008
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ62
Technical data
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal, (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/Voltage arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
• Overload protection
• Temperature monitoring 5
Fig. 5/127 • Under-/overvoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 multifunction • Under-/overfrequency protection
protection relay
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Phase-sequence monitoring
• Auto-reclosure
Description
• Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 can be used as a pro- • Lockout
tective control and monitoring relay for dis-
tribution feeders and transmission lines Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. Regarding the • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
time-overcurrent/directional time- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
overcurrent protection the characteristics
• Extended user-defined logic with CFC
can be either definite time, inverse time or
(e.g. interlocking)
user-defined.
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 is equipped with
motor protection applicable for asynchron- • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
ous machines of all sizes. Motor protection • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
comprises undercurrent monitoring, • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
starting time supervision, restart inhibit, • Slave pointer
locked rotor. • Trip circuit supervision
The relay provides easy-to-use local control • Fuse failure monitor
and automation functions. The number of • 8 oscillographic fault records
controllable switchgear depends only on the
number of available inputs and outputs. The Communication interfaces
integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows • System interface
the user to implement their own functions, – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- – PROFIBUS-FMS /-DP
locking). The user is able to generate user- – DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
defined messages as well.
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF77
Application
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.
Application
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
79 Auto-reclosure
Construction
Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ63 relays, referred to a 19” module
frame system. This means that previous
models can always be replaced. The height
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/129 Fig. 5/130
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing
with screw-type terminals with covered connection terminals and wirings
mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
5 nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/131), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.
LSP2196-afp.eps
Fig. 5/131
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps
Fig. 5/133
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Fig. 5/132
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type terminals
Protection functions
Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Two
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range.
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
Protection functions
The high-impedance measurement principle • The directional and non-directional ele- If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
is an uncomplicated and sensitive method ments can either be blocked or operated mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
for detecting earth faults, especially on trans- non-delayed depending on the auto- tent faults, the long dropout times of the
formers. It can also be applied to motors, reclosure cycle electromechanical devices (several hundred
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
generators and reactors when these are oper- • Dynamic setting change of the directional
ated on an earthed network. of time grading. Clean time grading is only
and non-directional elements can be acti-
possible if the dropout time is approximately
vated depending on the ready AR
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
out times can be defined for certain functions
such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.
Protection functions
n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
out only permits start-up of the motor if the
rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up (see Fig. 5/139).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the
thermal replica as long as the binary input is
5 active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
replica to zero. Fig. 5/139
Functions
Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and
engineering effort.
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.
Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.
LSP2078-afp.eps
reverse power flow knee characteristic.
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum • Live-zero monitoring
current and voltage values 4 - 20 mA circuits are monitored for
open-circuit detection.
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload Switchgear cubicles
function for high/medium voltage
• Limit value monitoring All units are designed specifically to meet
Limit values are monitored using pro- Fig. 5/144
the requirements of high/medium-voltage NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands applications.
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation. In general, no separate measuring instru-
ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
• Zero suppression measuring transducer ...) or additional
In a certain range of very low measured control components are necessary.
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.
Communication
Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/149
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5
Fig. 5/150
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/151
Residual current
circuit with directional
element
Typical connections
Fig. 5/152
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5
Fig. 5/153
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
Fig. 5/154
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks
Typical applications
n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails and
manual electric tripping is no longer possi-
ble.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Fig. 5/155, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
Typical applications
Technical data
Technical data
Electrical tests Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
Specification capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
Technical data
Technical data
RS485 Functions
Connection Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, (ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
detached operator panel phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3)
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Setting ranges
top/bottom part Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud; Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Times
Pickup times (without inrush
Fiber optic restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
For flush-mounting housing/ tion, mounting location “B” Non-directional Directional
surface-mounting housing with With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
detached operator panel With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
5
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/174
Tolerances
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles (ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
to a control center
Setting ranges
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
RS485 Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Connection (IEC characteristics)
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” (ANSI characteristics)
detached operator panel Trip characteristics
For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing: IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable extremely inverse, long inverse
top/bottom part ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units moderately inverse, very inverse,
recommended extremely inverse, definite inverse
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
Fiber-optic pairs of current and time delay
Dropout setting
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
connection Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” 0.95 · pickup threshold
surface-mounting housing with With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
detached operator panel
Tolerances
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/174 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Optical wavelength 820 nm 30 ms
Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles 30 ms
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D)
(terminal with surface-mounting
housing)
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
Technical data
Direction detection (Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns)
For phase faults Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64)
Polarization With cross-polarized voltages; Setting ranges
With voltage memory for measure- Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
ment voltages that are too low Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
lated)
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86° Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°) Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults unlimited; Times
For three-phase faults dynamically Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
unlimited;
Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-phase Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
For earth faults Tolerances
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
or with negative-sequence quantities Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
3V2, 3I2 Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
5 Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°) Measuring principle Voltage measurement
(phase-to-earth)
Direction sensitivity
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage, Setting ranges
measured; Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage, Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
calculated
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1) Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Tolerances (phase angle error un- Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
der reference conditions) Setting ranges
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Inrush blocking For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
IEp (directional, non-directional)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Lower function limit 1.25 A1)
Times
Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
range) Approx. 80 ms (directional
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %) Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF Tolerances
Dynamic setting change Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
pickup, tripping time Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Start criteria Current criteria, Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
CB position via aux. contacts, User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
binary input, current and delay time values
auto-reclosure ready I
Logarithmic inverse
t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
Time control 3 timers I EEp
Current criteria Current threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold; Setting ranges
monitoring with timer) Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
User defined
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Technical data
Times Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional) Pickup times
Approx 80 ms (directional) Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns) Setting ranges
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Setting ranges Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
Measuring enable IRelease direct. (in steps of 1 %)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time 5
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °) kτ factor constant with the machine running
Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s) (in steps of 0.1)
Angle correction for cable CT
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
Current value I1, I2
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − 1
2
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Angle tolerance 3° t =
Tripping time
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase τth =
Temperature rise time constant
overcurrent protection I =
Load current
Ipre =
Preload current
Setting ranges k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) protection relay
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout ratios
Times Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Pickup times Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Minimum Approx. 20 ms I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Typical Approx. 30 ms
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Tolerances
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Tolerances Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; Number of reclosures 0 to 9
5 % of setting value or Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A Program for phase fault
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Intermittent earth-fault protection (dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
binary input
Setting ranges
Program for earth fault
Pickup threshold Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) (dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) protection, binary input
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
three-phase fault detected by a protec-
gation time
tive element, binary input,
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) last TRIP command after the reclosing
mulation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) reclosing),
accumulation TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF),
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
intermittent earth fault
external CLOSE command
1) At Inom = 1 A,
all limits divided by 5.
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Technical data
Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Setting ranges Operating modes/measuring
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) quantities
to rated motor current 3-phase Positive-sequence component or small-
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom est of the phase-to-phase voltages
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
Max. permissible starting time 3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s) phase-phase voltage
TStart Max Setting ranges
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) 3-phase, phase-earth 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V)
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME connection
Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) 3-phase, phase-phase 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts connection
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) 1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
simulations of rotor at zero speed Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ at STOP Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) IMIN"
constant with motor running Dropout threshold r ·V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages
5
kτ RUNNING Max. 225 V phase-earth voltages
Restarting limit Times
nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅ Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms
nc Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
which restarting is possi-
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
ble
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
rotor overtemperature Operating modes/measuring
(= 100 % in operational quantities
measured value
Θrot/Θrot trip) 3-phase Negative-sequence component or
nc = Number of permissible largest of the phase-to-phase voltages
start-ups from cold state 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
phase-phase voltage
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Setting ranges
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
measured values 3-phase, phase-earth connec- 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V)
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) tion, largest phase-phase
voltage
Temperature detectors
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 tion, largest phase-phase
Number of temperature Max. 6 voltage
detectors per box 3-phase, negative-sequence 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω voltage
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or 1-phase connection 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
“Bearing” or “Other”
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Thresholds for indications Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
For each measuring detector
Times
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Pickup times V2>, V2>> Approx. 60 ms
or ∞ (no indication)
Dropout times As pickup times
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Tolerances
or ∞ (no indication) Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Technical data
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated
Number of frequency elements 4 in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and
in % Snom
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
Delay times 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with
positive-sequence voltage V1 Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom
Technical data
Technical data
CE conformity
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
5 This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Measuring inputs (3 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 7
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminals top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminals, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting , screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs),
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/159
7SJ631 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/160
7SJ632 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports 1) Power relays are intended to directly control
see part 17 of this catalog. motorized switches. The power relays are
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel interlocked so only one relay of each pair
surface-mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
(http://www.siprotec.com). out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/161
7SJ633 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports 1) Power relays are intended to directly control
see part 17 of this catalog. motorized switches. The power relays are
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel interlocked so only one relay of each pair
surface-mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
(http://www.siprotec.com). out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.
Siemens SIP · 2008 5/179
5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ63
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/162
7SJ635 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/163
7SJ636 connection diagram
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64
Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization
Function overview
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
• Directional time-overcurrent
protection
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Overload protection
• Temperature monitoring
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection 5
Fig. 5/164 • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 multifunction
protection relay
• Power protection (e.g. reverse, factor)
• Breaker failure protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Phase-sequence monitoring
• Synchronization
The relay provides easy-to-use local control
Description • Auto-reclosure
and automation functions. The number of
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 can be used as a pro- controllable switchgear depends only on the
• Fault locator
tective control and monitoring relay for dis- number of available inputs and outputs. The • Lockout
tribution feeders and transmission lines integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed the user to implement their own functions, • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point locking). CFC capacity is much larger com- on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks pared to 7SJ63 due to extended CPU power. • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with The user is able to generate user-defined operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. The messages as well. • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 is equipped with a syn- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
The flexible communication interfaces are
chronization function which provides the • Extended user-defined logic with CFC
open for modern communication architec-
operation modes ‘synchronization check’ (e.g. interlocking)
tures with control systems.
(classical) and ‘synchronous/asynchronous
Monitoring functions
switching’ (which takes the CB mechanical
delay into consideration). Motor protection • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
comprises undercurrent monitoring, starting • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
time supervision, restart inhibit, locked ro- • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
tor, load jam protection as well as motor sta- • Slave pointer
tistics. • Trip circuit supervision
The 7SJ64 is featuring the "flexible protection • Fuse failure monitor
functions". Up to 20 protection functions can • 8 oscillographic fault records
be added according to individual require- • Motor statistics
ments. Thus, for example, rate-of-fre- Communication interfaces
quency-change protection or reverse power • System interface
protection can be implemented. – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
– PROFIBUS-FMS / DP
– DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Additional interface for temperature
detection (RTD-box)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via
IRIG B/DCF77
Application
Application
79M Auto-reclosure
25 Synchronization
Construction
Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/3, 1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ64 relays, referred to a 19” module
frame system. This means that previous
LSP2299-bfpen.tif
models can always be replaced. The height
LSP2174-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-
mounting housings for all housing widths.
All cables can be connected with or without
ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as
an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/166 Fig. 5/167
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Front view of 7SJ64 with 1/3x19" housing
with screw-type terminals
mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
5 nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/168), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.
LSP2196-afp.eps
Fig. 5/168
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps
Fig. 5/170
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Fig. 5/169
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type terminals
Protection functions
Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51,51V, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Three
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set in a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated. The inverse-time function pro-
vides – as an option – voltage-restraint or
voltage-controlled operating modes.
With the "flexible protection functions", fur-
ther definite-time overcurrent stages can be
implemented in the 7SJ64 unit. Fig. 5/171 Fig. 5/172 5
Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Functions
Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and
engineering effort.
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.
Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.
LSP2078-afp.eps
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVArh, forward and ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
reverse power flow measuring transducer ...) or additional
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum control components are necessary.
current and voltage values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands Fig. 5/182
can be derived from this limit value indi- NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
cation.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.
Communication
Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/187
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
5
Fig. 5/188
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/189
Residual current
circuit with directional
element
Typical connections
Fig. 5/190
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5
Fig. 5/191
Isolated-neutral
or compensated
networks
Fig. 5/192
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchroni-
zation
Typical applications
Typical applications
n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails and
manual electric tripping is no longer possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Figure 5/194, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
5
Fig. 5/194 Undervoltage release with make contact 50, 51
Fig. 5/195 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
Typical applications
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Dimensions See dimension drawings, Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
part 17 of this catalog min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Technical data
Transmission rate 100 Mbit Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
connection
Ethernet, electrical For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
Connection Two RJ45 connectors surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B" detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/215
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Optical wavelength 820 nm
Ethernet, optical Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Connection Intergr. ST connector for FO Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
For flush-mounting housing/ connection Mounting location "B"
surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel
Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
Distance 1.5 km/0.9 miles
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.
Technical data
Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≥ I/IEEp
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64) ≥ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Technical data
Tolerances Tolerances
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8 Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8 Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Program for phase fault Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements • Dead-bus / live-line
(dir., non-dir.), negative sequence, • Dead-bus and dead-line
binary input • Bypassing
Technical data
Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Times Tolerances
Pickup times Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Current, voltage Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
(phase quantities)
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms Setting ranges
Current, voltages Current threshold for
(symmetrical components) alarm and trip 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms Blocking duration after
Power CLOSE signal detection 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Typical Approx. 120 ms Tolerances
Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
thresholds) Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Power factor 300 to 600 ms Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Frequency Approx. 100 ms
Rate-of-frequency change Setting ranges
with 1.25 times the setting value Approx. 220 ms Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
5 Binary input Approx. 20 ms to rated motor current
Dropout times IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Current, voltage (phase quantities) < 20 ms Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Current, voltages (symmetrical Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
components) < 30 ms TStart Max
Power Equilibrium time TEqual 0 to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Typical < 50 ms Minimum inhibit time 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Maximum < 350 ms TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Power factor < 300 ms Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
Frequency < 100 ms warm starts
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Binary input < 10 ms warm starts
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Tolerances simulations of rotor at zero
Pickup threshold
speed kτ at STOP
Current 1 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Extension factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Current (symmetrical 2 % of setting value or 100 mA1)
time constant with motor
components)
Voltage 1 % of setting value or 0.1 V running kτ RUNNING
Voltage (symmetrical 2 % of setting value or 0.2 V Restarting limit
components) nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W nc
Power factor 2 degrees
Frequency 10 mHz Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Rate-of-frequency change 5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s which restarting is possi-
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms ble
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48) Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
rotor overtemperature
Setting ranges (= 100 % in operational
Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01) measured value
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01) Θrot/Θrot trip)
Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s) nc = Number of permissible
time TSTARTUP , COLD MOTOR start-ups from cold state
Permissible starting 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TSTARTUP, WARM MOTOR Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Temperature threshold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %) Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
cold motor measured values
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TBLOCKED-ROTOR
Tripping time characteristic 2
t = ⎛⎜ STARTUP ⎞⎟ ⋅ TSTARTUP
I
for I > IMOTOR START
⎝ I ⎠
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
current
I = Actual current flowing
TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
motor starting current
t = Tripping time in seconds
Technical data
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V Additional functions
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Operational measured values
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Currents In A (kA) primary,
Operating modes/measuring quantities IL1, IL2, IL3 in A secondary or in % Inom
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or Positive-sequence component I1
negative phase-sequence voltage or Negative-sequence component I2
phase-to-phase voltages or IE or 3I0
phase-to-earth voltages Range 10 to 200 % Inom
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
phase-phase voltage Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Setting ranges VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Pickup thresholds V>, V>> Phase-to-phase voltages
dependent on voltage 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V) VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VSYN,
connection and chosen 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) VE or V0
measuring quantity 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Positive-sequence component V1
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) Negative-sequence component V2
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Times Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Pickup times V Approx. 50 ms S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary and
Pickup times V1, V2 Approx. 60 ms in % of Snom
Dropout times As pickup times Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Tolerances Tolerance3) 1 % of Snom
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Technical data
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip
protection
5 Range - 1 to + 1
Tolerance1) 2 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707 Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
I1 (positive-sequence component);
Frequency f In Hz Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Range fnom ± 5 Hz Local measured values monitoring
Tolerance1) 20 mHz
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
Temperature overload protection In % for I>Ibalance limit
Θ/ΘTrip
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
Range 0 to 400 % for V>Vlim
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Temperature restart inhibit In % (ACB)
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Range 0 to 400 % (ACB)
Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In % expansions via CFC
Reclose time TReclose In min Fuse failure monitor
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA For all types of networks With the option of blocking affected
detection (total, real, and reactive secondary protection functions
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Fault recording
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA Recording of indications of the
RTD-box See section “Temperature monitoring last 8 power system faults
box” Recording of indications of the
Synchronism and voltage check See section “Synchronism and voltage last 3 power system ground faults
check” Time stamping
Long-term averages Resolution for event log 1 ms
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minutes (operational annunciations)
Frequency of updates Adjustable Resolution for trip log 1 ms
(fault annunciations)
Long-term averages
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Maximum time deviation 0.01 %
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) (internal clock)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) type CR 1/2 AA, message “Battery Fault”
for insufficient battery charge
Oscillographic fault recording
Maximum 8 fault records saved,
memory maintained by buffer
battery in case of loss of power
supply
Recording time Total 20 s
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording and
memory time adjustable
Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 samples/cycle)
1) At rated frequency.
Technical data
Energy/power Control
Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh) outputs
demand) Interlocking Programmable
Tolerance1) ≤ 2 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707 position
Statistics Control commands Single command / double command
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
commands (segregated according Local control
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle) Units with small display Control via menu,
Circuit-breaker wear assignment of a function key
Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 Units with large display Control via menu,
• 2-point method control with control keys
(remaining service life) Remote control Via communication interfaces,
• Σi2t using a substation automation and
control system (e.g. SICAM),
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
sured values on TRIP command, up to DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem) 5
8 digits, phase-selective limit values, CE conformity
monitoring indication This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Motor statistics nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h) electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h) Directive 73/23/EEC).
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %) This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Active energy and reactive energy See operational measured values man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Motor start-up data: Of the last 5 start-ups Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
– Start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
– Start-up current (primary) 0 A to 1000 kA (resolution 1 A)
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
– Start-up voltage (primary) 0 V to 100 kV (resolution 1 V)
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Operating hours counter
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Display range Up to 7 digits generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
Trip circuit monitoring
With one or two binary inputs
Commissioning aids
Phase rotation field check,
operational measured values,
circuit-breaker / switching device
test,
creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal
(telegram format IRIG-B000),
binary input,
communication
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
groups
Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
1) At rated frequency.
Measuring inputs (4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
5 Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 7
Unit version
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing A
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier terminals on top/bottom B
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/
ring-type cable lugs), detached operator panel, panel mounting in
low-voltage housing C
Flush-mounting housing, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs), without operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G
Measuring/fault recording
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.
3) Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
4) When using the RTD-box at an optical interface, the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter 7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
LSP2289-afp.eps
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Voltage/current terminal 12-pole/8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Connector 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2090-afp.eps
LSP2091-afp.eps
2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163084-2 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel
1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
for current termi- for other terminals
nals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/198
7SJ640 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/199
7SJ641 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/200
7SJ642 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports 1) Power relays are intended to directly control
see part 17 of this catalog. motorized switches. The power relays are
For allocation of terminals of the panel surface interlocked so only one relay of each pair
mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
(http://www.siprotec.com). out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are BO6/BO7, BO8/BO9. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/201
7SJ645 connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/202
7SJ647 connection diagram part 1;
continued on following page
Connection diagram
Fig. 5/203
7SJ647 connection diagram
part 2
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 17 of this catalog. For allocation of terminals of
the panel surface mounting version refer to the manual (http://www.siprotec.com).
SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 Distance Protection Relay for all Voltage Levels 6/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines 6/45
6
6
SIPROTEC 4 7SA6
Distance Protection Relay for all Voltage Levels
Function overview
Protection functions
• Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
• High resistance earth-fault protection
for single and three-phase tripping
(50N, 51N, 67N)
• Earth-fault detection in isolated and
resonant-earthed networks
• Tele (pilot) protection (85)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power-swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
• Phase overcurrent protection (50/51/67)
LSP2318-afp.tif
• Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
• STUB bus overcurrent protection
(50STUB)
Fig. 6/1 • Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4
(59/27)
7SA6 distance protection relay
• Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
6
• Auto-reclosure (79)
• Synchro-check (25)
Description • Breaker failure protection (50BF)
The SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 distance protection • Thermal overload protection (49)
relay is a universal device for protection, Control function
control and automation on the basis of the • Commands f. ctrl. of CBs and isolators
SIPROTEC 4 system. Its high level of flexi-
bility makes it suitable to be implemented at Monitoring functions
all voltage levels. With this relay you are ide- • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
ally equipped for the future: it offers security • Self-supervision of the relay
of investment and also saves on operating • Measured-value supervision
costs.
• Event logging/fault logging
− High-speed tripping time • Oscillographic fault recording
− Low-impedance setpoints to protect also • Switching statistics
very short lines Front design
− Self-setting power swing detection for fre- • Easy operation w. numeric keys
quencies up to 7 Hz • Function keys
− Current transformer saturation detector • LEDs for local alarm
ensures fast tripping and highest distance • PC front port for convenient relay
measurement accuracy setting
− Phase-segregated teleprotection for im-
proved selectivity and availability Communication interfaces
• Front interface for connecting a PC
− Digital relay-to-relay communication by
means of an integrated serial protection • System interface for connecting to a
data interface control system via various protocols
− Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT) – IEC 61850 Ethernet
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0
• 1 serial protection data interface for
teleprotection
• Rear-side service/modem interface
• Time synchronization via
– IRIG-B or DCF 77 or
– system interface
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
a uniform 245 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mounting
housings for all housing widths. All cables
can be connected with or without ring lugs.
Plug-in terminals are available as an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Fig. 6/3 Fig. 6/4
mounting on a panel, the connection termi- Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to 6
Fig. 6/5), in order to allow optimum opera-
tion for all types of applications.
LSP2244-afp.eps
Fig. 6/5 Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps
Fig. 6/7
Communication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing
Fig. 6/6
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
Fig. 6/11
Distance zones with circle
characteristic
Protection functions
LSP2208-afp.tif
with low line angles, it may be advantageous
to select the distance zones with the optional
circle characteristic.
All the distance protection zones can be set to Fig. 6/12 Power swing current and voltage wave forms
forward, reverse or non-directional.
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T) The carrier send and receive signals are
Optimum direction detection
available as binary inputs and outputs and 6
Use of voltages, which are not involved with Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
can be freely assigned to each physical relay
the short-circuit loop, and of voltage mem- short-circuits, load fluctuations, auto-
input or output. At least one channel is re-
ories for determination of the fault direction reclosures or switching operations can cause
quired for each direction.
ensure that the results are always reliable. power swings in the transmission network.
During power swings, large currents along Common transmission channels are power-
Elimination of interference signals with small voltages can cause unwanted line carrier microwave radio and fiber-
Digital filters render the unit immune to in- tripping of distance protection relays. To optic links. A serial protection data interface
terference signals contained in the measured avoid uncontrolled tripping of the distance for direct connection to a digital communi-
values. In particular, the influence of DC protection and to achieve controlled trip- cation network or fiber-optic link is avail-
components, capacitive voltage transform- ping in the event of loss of synchronism, the able.
ers and frequency changes is considerably 7SA6 relay is equipped with an efficient
7SA6 also permits the transfer of phase-
reduced. A special measuring method is em- power swing detection function. Power
selective signals. This feature is particularly
ployed in order to assure protection selec- swings can be detected under symmetrical
advantageous as it ensures reliable single-
tivity during saturation of the current load conditions as well as during single-pole
pole tripping, if single-pole faults occur on
transformers. auto-reclosures.
different lines. The transmission methods
are suitable also for lines with three ends
Measuring voltage monitoring Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection
(three-terminal lines). Phase-selective trans-
Tripping of the distance protection is (ANSI 85-21)
mission is also possible with multi-end ap-
blocked automatically in the event of failure plication, if some user-specific linkages are
A teleprotection function is available for fast
of the measuring voltage, thus preventing implemented by way of the integrated CFC
clearance of faults up to 100 % of the line
spurious tripping. logic.
length. The following operating modes may
The measuring voltage is monitored by the
be selected:
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance During disturbances in the signaling chan-
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail- • POTT nel receiver or on the transmission circuit,
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the the teleprotection function can be blocked
• Directional comparison pickup
voltage transformer protection switch oper- via a binary input signal without losing the
ates and in this case the EMERGENCY defi- • Unblocking zone selectivity.
nite-time overcurrent protection can be • PUTT acceleration with pickup
The control of the overreach zone Z1B
activated. • PUTT acceleration with Z1B (zone extension) can be switched over to the
• Blocking auto-reclosure function.
Fault locator
• Pilot-wire comparison Transient blocking (current reversal guard)
The integrated fault locator calculates the • Reverse interlocking is provided for all the release and blocking
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault. methods in order to suppress interference
• DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
The results are displayed in ohms, kilome- signals during tripping of parallel lines.
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
ters (miles) and in percent of the line length.
Trip function).
Parallel line compensation and load current
compensation for high-resistance faults is
also available.
Under certain conditions on the power sys- Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
tem it is necessary to execute remote trip-
ping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SA6 relay Frequency protection can be used for
is equipped with phase-selective in- overfrequency and underfrequency protec-
tertripping signal inputs and outputs. tion. Unwanted frequency changes in the
network can be detected and the load can be
Weak-infeed protection: removed at a specified frequency setting.
echo and/or trip (ANSI 27 WI) Frequency protection can be used over a
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive 65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa- as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
tions, an echo function is provided. each element can be delayed separately.
If no fault detector is picked up at the weak-
infeed end of the line, the signal received Directional earth-fault protection for
here is returned as echo to allow accelerated high-resistance faults (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
tripping at the strong infeed end of the line.
It is also possible to initiate phase-selective In an earthed network it may happen that
tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase- the distance protection´s sensitivity is not
sufficient to detect high-resistance earth 014
.
selective single-pole or three-pole trip is t= Tp
faults. The 7SA6 protection relay therefore
(I / I p )
0 .02
6 issued if a permissive trip signal (POTT or
offers protection functions for faults of this
−1
Unblocking) is received and if the phase-
earth voltage drops correspondingly. As an nature. Fig. 6/13 Normal inverse
option, the weak infeed logic can be The earth-fault protection can be used with
equipped according to a French specifica- three definite-time stages and one inverse-
tion. time stage (IDMT).
•Protection functions This secondary voltage interruption can be Negative active jQ Positive active
detected by means of the integrated fuse power (-P) power (+P)
Auto-recIosure (cont’d) (ANSI 79) failure monitor. Immediate blocking of dis-
tance protection and switching to the
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder backup-emergency overcurrent protection
protection allows evaluation of the line-side is provided for all types of secondary voltage
voltages. A number of voltage-dependent failures.
supplementary functions are thus available:
Additional measurement supervision jA
• DLC functions are P
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
effected only when the line is deenergized • Symmetry of voltages and currents
jB
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo- • Broken-conductor supervision
sure). • Summation of currents and voltages S1
• ADT • Phase-sequence supervision.
LSA_5018a en eps
The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station was Directional power protection
successful (reduction of stress on equip-
The 7SA6 has a function for detecting the Fig. 6/15 Monitoring of active power direction
ment).
• RDT power direction by measuring the phase an-
Reduced dead time is employed in con- gle of the positive-sequence system's power.
Fig. 6/15 shows an application example dis- jQ Inductive (+Q)
junction with auto-reclosure where no
teleprotection method is employed: playing negative active power. An indication
6 When faults within the zone extension is issued in the case when the measured an-
but external to the protected line are gle ϕ (S1) of the positive-sequence system
switched off for rapid auto-reclosure power is within the P - Q - level sector.
(RAR), the RDT function decides on the This sector is between angles ϕ A and ϕ B.
basis of measurement of the return volt- Via CFC the output signal of the directional
age from the remote station which has not monitoring can be linked to the "Direct jA
tripped whether or not to reduce the dead Transfer Trip (DTT)" function and thus, as P
reverse power protection, initiate tripping of jB
time.
the CB.
Synchronism check (ANSI 25) Fig. 6/16 shows another application display-
ing capacitive reactive power. In the case of S1
Where two network sections are switched in
LSA_5019a en eps
by control command or following a 3-pole overvoltage being detected due to long lines
auto-reclosure, it must be ensured that both under no-load conditions it is possible to
select the lines where capacitive reactive Capacitive (-Q)
network sections are mutually synchronous.
For this purpose a synchro-check function power is measured. Fig. 6/16 Monitoring of reactive power
is provided. After verification of the net-
work synchronism, the function releases the Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
CLOSE command. Alternatively, reclosing Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
One or two binary inputs for each circuit-
can be enabled for different criteria, e.g. breaker pole can be used for monitoring the For thermal protection of cables and trans-
checking that the busbar or line is not carry- circuit-breaker trip coils including the con- formers an overload protection with an
ing a voltage (dead line or dead bus). necting cables. An alarm signal is issued early-warning stage is provided. The ther-
whenever the circuit is interrupted. mal replica can be generated with the maxi-
Fuse failure monitoring and other supervi- mum or mean value of the respective
sion functions Lockout (ANSI 86) overtemperatures in the three phases, or
The 7SA6 relay provides comprehensive su- with the overtemperature corresponding to
Under certain operating conditions it is ad-
pervision functions covering both hardware the maximum phase current.
visable to block CLOSE commands after a
and software. Furthermore, the measured TRIP command of the relay has been issued. The tripping time characteristics are expo-
values are continuously checked for plausi- Only a manual “RESET” command un- nential functions according to IEC 60255-8
bility. Therefore the current and voltage blocks the CLOSE command. The 7SA6 is and they take account of heat loss due to the
transformers are also included in this super- equipped with such an interlocking logic. load current and the accompanying drop in
vision system. temperature of the cooling medium. The
If any measured voltage is not present due previous load is therefore taken into ac-
to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt- count in the tripping time with overload. A
age transformer secondary circuit, the dis- settable alarm stage can output a current or
tance protection would respond with an temperature-dependent indication before
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage. the tripping point is reached.
Protection functions
Analog output 0 to 20 mA
Some measured values can be output as an-
alog values (0 to 20 mA). On a plug-in
module (Fig. 6/21) two analog channels are
made available. Up to two plug-in modules
can be installed in the 7SA6. As an option, 2,
4 or no analog channels are available (please
refer to the selection and ordering data).
The available measured values can be gath-
ered from the technical data.
LSP2819.tif
Communication
LSP2162-afpen.tif
LSP2810.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internation-
ally standardized protocol for effi-
cient communication with
protection relays. IEC 60870-5-103
is supported by a number of protec-
tion device manufacturers and is
used worldwide. Supplements for
the control function are defined in
the manufacturer-specific part of
Fig. 6/21 Fig. 6/22
this standard.
Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module for
IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
PROFIBUS-DP
LSP2163-afpen.tif
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial
LSP2207-afp.tif
communications standard and is
supported by a number of PLC and
protection device manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Pro- 6
tocol, Version 3) is an internation-
ally recognized protection and bay
unit communication protocol.
SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible. Fig. 6/23 Fig. 6/24
Electrical communication module Output module 0 to 20 mA, 2 channels
Analog outputs 0 to 20 mA
2 or 4 analog output interfaces for
transmission of measured or fault
location values are available for the
7SA6. Two analog output interfaces
are provided in an analog output
module. Up to two analog output
modules can be inserted per unit.
Fig. 6/25
Communication
Communication
Fig. 6/26
Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line
Communication
Ring topology
Chain topology
Typical connection
Typical connection
Typical connection
Technical data
Technical data
Operating interface for DIGSI 4 (front of unit) FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
Technical data
Technical data
Climatic stress tests Inclination angle for 30° to 90° (step 1°)
Standard IEC 60255-6 quadrilateral characteristic
Temperatures Zone setting Zr 0.050 to 600 Ω(1 A)/0.010 to 120 Ω(5 A)
(for circle characteristic) (step 0.001 Ω)
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
and -2, test Bd Threshold angle α for increased 10 to 90 ° (step 1°)
resistance tolerance (circle charac.)
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
temperature, tested for 96 h Overcurrent pickup I>> 0.25 to 10 A (1A) / 1.25 to 50 A (5A)
(Legibility of display may be im- (for I>>, V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F) Minimum current pickup I> 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F (for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ> and Z<) (step 0.01 A)
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6 Minimum current pickup Iϕ> 0.1 to 8 A (1A) / 0.5 to 40 A (5A)
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F (for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F Undervoltage pickup (for V</I>
transport and V</I>/ϕ>)
VPH-e< 20 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Humidity VPH-PH< 40 to 130 V (step 1 V)
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average on ≤ 75 % relative Load angle pickup (for V</I>/ϕ>)
It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days per year up to Load angle ϕ 30 ° to 80 °
units in such a way that they are not 93 % relative humidity; condensation Load angle ϕ 90 ° to 120 °
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- is not permitted.
Load zone (for Z<) Impedances within the load zone do
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation. not cause pickup in pickup mode Z<; 6
Load zones for phase-to-phase and
phase-to-earth faults can be set sepa-
Functions rately
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N) Load angle 20 ° to 60 °
Resistance 0.1 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω (5A)
Types of pickup Overcurrent pickup (I>);
Voltage-dependent overcurrent Earth-fault detection
pickup (V< / I>); Earth current 3I0> 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 A to 20 A (5A)
Voltage-dependent and phase an- (step 0.01 A)
gle-dependent overcurrent pickup Zero-sequence voltage 3V0>
(V< / I> / ϕ>); for earthed networks 1 to 100 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
Impedance pickup (Z<) for resonant-earthed networks 10 to 200 V (step 1 V)
Types of tripping Three-pole for all types of faults; Earth impedance matching
Single-pole for single-phase faults / Parameter formats RE/RL and XE/XL or k0 and ϕ (k0)
otherwise three-pole; Separately settable for Distance protection zone Z1 and
Single-pole for single-phase faults and higher distance zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5)
two-pole phase-to-phase faults / RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to +7.00 (step 0.01)
otherwise three-pole k0 and ϕ (k0) 0 to 4 (step 0.01) and - 135 ° to 135 °
(step 0.01 °)
Characteristic Quadrilateral or circle
Parallel line matching For parallel compensation
Distance protection zones 6, 1 of which as controlled zone RM/RL and XM/XL 0 to 8 (step 0.01)
All zones can be set to forward, re-
verse, non-directional or inactive Phase preference on double Phase preference or no preference
earth-faults in resonant-earthed / (selectable)
Timer stages for tripping delay 6 for multi-phase faults
non-earthed networks
3 for single-phase faults
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s) Direction decision for all types of With fault-free voltages and/or volt-
Zone setting X 0.050 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω (5A) faults age memory
(for distance zones and Z< starting) (step 0.001 Ω) Direction sensitivity Dynamically unlimited
Resistance setting
(for quadrilateral distance zones and
Z< starting)
Phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω (5A)
phase-to-earth faults (step 0.001 Ω)
Line angle 10 ° to 89 °
Technical data
Technical data
Earth current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) Command / pickup times 3I0>>> Approx. 30 ms
(step 0.01 A) and 3I0>>
Tripping time characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse; Command / pickup times 3I0> and Approx. 40 ms
IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time inverse 3I0, 4th stage
Tripping time characteristics acc. to Inverse; short inverse; long inverse; Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51N)
ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse; very inverse; Earth-current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(not for DE region, see selection and extremely inverse; definite inverse (step 0.01 A)
ordering data 10th position) Neutral (residual) current trans-
Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) former with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7)
Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DIP = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s) 0.003 to 4 A (1A) / 0.015 to 20 A (5A)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M ) (step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
former with high sensitivity (refer to
Tolerances ordering data, position 7)
Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Tripping characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse;
Directional earth-fault overcurrent protection IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time
for high-resistance faults in systems with earthed star point
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
(not for region DE, see selection and moderately inverse; very inverse; 6
Characteristic 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
ordering data, position 10) extremely inverse; definite inverse
stage or 4 definite-time stages or
3 definite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage Inverse logarithmic tripping charac- 3I 0
teristics (not for regions DE and US, t = T3 I 0 Pmax − T3 I 0 P ln
Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single- 3 I 0p
see selection and ordering data,
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
position 10)
multi-phase faults selectable for every
stage Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s)
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DI0P = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s)
switch-onto-fault Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Influence of harmonics Inverse logarithmic pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/I0P (step 0.1)
Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 I/I0P (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
nd Tolerance
Stages 3 and 4 2 and higher harmonics are com-
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50N) Zero-sequence voltage protection V0inverse
Pickup value 3I0>>> 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A) 2s
(step 0.01 A) Tripping characteristic t=
V0
Pickup value 3I0>> 0.2 to 25 A (1A) / 1 to 125 A (5A) − V 0inv min
4
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Compensated zero-sequence power Sr = 3I0 ⋅ 3V0 ⋅ cos (ϕ - ϕcomp.)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with normal sensitivity Direction decision (ANSI 67N)
(refer to ordering data, position 7); Measured signals for direction 3I0 and 3V0 or
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A) decision 3I0 and 3V0 and IY (star point current
(step 0.001 A) of an earthed power transformer) or
Neutral (residual) current trans- 3I2 and 3V2 (negative-sequence
former with high sensitivity (refer to system) or zero-sequence power Sr or
ordering data, position 7) automatic selection of zero-sequence
Pickup value 3I0, 4th stage 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) or negative-sequence quantities de-
(step 0.01 A) pendent on the magnitude of the
Neutral (residual) current trans- component voltages
former with normal sensitivity Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
(refer to ordering data, position 7);
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A) Min. current IY 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A) (of earthed transformers) (step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans- Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
former with high sensitivity Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(refer to ordering data, position 7) (step 0.01 A)
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Technical data
Inrush current blocking, capable of being activated for each stage Time delays
Component of the 2nd harmonic 10 to 45 % of the fundamental Time delay for all stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
(step 1 %)
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms
Max. current, which cancels inrush 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
current blocking (step 0.01 A) Command/pickup time for 3V0 Approx. 30 ms or 65 ms (settable)
stages
Tele (pilot) protection
Tolerances
For directional earth-fault protection (ANSI 85-67N) Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Operating modes Directional comparison, blocking, Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
unblocking Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Additional functions Echo (see function “weak infeed”); Number of frequency elements 4
transient blocking for schemes with Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz
parallel lines (in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz
Send and receive signals Suitable for 2 and 3 end-lines 55.5 to 64.5 Hz
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection (in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
(ANSI 50HS) Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Operating mode Active only after CB closing; Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-earth)
instantaneous trip after pickup Pickup times Approx. 80 ms
Pickup current I>>> 1 to 25 A (1A) / 5 to 125 A (5A) Dropout times Approx. 80 ms
(step 0.01 A) Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz
6 Reset ratio Approx. 0.90 Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Tolerances Tolerances
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN Frequency 15 mHz for VPH-PH: 50 to 230 V
Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Shortest tripping time
With reference to fast relays Approx. 12 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
With high-speed trip to outputs Approx. 8 ms Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip for Thermal alarm stage ΘAlarm/ΘTrip 50 to 100 % referred to tripping
remote end temperature (steps 1 %)
Overvoltage protection Current-based alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
(steps 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-E>>, VPH-E> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-earth overvoltage) Calculating mode for Θmax, Θmean, Θ with Imax
overtemperature
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-phase overvoltage) I 2 − I pre
2
Technical data
Technical data
Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
Operator panel with: IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
- 4-line backlit display, IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
- function keys, IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
- numerical keys, IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- PC interface
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
For 7SA611
13 5 12 n A
13 5 12 n E
13 5 12 n J
13 4 8 5 n M
13 4 8 5 n N
13 4 8 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n F
20 9 4 n K
For 7SA612
21 13 12 n A
21 13 12 n E
21 13 12 n J
21 12 8 5 n M
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers. 21 12 8 5 n P
21 12 8 5 n R
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by 29 21 12 n B
means of jumpers. 29 21 12 n F
29 21 12 n K
3) The binary input thresholds are
selectable in three stages by means of 29 20 8 5 n N
jumpers, exception: versions with 29 20 8 5 n Q
power relays have some binary inputs 29 20 8 5 n S
with only two binary input thresh- 33 12 8 n C
olds. 33 12 8 n G
4) Fast relays are identified in the 33 12 8 n L
terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of For 7SA613
disconnector actuator motors. 21 13 12 n A
Each pair of contacts is mechanically 21 12 8 5 n M
interlocked to prevent simultaneous
closure.
to 6/35
Housing width 1/1 19", 14 LEDs 2
Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
Operator panel with: IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
- backlit graphic display for IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
single-line diagram IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- control keys,
- key-operated switches, Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
- function keys, 24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
- numerical keys, 60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
- PC interface 110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
For 7SA632
21 13 12 n A
21 13 12 n E
21 13 12 n J
21 12 8 5 n M
21 12 8 5 n P
21 12 8 5 n R
29 21 12 n B
29 21 12 n F
29 21 12 n K
29 20 8 5 n N
29 20 8 5 n Q
29 20 8 5 n S
33 12 8 n C
33 12 8 n G
33 12 8 n L
Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
Units with IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
detached operator panel with IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- backlit graphic display
- control keys
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
- key-operated switches
24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
- function keys
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
- numerical keys
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
- PC interface
Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush-
indica- command relay4) trip outputs relay5) mounting mounting
tion- outputs incl. housing/ housing/
inputs live status screw-type plug-in
contact terminals terminals
For 7SA641
13 5 12 n A 6
13 5 12 n J
13 4 8 5 n M
13 4 8 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n K
For 7SA642
21 13 12 n A
21 13 12 n J
21 12 8 5 n M
21 12 8 5 n R
29 21 12 n B
29 21 12 n K
29 20 8 5 n N
29 20 8 5 n S
33 12 8 n C
33 12 8 n L
Port B
Empty 0
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave2), electrical RS485 4
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave2), optical 3), double ring 3), ST connector 6
2 analog outputs, each 0.....20 mA 7
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, optical 820 nm, double ring 3), ST connector 9 L 0 B
System interface, DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
System interface, DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector3) 9 L 0 H
6 System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, electrical, duplicate,
RJ45 plug connectors 9 L 0 R
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, optical, double, ST connector4) 9 L 0 S
Port C
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485 2
Port D
Protection data interface: FO5: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks 1) A
Protection data interface: FO6: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
Two analog outputs, each 0...20 mA K
Protection data interface: FO17: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 24 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2) G
Protection data interface: FO18: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)3) H
Protection data interface: FO19: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector 6
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)4) J
1) For suitable communication 3) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
converters 7XV5662 (optical to attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
G703.1/X21/RS422 or optical to pilot to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
wire) see "Accessories". element.
2) For surface -mounting housing appli- 4) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
cations an internal fiber-optic module attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
820 nm will be delivered in combina- to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
tion with an external repeater. element.
Functions 2
Distance protection Power swing de- Parallel line
pickup (ANSI 21, 21N) tection (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
I> A
V< / I> B
Quadrilateral (Z<) C
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ D
Quadrilateral (Z<) n F
6 Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ n G
V< / I> n 1) J
Quadrilateral (Z<) n 1) K
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ n 1) L
Quadrilateral (Z<) n n 1) N
Quadrilateral (Z<), V< / I> / ϕ n n 1) P
Functions 3
Auto-reclosure Synchro- Breaker failure pro- Over/undervoltage protection
(ANSI 79) check (ANSI 25) tection (ANSI 50BF) V>, V< (ANSI 27, 59)
Over/underfrequency protection
(ANSI 81)
A
n B
n C
n n D
n E
n n F
n n G
n n n H
n J
n n K
n n L
n n n M
n n N
n n n P
n n n Q
n n n n R
Functions 4
Directional earth- Earth-fault Measured values
fault protection, detection extended
earthed networks compensated/ Min, max, mean
(ANSI 50N, 51N, isolated
67N) networks
0
n 1
n2) 2
n2) n 3
1) Only with position 7 of
Order No. = 1 or 5. n 4
n n 5
2) Only with position 7 of
Order No. = 2 or 6. n n2) 6
n n2) n 7
6/34 Siemens SIP · 2008
6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
Preferential types
Functions 1
ed
n
ea
lat
n
ed
di l
le
ks r e on
ks te na
n
tio
. m x-
.m
po
on
so
tio
th
or fo cti
or sa tio
in , e
l)
ro n
tec
le
3-
ar
cti
ax
tec
y p io
ra
tw al te
po
m es
tw en ec
de
nc ect
or
/ϕ late
e
re
ne ion ro
k
tio re
d, alu
I>
ne omp dir
n
ot
3-
ec
su
p
tio
ec lu
ng
e1
ue ot
</
pr
/I> dri
pe e
de d v
ch
e,
t
ec ult
clo
ot fai
m lin
eq pr
r c ul
wi
a
I>
od
od
d
V
o-
ns
V< (qua
ten re
fo -fa
dir -fa
oa
-re
rs
pr ker
Fr ge
co llel
m
up
up
hr
u
t
erl
rth
rth
we
lta
s
to
nc
ea
ra
ip
ip
ea
ck
ck
<
Ov
Au
Vo
Po
Pa
Ea
Ea
Tr
Tr
Br
Sy
M
Pi
Pi
n n n 1 AB 0
n 1 AB 1
6
n n n n n n n1) n 3 BD 6
1)
n n n n n n n n n 3 BD7
n n n n n n n n1) n 3 BM 6
1)
n n n n n n n n n n 3 BM 7
n n n n n n n n n n 3 GH4
n n n n n n n n n n n 3 GH5
n n n n n n n2) n n n n n n 7 P R4
2)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 7 P R5
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00
6
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
1)
Fig. 6/35 Fig. 6/36 tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/39
Connection diagram
Fig. 6/40
Serial interfaces
Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/41
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
LSA2545-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/42
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
LSA2545-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/43
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
LSA2546-agpen.eps
Connection diagram
LSA2546-agpen.eps
Connection diagram
LSA2546-agpen.eps
SIPROTEC 4 7SA522
Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines
Function overview
Protection functions
• Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
• High resistance ground (earth)-fault
protection for single- and three-pole
tripping (50N/51N/67N)
• Tele (pilot) protection (85)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
LSP2309-afpen.tif
Fig. 6/48
Single-line diagram
Construction
LSP2310-afpen.tif
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface
mounting on a panel, the connection ter-
minals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The com-
munication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the 6
housing. Fig. 6/49
Housing widths 1/2 x 19” and 1/1 x 19”
LSP2174-afp.tif
Fig. 6/50
Rear view with screw-type terminals and
serial interfaces
LSP2166-afp.tif
Fig. 6/51
Rear view with terminal covers and
wiring
Protection functions
Protection functions
LSP2311-afp.tif
Tripping of the distance protection is
blocked automatically in the event of fail-
ure of the measuring voltage, thus prevent-
ing spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored by the Fig. 6/54
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance Power swing current and voltage wave forms
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail-
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage transformer protection switch op- 6
erates and, in this case, the EMERGENCY
definite-time overcurrent protection can
be activated.
Fault locator
The integrated fault locator calculates the
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
LSP2312-afp.tif
The result is displayed in ohms, miles, kilo-
Fig. 6/55
meters or in percent of the line length. Par-
allel line and load current compensation is Power swing
circle diagram
also available.
The ground (earth)-fault overcurrent pro- The directional ground(earth)-fault The secondary voltage failure can be de-
tection can be used with 3 definite-time overcurrent protection can be combined tected by the integrated fuse failure moni-
stages and one inverse-time stage (IDMT). with one of the following teleprotection tor or via a binary input from a VT
A 4th definite-time stage can be applied in- schemes: miniature circuit-breaker (VT m.c.b. trip).
stead of the one inverse-time stage. • Directional comparison Inverse-time characteristics according to
Inverse-time characteristics according to • BLOCKING IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided • UNBLOCKING (see “Technical data”).
(see “Technical data”). An additional loga-
rithmic inverse-time characteristic is also The transient blocking function (current STUB bus overcurrent protection
available. reversal guard) is also provided in order to (ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
suppress interference signals during trip-
The direction decision can be determined ping of parallel lines. The STUB bus overcurrent protection is
by the neutral current and the zero- a separate definite-time overcurrent stage.
sequence voltage or by the negative- The pilot functions for distance protection It can be activated from a binary input
sequence components V2 and I2. In addi- and for ground(earth)-fault protection can signalling the open line isolator (discon-
tion or as an alternative to the directional use the same signaling channel or two sep- nector) is open.
determination with zero-sequence voltage, arate and redundant channels. Settings are available for phase and
the star-point current of an grounded ground(earth)-faults.
(earthed) power transformer may also be Backup overcurrent protection
used for polarization. Dual polarization (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67)
applications can therefore be fulfilled. The 7SA522 provides a backup overcurrent
protection. Two definite-time stages and
one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) are avail-
able, separately for phase currents and for
the neutral (residual) current.
LSA_5018a en eps
age transformer secondary circuit, the dis-
tance protection would respond with an
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage.
This secondary voltage interruption can be Fig. 6/57 Monitoring of active power direction
detected by means of the integrated fuse
failure monitor. Immediate blocking of
distance protection and switching to the jQ Inductive (+Q)
backup-emergency protection is provided
6 for all types of secondary voltage failures.
Additional measurement supervision func-
tions are
• Symmetry of voltages and currents
• Broken-conductor supervision jA
• Summation of currents and voltages P
jB
• Phase-sequence supervision
Protection functions
LSP2818.tif
comparison of events and fault records.
WEB Monitor - Internet technology simpli- Fig. 6/59 Web Monitor: Display of the protection direction
fies visualization
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 oper-
ating program, the relay contains a WEB 6
server that can be accessed via a telecom-
munication link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this
solution is to operate the unit with stan-
dard software tools and at the same time
make use of the Intranet/Internet infra-
structure. Apart from numeric values,
graphical displays in particular provide
clear information and a high degree of op-
erating reliability. Of course, it is also pos-
sible to call up detailed measured value
displays and annunciation buffers. By em-
ulation of the integrated unit operation on
the PC it is also possible to adjust selected
settings for commissioning purposes.
LSP2820.tif
Time synchronization
Communication
The time synchronization interface is a
With respect to communication, particular standard feature in all units. The supported
emphasis is placed on the customer re- formats are IRIG-B and DCF77.
quirements in energy automation:
Reliable bus architecture
• Every data item is time-stamped at the
source, i.e. where it originates. • RS485 bus
• The communication system automatically With this data transmission via copper
handles the transfer of large data blocks conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data ences are largely eliminated by the use of
files). The user has access to these features twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of
without any additional programming ef- a unit, the remaining system continues to
fort. operate without any problems.
• For the safe execution of a control com-
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
mand the corresponding data telegram is
initially acknowledged by the device The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
Fig. 6/61
which will execute the command. After mune to electromagnetic interference.
IEC 60870-5-103 star type RS232 copper conduc-
the release and execution of the command Upon failure of a section between two
tor connection or fiber-optic connection
a feedback signal is generated. At every units, the communication system con-
stage of the control command execution tinues to operate without disturbance.
particular conditions are checked. If these It is usually impossible to communicate
are not satisfied, command execution may with a unit that has failed. Should the
6 be terminated in a controlled manner. unit fail, there is no effect on the com-
munication with the rest of the system.
The units offer a high degree of flexibility
by supporting different standards for con- Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
nection to industrial and power automa- communication
tion systems. By means of the Communication modules for retrofitting
communication modules, on which the are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
protocols run, exchange and retrofit is pos- unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
sible. Therefore, the units will also in fu- ent communcation protocols (IEC 61850,
ture allow for optimal adaptation to IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP, etc)
changing communication infrastructure are required, such demands can be met.
such as the application of Ethernet net- For fiber-optic communication, no exter-
works (which will also be used increasingly nal converter is required for SIPROTEC 4.
in the power supply sector in the years to
come). IEC 61850 protocol
Fig. 6/62
Local PC interface The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
the worldwide standard for protection and Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible IEC 61850
control systems used by power supply cor-
from the front of the unit permits quick porations. Siemens was the first manufac-
access to all parameters and fault event turer to support this standard. By means of
data. The use of the DIGSI 4 operating this protocol, information can also be ex-
program is particularly advantageous dur- changed directly between bay units so as to
ing commissioning. set up simple masterless systems for bay and
system interlocking. Access to the units via
Service/modem interface the Ethernet bus is also be possible with
By means of the RS 485/RS 232 interface, it DIGSI. It is also be possible to retrieve
is possible to efficiently operate a number operating and fault messages and fault re-
of protection units centrally via DIGSI 4. cordings via a browser. This Web monitor
Remote operation is possible on connec- will also provide a few items of unit-specific
tion of a modem. This offers the advantage information in browser windows.
of rapid fault clarification, especially in the
case of unmanned power plants. With the
optical version, centralized operation can
be implemented by means of a star
coupler.
Communication
LSP2162-afp.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internation-
ally standardized protocol for effi-
cient communication with
protection relays.
LSP2164-afp.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a
number of protection relay manu-
facturers and is used worldwide.
Supplements for the control func-
tion are defined in the manufac-
turer-specific part of this standard. Fig. 6/63 Fig. 6/64
Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic double ring communication module
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial
communication standard and is
supported by a number of PLC and
LSP2163-afp.tif
protection relay manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
LSP2810.tif
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network 6
Protocol, Version 3) is an interna-
tionally recognized protection and
bay unit communication protocol.
SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible. Fig. 6/65 Fig. 6/66
Electrical communication module Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module
System solutions for protection and for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
station control
Together with the SICAM power
automation system, SIPROTEC 4
can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS.
Over the low-cost electrical RS485
bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units
exchange information with the
control system. Units equipped
with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in par-
allel via the RS485 bus or con-
nected in star by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system
is open for the connection of units
of other manufacturers (see Fig.
6/67).
Communication
• 28 remote signals for fast transfer of For operation via copper wire communica-
binary signals tion (pilot wires), a modern communica-
Because of the standardized interfaces, • Flexible utilization of the communication tion converter for copper cables is
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated channels by means of the programmable available. This operates with both the
into systems of other manufacturers or in CFC logic two-wire and three-wire copper connec-
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in- • Display of the operational measured tions which were used by conventional
terfaces are available. The optimum physi- values of the opposite terminal(s) with differential protection systems before. The
cal data transfer medium can be chosen phase-angle information relative to a communication converter for copper ca-
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus, common reference vector bles is designed for 5 kV insulation voltage.
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in • Clock synchronization: the clock in only An additional 20 kV isolation transformer
the cubicles and an interference-free opti- one of the relays must be synchronized can extend the field of applications of this
cal connection to the master can be estab- from an external so called “Absolute Mas- technique into ranges with higher insula-
lished. ter” when using the serial protection data tion voltage requirements. With
interface. This relay will then synchronize SIPROTEC 4 and the communication con-
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so- verter for copper cables a digital follow-up
the clock of the other (or the two other re-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the technique is available for two-wire protec-
lays in 3 terminal applications) via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are tion systems (typical 15 km) and all
protection data interface.
linked with PAS electrically or optically to three-wire protection systems using exist-
the station PC. The interface is standard- • 7SA522 and 7SA6 can be combined via
ing copper communication links.
ized, thus also enabling direct connection the protection data interface.
of units of other manufacturers to the Communication data:
The communication possibilities are iden-
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, tical to those for the line differential pro- • Supported network interfaces G703.1 with
the units can also be used in other manu- tection relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The 64 kbit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
6 facturers’ systems. Units with an IEC following options are available: 512 kbit/s
60870-5-103 interface are connected with
• FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm, • Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
PAS via the Ethernet station bus by means (in steps of 0.1 ms)
of serial/Ethernet converters. DIGSI and 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
1.5 km for link to communication net- • Protocol HDLC
the Web monitor can also be used via the
works via communication converters or • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
same station bus.
for direct FO cable connection and ITU
Serial protection data interface • FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm, • Each protection relay possesses a unique
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to relay address
The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be 3.5 km, for direct connection via multi- • Continuous communication link supervi-
implemented using digital serial communi- mode FO cable sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
cation. The 7SA522 is capable of remote
• FO171): for direct connection not constitute an immediate danger, if
relay communication via direct links or they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
multiplexed digital communication net-
fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector cal availability, per minute and hour, of
works. The serial protection data interface
has the following features: • FO181): for direct connection the serial protection data interface can be
up to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode displayed.
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal- fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector Figure 6/68 shows four applications for
ing for distance protection, optionally • FO191): for direct connection the serial protection data interface on a
with POTT or PUTT schemes up to 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode two-terminal line.
• Signaling for directional ground(earth)- fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
fault protection – directional comparison
for high-resistance faults in solidly earthed The link to a multiplexed communication
systems. network is made by separate communica-
tion converters (7XV5662). These have a
• Echo-function
fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST
• Two and three-terminal line applications connectors to the protection relay. The
can be implemented without additional link to the communication network is op-
logic tionally an electrical X21 or a G703.1 inter-
• Interclose command transfer with the face.
auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time”
(ADT) mode
• Redundant communication path
switchover is possible with the 7SA522
when 2 serial protection data interfaces
are installed
Communication
Fig. 6/68
Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line
Communication
Ring topology
Chain topology
Fig. 6/69
Ring or chain communication topology
Typical connection
Typical connection
Typical connection
Technical data
General unit data Output contacts
Analog input Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering code)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) Function can be assigned
Technical data
Service/modem interface (operating interface 2) Relay communication equipment
(refer to ordering code) For DIGSI 4 / modem / service External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 with X21/RS422 or
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector G703.1 interface
Dielectric test 500 V/ 50 Hz External communication converter Electrical X21/RS422 or G703.1
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m for linking the optical 820 nm inter- interface settable by jumper
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 with Baud rate settable by jumper
Fiber-optic Integrated ST connector clock recovery) to the
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm X21/RS422/G703.1 interface of the
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber communication network
Distance max. 1.5 km FO interface with 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
System interface recovery mode fiber to protection relay
Electrical X21/RS422 interface 64/128/512 kbit (settable by jumper)
(refer to ordering code) IEC 61850 Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 max. 800 m, 15-pin connector to the
PROFIBUS-FMS communication network
PROFIBUS-DP Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type ter-
DNP 3.0 minal to the communication network
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud External communication converter Typical distance: 15 km
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz for linking the optical 820 nm inter-
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m w. clock recovery) to pilot wires.
PROFIBUS RS485
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
FO interface for 820 nm
with clock recovery
Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
mode fiber to protection relay,
6
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 128 kbit
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kbaud; Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated
100 m at 12 Mbaud
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) Electrical tests
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM4) Specifications
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm IEEE Std C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL 508
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber VDE 0435
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km 1500 kbit/s 530 m Further standards see “Individual func-
tions”
Protection data relay interfaces
Insulation tests
Quantity Max. 2 (refer to ordering code)
Standards IEC 60255–5 and 60870-2-1
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors High-voltage test (routine test)
nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- All circuits except for power 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
tion to a communication converter, supply, binary inputs,
820 nm high-speed outputs,
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, communication and time
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors synchronization interfaces
820 nm Auxiliary voltage, binary 3.5 kV DC
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, inputs and high-speed outputs
24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector (routine test)
FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, only isolated communication 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector interfaces and time synchroniza-
tion interface (routine test)
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector Impulse voltage test (type test)
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 Ws,
cation interfaces and time 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
synchronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
Technical data
Technical data
Certifications Tolerances For sinusoidal quantities
UL listing 7SA522*-*A* ΔX
Models with threaded terminals 7SA522*-*C* ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 90 °
X
7SA522*-*D*
UL recognition 7SA522*-*J* ΔR
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 60 °
Models with plug-in terminals 7SA522*-*L* R
7SA522*-*M*
ΔZ
≤ 5 % for -30 ° ≤ (ϕ SC - ϕline) ≤ +30 °
Z
Functions
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)
Operating times
Distance protection zones 6, 1 of which as controlled zone, all
Minimum trip time Approx. 17 ms at 50 Hz
zones can be set forward or/and
with fast relays Approx. 15 ms at 60 Hz
reverse
Minimum trip time Approx. 12 ms at 50 Hz
Time stages for tripping delay 6 for multi-phase faults with high-speed relays Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated 3 for single-phase faults Reset time Approx. 30 ms
(steps 0.01 s)
Fault locator
Characteristic (refer to ordering code)
Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in Ω
Selectable separately for phase and quadrilateral and/or
X, R (primary) in Ω
ground (earth) faults MHO
Distance in kilometers or miles
Time range 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Distance in % of line length
Line angle ϕ L 10 ° to 89 ° (step 1 °) Start of calculation With trip, with pickup reset 6
Inclination angle for quadrilateral 30° to 90° (step 1°) Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 Ω / km(1A) /
characteristic 0.001 to 1.3 Ω / km(5A) or
Quadrilateral reactance reach X 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A) 0.005 to 10 Ω / mile (1A) /
(step 0.001 Ω) 0.001 to 2 Ω / mile (5A)
(step 0.001 Ω / unit)
Quadrilateral resistance reach R
for phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A) Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities
phase-to-ground(earth) faults (step 0.001Ω) ≤ 2.5 % line length for
30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/VN > 0.10
MHO impedance reach ZR 0.05 to 200 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 40 Ω(5A)
(step 0.01 Ω) BCD-coded output of fault location
Minimum phase current I 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) Indicated value Fault location in % of the line length
(step 0.01 A) Output signals Max. 10:
Ground(earth)-fault pickup d[1 %], d[2 %], d[4 %], d[8 %],
Neutral (residual) current 3 I0 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) d[10 %], d[20 %], d[401 %], d[80 %],
(Ground current) (step 0.01 A) d[100 %], d[release]
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0 1 to 100 V (step 1V) or deactivated Indication range 0 % to 195 %
Zero-sequence compensation Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
selectable input formats RE/RL and XE/XL Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of impedance
k0 and ϕ(k0) vector change and monitoring of the
Separately selectable for zones Z1 vector path
higher zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5) Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz
RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to 7 (step 0.01) quency
k0 0 to 4 (step 0.001) Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or power
ϕ(k0) -135 to 135 ° (steps 0.01 °) swing tripping (out-of-step tripping)
Parallel line mutual compensation (refer to ordering code) Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked
RM/RL and XM/XL 0.00 to 8 (step 0.01) Z1/Z1B blocked
Z2 to Z5 blocked
Load encroachment Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked
Minimum load resistance 0.10 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω(5A)
(step 0.001 Ω) or deactivated Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all
swing blocking types of faults
Maximum load angle 20 to 60 ° (step 1 °)
Directional decision for all types of With sound phase polarization
faults and/or voltage memory
Directional sensitivity Dynamically unlimited
Technical data
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21) Inverse-time stage
Operating modes POTT Current starting 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A)
PUTT, DUTT inverse-time stage 3I0 (step 0.01 A)
Directional comparison: Blocking With normal neutral (residual)
Directional comparison: Unblocking current CT (refer to ordering code)
Directional comparison hybrid 0.003 to 4 A(1A) / 0.015 to 20 A(5A)
(POTT and echo with weak-infeed (step 0.001 A)
protection) With high sensitive neutral (residual)
Transient blocking logic For overreaching schemes current CT (refer to ordering code)
(current reversal guard) Characteristics according Normal inverse, very inverse,
Send and receive signals Suitable for 2- and 3- terminal lines, to IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse, long time inverse,
phase-segregated signals for selective Time multiplier for Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01s) or deacti-
single-phase tripping selectable IEC T characteristics vated
Direct transfer trip (DTT) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip
Direct phase-selective tripping Alternatively with or without Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
via binary input auto-reclosure
Tolerances
Trip time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Operating time for 2 ≤ I / Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Characteristics according Inverse, short inverse, long inverse,
Directional ground(earth)-fault overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse, very inverse,
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Characteristics 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
stage or 4 definite-time stages Time dial 0.50 to 15 s (step 0.01) or deactivated
6 Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single- Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
multi-phase faults selectable for every
stage Tolerances
Operating time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
Characteristic according to 3I 0
Instantaneous trip after switch- Selectable for every stage logarithmic inverse characteristic t = T3I 0 P max − T3I 0 P ln
onto-fault 3 I 0p
Influence of harmonics Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I / Ip (step 0.1)
Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering Characteristic according to compen- Sr = 3I0 ⋅ 3V0 ⋅ cos (ϕ - ϕ comp.)
Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are com- sated zero-sequence power
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Polarizing quantities for directional 3I0 and 3V0 or
Definite-time stage decision 3I0 and 3V0 and IE (grounded
Pickup definite-time stage 1, 3I0 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) (earthed) power transformer) or
(step 0.01 A) 3I2 and 3V2 (negative sequence) or
Pickup definite-time stage 2, 3I0 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) zero-sequence power Sr or automatic
(step 0.01 A) selection of zero-sequence or nega-
tive-sequence quantities dependent
Pickup definite-time stage 3, 3I0 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) on the magnitude of the component
(step 0.01 A) voltages
With normal neutral (residual) cur-
rent CT (refer to ordering code) Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
0.003 to 25 A(1A) / 0.015 to 125 A(5A) Ground (earth) current IE of 0.05 to 1 A(1A) / 0.25 to 5 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) grounded (earthed) power trans- (step 0.01 A)
With high sensitive neutral (residual) former
current CT (refer to ordering code) Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup definite-time stage 4, 3I0 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A) Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A(1A) / 0.25 to 5 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) (step 0.01 A)
With normal neutral (residual) cur-
rent CT (refer to ordering code) 2nd harmonic ratio 10 to 45 % of fundamental (step 1 %)
0.003 to 4 A(1A) / 0.015 to 20 A(5A) for inrush restraint
(step 0.01 A)
With high sensitive neutral (residual) Maximum current, overriding in- 0.5 to 25 A(1A) / 2.5 to 125 A(5A)
current CT (refer to ordering code) rush restraint (step 0.01 A)
Time delay for definite-time stages 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Tele (pilot) protection for directional ground(earth)-fault overcurrent pro-
tection (ANSI 85-67N)
Tolerances
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom Operating modes Directional comparison: Pickup
Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Directional comparison: Blocking
Directional comparison: Unblocking
Pickup times
Definite-time stages 1 and 2 Approx. 30 ms Transient blocking logic For schemes with parallel lines
Definite-time stages 3 and 4 Approx. 40 ms Send and receive signals Suitable for 2- and 3- terminal lines
Technical data
Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI) STUB bus overcurrent protection (ANSI 50(N)STUB)
Operating modes with carrier Echo Operating modes Active only with open isolator posi-
(signal) reception Echo and trip with undervoltage tion (signaled via binary input)
Undervoltage phase – ground 2 to 70 V (step 1 V) Characteristic 1 definite-time stage
(earth) Instantaneous trip after switch-onto- Selectable
Time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) fault
Echo impulse 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) Pickup phase current 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
Tolerances (step 0.01 A)
Voltage threshold ≤ 5 % of setting value or 0.5 V Pickup neutral (residual) current 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
Timer ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms (step 0.01 A)
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67) Time delay, separate for phase and 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Operating modes Active only with loss of VT secondary ground (earth) stage or deactivated
circuit or always active Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Characteristic 2 definite-time stages /1 inverse-time Tolerances
stage Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
Instantaneous trip after switch-onto- Selectable for every stage Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
fault Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50HS)
Pickup definite-time stage 1, phase 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A) Operating mode Active only after CB closing;
current (step 0.01 A) instantaneous trip after pickup
Pickup current 1 to 25 A(1A) / 5 to 125 A(5A) 6
Pickup definite-time stage 1, neutral 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
(residual) current (step 0.01A) (step 0.01 A)
Pickup definite-time stage 2, phase 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A) Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
current (step 0.01A) Tolerances
Pickup definite-time stage 2, neutral 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
(residual) current (step 0.01 A) Operating time
Time delay for definite-time stages 0.0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated With fast relays Approx. 13 ms
With high-speed trip outputs Approx. 8 ms
Tolerances
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip im-
Operating time Approx. 25 ms pulse for remote end, only indication
Phase current starting 0.1 to 4 A(1A) / 0.5 to 20 A(5A) Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) (phase-earth overvoltage)
Neutral (residual) current starting 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A) Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) (phase-phase overvoltage)
Characteristic according Normal inverse, very inverse, Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
to IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse, long time inverse (3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti- formers or calculated by the relay)
vated (zero-sequence overvoltage)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence
Tolerances voltage or calculated
Operating time for 2 ≤ I / Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms remote positive-sequence
Characteristics according Inverse, short inverse, long inverse, voltage (compounding)
to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse, very inverse, Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
extremely inverse, definite inverse (negative-sequence overvoltage)
Time dial DIP 0.50 to 15 s (step 0.01) or deacti-
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
vated
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M (M = I/Ip)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
Tolerances
Operating time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Technical data
Undervoltage protection Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
(phase-earth undervoltage) Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1- or 3-pole
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check
(phase-phase undervoltage) check ADT – adaptive dead time
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) RDT – reduced dead time
(positive-sequence undervoltage) Dead times T1-PH, T3-PH, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
stages
Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Reset ratio (settable) 1.01 to 1.20 (step 0.01)
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Time delays
Additional functions Synchro-check request
Time delay for 3 V0 stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s)or deactivated 3-phase intertripping
Time delay for all other over- and 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated InterCLOSE command
undervoltage stages to the remote end
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms Check of CB ready state
Blocking with manual CLOSE
Command/pickup time for 3V0 Approx. 30 ms or 65 ms (settable)
stages Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
RDT
Tolerances Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Dead line 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
6 Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Tolerances
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Number of frequency elements 4 Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Manual CLOSE control
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz Control commands
Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Operating modes
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-earth) with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Pickup times Approx. 80 ms Line dead/busbar live
Line live/busbar dead
Dropout times Approx. 80 ms Line and busbar dead
Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz Bypassing
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A For manual closure
Tolerances and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Frequency 15 mHz for VPH-PH: 50 to 230 V Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1 °)
Number of stages 2
Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
networks
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Tolerances
Additional functions End-fault protection Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
CB pole discrepancy monitoring Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 2 V
Reset time 12 ms, typical; 25 ms max. Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Tolerances Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2
per trip circuit
Indication relay 1 to 30 s (step 1 s)
Technical data
Additional functions Control
Operational measured values Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage indication inputs and indication /
referred to rated value command outputs
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IGnd sensitve; I1; I2; IY; 3I0PAR Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole
Tolerances Typical 0.3 % of indicated measured
value or 0.5 % Inom Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position
9”
ac
/
o1
nt
als ng
g- un nal g/
/
co
ng
dt
in si
s
ts
n
ut
m ou
us
m usi
rre
np
s
tat
ter g h
ut
ter ho
rfa rm g ho
efe
ou l/co ion i
6
es
ew mo s
pe tin
Fa s, in and
i
Flu type ting
hr
rip
rel l. liv
te tin
-ty un
at
idt
ut m
- n
dic
ed
tp m
ew u
gw
s
o
ay
e
in
scr h-m
plu -m
-sp
in
in
ry
sh
us
na
gh
na
s
st
Flu
Ho
Sig
Hi
Su
Bi
8 4 12 – 1/2 n A
8 4 12 – 1/2 n E
8 4 12 – 1/2 n J
16 12 12 – 1/1 n C
16 12 12 – 1/1 n G
16 12 12 – 1/1 n L
16 4 15 5 1/1 n N
16 4 15 5 1/1 n Q
16 4 15 5 1/1 n S
24 20 12 – 1/1 n D
24 20 12 – 1/1 n H
24 20 12 – 1/1 n M
24 12 15 5 1/1 n P
24 12 15 5 1/1 n R
24 12 15 5 1/1 n T
22 32 12 – 1/1 n U
24 4 18 10 1/1 n W
Port C
Empty 0
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Port D
Protection data interface: FO5: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks3) A
Protection data interface: FO6: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
Protection data interface: FO17: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 24 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable4) G
Protection data interface: FO18: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable4)6) H
Protection data interface: FO19: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable4)7) J
With Port E 9 N oo
Functions 1
Trip mode 3-pole 0
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 1
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole 4
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 5
Port E
Protection data interface: FO5: optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For communication networks1) or direct connection via multi-mode FO cable A
Protection data interface: FO6: optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
6 Protection data interface: FO17: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 24 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2) G
Protection data interface: FO18: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)3) H
Protection data interface: FO19: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)4) J
1) Suitable communication converters 3) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
7XV5662 (optical to G703.1/X21/ attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
RS422 or optical to pilot wire) see to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
"Accessories". element.
2) For surface -mounting housing appli- 4) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
cations an internal fiber-optic module attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
820 nm will be delivered in combina- to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
tion with an external repeater. element.
Functions 2
Distance protection characteristic Power swing detection Parallel line
(ANSI 21, 21N) (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
Quadrilateral C
Quadrilateral and/or MHO E
Quadrilateral n F
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n H
Quadrilateral n1) K
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n1) M
Quadrilateral n n1) N
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n n1) Q
Functions 3
Auto-reclosure Synchro-check Breaker failure protection Over-/undervoltage
(ANSI 79) (ANSI 25) (ANSI 50BF) protection (ANSI 27, 59)
Over-/underfrequency
protection (ANSI 81)
A
n B 6
n C
n n D
n E
n n F
n n G
n n n H
n J
n n K
n n L
n n n M
n n N
n n n P
n n n Q
n n n n R
Functions 4
Direction ground(earth)-fault Measured values, extended
protection, grounded (earthed) Min, max, mean
networks (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
0
n 1
n 4
n n 5
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 25 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00
LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 6/77
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 6/78
AMP 1)
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 6/76 Mounting rail for 19" rack
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Fig. 6/81
Housing 1/2 x 19”, basic version 7SA522x-xA, 7SA522x-xE and 7SA522x-xJ
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
Fig. 6/83a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of BO8
to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82. 6
Switching of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with jumpers.
Fig. 6/83
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522x-xC, 7SA522x-xG, 7SA522x-xL, 7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ and
7SA522x-xS with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
Fig. 6/84a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of BO8
6 to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82.
Switching of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with jumpers.
Fig. 6/85a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of BO8
to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82. 6
Switching of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with jumpers.
Fig. 6/85
Housing 1/2 x 19”, basic version 7SA522x-xA, 7SA522x-xE and 7SA522x-xJ
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
Fig. 6/86a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of BO8
6 to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82.
Switching of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with jumpers.
Fig. 6/86
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522x-xC, 7SA522x-xG, 7SA522x-xL, 7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ and
7SA522x-xS with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
Fig. 6/87a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of BO8
to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82.
Switching of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
6
contact or NC contact with jumpers.
SIPROTEC 7SD60
Numerical Pilot-Wire Current Differential Protection Relay 7/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61 Differential Protection Relay for Two Line Ends 7/17
SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53
Multi-End Differential Protection Relay for Two to Six Line Ends 7/43
7
7
SIPROTEC 7SD60
Numerical Pilot-Wire Current Differential Protection Relay
Function overview
Application Construction
The 7SD60 relay is a numerical current The compact 7SD60 protection relay con-
differential protection relay, simple to set, tains all the components for:
and is operated in conjunction with the re-
mote station via a two pilot-wire link. • Measured-value acquisition and evalua-
tion
It is connected to the primary current trans- • Operation and LCD indications
formers via an external summation current
• Alarm and command contacts
transformer. The unit operates internally on
the summated current taken from the sec- • Input and evaluation of binary signals
ondary side of the summation current • Data transmission via the RS485
transformer. The link to the remote station bus interface to DIGSI or a substation
is realized by means of a pair of symmetrical control system
pilot wires allowing distances of up to ap- • Auxiliary voltage supply
proximately 12 km. Adaptation to the pi- The primary current transformers are con-
lot-wire resistance is effected by means of nected to the 4AM49 summation current
software within the unit. Therefore, match- transformer. At the rated current value of
ing is not necessary. either 1 A or 5 A, the latter outputs a cur-
The primary field of application of the unit rent of 20 mA which is measured by the
is protection of short overhead lines and ca- 7SD60 unit. The summation current trans-
bles with two line ends. However, trans- former is supplied together with the pro-
formers and reactors may be located within tection unit, if so ordered.
the protection zone. The unit can be fitted The unit can be supplied in two different
with inrush restraint in such cases. A differ- housings. The one for flush mounting in a
ential protection instantaneous tripping panel or cubicle has connection terminals
7 stage is also provided in this case. Vector at the rear.
group adaptation is not effected inside the
unit and must, if necessary, be effected by The version for panel surface mounting is
means of a matching current transformer. supplied with terminals accessible from the
front. Alternatively, the unit can be sup-
The 7SD60 can be fitted with a pilot-wire plied with two-tier terminals arranged
monitoring function. In addition to moni- above and below the unit.
toring the pilot-wire link to the remote sta-
tion, this also includes bidirectional circuit-
breaker intertripping and a remote tripping
command.
If the differential protection becomes inac-
tive due to a pilot-wire failure, the relay has
an emergency overcurrent function as an
option. It includes one definite-time
overcurrent stage and can be delayed.
This unit substitutes the 7SD24 steady-
state differential protection. However,
LSP2002-afpen.tif
Protection functions
Pilot-wire link / pilot-wire monitoring Lockout of the TRIP command with manual
Protection functions
reset
The link to the remote station comprises a
Overcurrent release / differential current symmetrical pair of wires (e.g. telephone The TRIP command can be locked-out after
monitoring lines). The maximum permissible distance tripping. In particular, in the case of trans-
The differential protection function can be between two stations is approximately formers within the protection zone,
combined with an additional overcurrent 12 km. 7XR9513 (20 kV) or 7XR9515 reclosure of the line is normally effected
release. To this end, the criteria “overcur- (5 kV) isolation transformers can be em- only after the cause of the fault has been as-
rent” and “differential current” are linked ployed for potential isolation against inter- certained by the user. Manual reset is possi-
logically so that a TRIP command is given ference induced by longitudinal voltages ble either via the operator panel (with
out by the differential function only when where the pilot wires run parallel to power password) or via a binary input. As a result,
a differential current and an overcurrent cables over long distances. premature reclosure of the circuit-breaker is
coexist. prevented. The logic state of the TRIP com-
Since the pilot wires form an integral part of
mand remains stored even during failure of
By this means it is often possible to avoid the differential protection, these are nor-
the auxiliary supply voltage, so that it is still
malfunctioning due to pilot-wire short- mally monitored continuously. This func-
present on restoration of the auxiliary sup-
circuit or wire-break of a connection be- tion is available as an option. To achieve
ply voltage.
tween a current transformer and the sum- this, 2 kHz pulses with a defined pulse width
mation current transformer. For this ratio are transmitted to the remote relay via Inrush restraint / instantaneous tripping
purpose, the 7SD60 is fitted with an addi- the pilot wires. Detection of a fault in the pi- stage
tional differential current monitoring func- lot-wire link results in blocking of the dif-
ferential protection. Where transformers or reactors are located
tion, which can effectively block the
within the protection zone, inrush restraint
differential protection after a delay of some
Emergency overcurrent protection can be supplied as an option. This inrush
seconds on reaching of an adjustable value
restraint evaluates the second harmonic of
of differential current in conjunction with If the differential protection becomes inac-
the differential current, which is typical for
simultaneous operational current IM1 within tive due to a pilot-wire failure or an internal
inrush phenomena. If the second har-
the load range. or external blocking of the differential func-
monic value of the differential current re-
7 tion, the relay offers a single-stage, defi-
ferred to the fundamental frequency
Saturation detector nite-time overcurrent function. It works
exceeds a preset value, tripping by the dif-
with the local flowing operational current
Improved stability on single-ended satura- ferential protection is blocked. In the case
IM1. The pickup value and the delay time are of high-current internal faults, whose am-
tion of the primary current transformers is
settable via parameters in the device. plitude exceeds the inrush current peak,
ensured by means of an integrated satura-
tion detector. It provides additional stabil- tripping can be carried out instanta-
Circuit-breaker intertripping / remote trip-
ity during external faults. 5 ms are enough neously.
ping
time to measure an external fault due to a
Vector group adaptation is not effected in-
high restraint and small differential cur- Normally, tripping is effected at both sta-
side the unit and must, where necessary, be
rent. Indication is done within the addi- tions as a result of current comparison.
brought about by means of an external
tional restraint area (see Fig. 7/4). If – due Tripping at one end only can occur when
matching transformer scheme.
to CT saturation – the differential current an overcurrent release is used or with
flows into the trip area, the differential trip short-circuit currents only slightly above
is blocked for a certain time. Transient sat- the tripping value. Circuit-breaker
uration of current transformers caused by intertripping can be parameterized in the
decaying DC components in the short- unit with integral pilot-wire monitor, so
circuit current can thus be recognized. that definite tripping at both ends of the
line is assured.
As a result, the requirements on the cur-
rent transformers are reduced so that they In addition, it is possible by means of a bi-
are only required to conduct the steady- nary input to output a remote tripping
state through-flowing short-circuit current command for both directions. The com-
without saturation. mand transmission time is approximately
80 ms.
Features
Connection diagrams
Fig. 7/6
Standard connection L1-L3-E,
suitable for all types of networks
Fig. 7/7
Protection configuration with
main (7SD60) and backup
overcurrent (7SJ60) protection
Fig. 7/8
Typical circuit for auxiliary voltage supply
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals at the side B
with terminals on top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E
Operating language
English – alternatively either German or Spanish can be selected 0
Scope of functions
Differential protection 0
Differential protection, inrush restraint 1
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip 2
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip, inrush restraint 3
7
Accessories DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 or XP Professional)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 and
XP Professional).
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Converter RS485-FO
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 250 V AC
Single optical interface 7XV5650-0BA00
Double optical interface (cascadable) 7XV5651-0BA00
Isolating transformer
Up to 20 kV 7XR9513
Up to 5 kV 7XR9515
Connection diagram
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61
Differential Protection Relay for Two Line Ends
Function overview
Protection functions
• Differential protection for universal use
with power lines and cables on all volt-
age levels with phase-segregated mea-
surement (87L)
• Two line ends capability
• Suitable for transformers in protected
zones (87T)
• Restricted earth-fault protection (87N) if a
transformer is within the protection zone
• Well-suited for serial compensated lines
LSP2247-afpen.tif
Fig. 7/11
Application
Typical applications employing fiber-
optic cables or communication networks
Four applications are shown in Fig. 7/12.
The 7SD610 differential protection relay is
connected to the current transformers and
to the voltage transformers at one end of the
cable, although only the currents are re-
quired for the differential protection func-
tion. The voltage connection improves,
among other things, the frequency measure-
ment and allows the measured values and
the fault records to be extended. Direct con-
nection to the other units is effected via
mono-mode fiber-optic cables and is thus
immune to interference.
Five different modules are available. In the
case of direct connection via fiber-optic
cables, data communication is effected at
512 kbit/s and the command time of the
protection unit is reduced to 15 ms. Parallel
compensation (for the load currents)
is provided within the protection zone of
the cable. By means of the integrated inrush
restraint, the differential protection relay
can tolerate the surge on switching-on of
7
the cable and the compensation reactors,
and thus allows sensitive settings to be used
under load conditions.
7SD610 offers many features to reliably and
safely handle data exchange via communi-
cation networks.
Depending on the bandwidth available a
communication converter for G703-64 kbit/s
or X21-64/128/512 kbit/s can be selected. For
higher communication speed a communica-
tion converter with G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s)
or G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s) is available.
The connection to the communication
converter is effected via a cost-effective
820 nm interface with multi-mode fiber.
This communication converter converts
the optical input to electrical signals in ac-
cordance to the specified telecommunica-
tion interface.
The fourth example shows the relays being
connected via a twisted pilot pair. Data
exchange and transmission is effected via Fig. 7/12
pilot wires of a typical length of 15 km. Typical applications
Here a transformer is in the protected zone.
In this application, 7SD610 is set like a
transformer differential relay. Vector group
matching and inrush restraint is provided
by the relay.
The trip time characteristics are exponential Circuit-breaker closure onto a faulty line
functions according to IEC 60255-8. The is also possible provided that the circuit-
preload is considered in the trip times for breaker auxiliary contacts of the remote
overloads. end are connected and monitored. If an
overcurrent arises on closing of the cir-
An adjustable alarm stage can initiate an cuit-breaker at one end of a line (while the
alarm before tripping is initiated. other end is energized) the measured cur-
rent can only be due to a short-circuit. In
Overcurrent protection this case, the energizing line end is tripped
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67, 67N) instantaneously.
The 7SD610 provides a three-stage In the case of circuit-breaker closure, the
overcurrent protection. Two definite- auto-reclosure is blocked at both ends of
time stages and one inverse-time stage the line to prevent a further unsuccessful 0,14
(IDMT) are available, separately for phase closure onto a short-circuit. t= 0,02
Tp
( I I p ) −1
currents and for the earth current. Two op- If circuit-breaker intertripping to the re-
erating modes (backup, emergency) are mote end is activated, intertripping is also
Fig. 7/15 Inverse
selectable. Two stages e.g. can run in backup blocked.
mode, whereas the third stage is configured
7 for emergency operation, e.g. during inter-
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
iary contacts
ruption of the protection communication
and/or failure of the voltage in the VT sec- The 7SD610 relay is equipped with an
In addition to the above-mentioned operat-
ondary circuit. The secondary voltage fail- auto-reclose function (AR). The function
ing modes, several other operating princi-
ure can be detected by the integrated fuse includes several operating modes:
ples can be employed by means of the
failure monitor or via a binary input from • 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of integrated programmable logic (CFC).
a VT miniature cicuit-breaker faults; different dead times are available
(VT m.c.b. trip). Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
depending the type of fault
protection allows evaluation of the line-side
The following ANSI/IEC inverse-time • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults, voltages. A number of voltage-dependent
characteristics are available: no reclosing for multi-phase faults supplementary functions are thus available:
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
• Inverse and for 2-phase faults without earth, no • DLC
reclosing for multi-phase faults By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
• Short inverse effected only when the line is deenergized
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
• Long inverse 3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase (prevention of asynchronous breaker
closure).
• Moderately inverse faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults • ADT
• Very inverse and 2-phase faults without earth and The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
• Extremely inverse 3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults
successful (reduction of stress on equip-
• Definite inverse • Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
ment).
• Interaction with an external device for
• RDT
If VTs are connected, separate stages with auto-reclosure via binary inputs and out-
Reduced dead time is employed in con-
directional measurement are available, two puts
junction with auto-reclosure where no
definite-time and two inverse-time stages • Control of the integrated AR function by tele-protection method is employed:
(each for phase and earth). Using the for- external protection When faults within the zone extension, but
ward pickup indication as a signal to the re- • Adaptive auto-reclosure. Only one line external to the protected line, are switched
mote end, a 100 % protection coverage of end is closed after the dead time. If the off for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the
the line can be operated in parallel to the fault persists this line end is switched off. RDT function decides on the basis of mea-
differential protection. Otherwise the other line ends are closed surement of the return voltage from the re-
via a command over the communication mote station which has not tripped
links. This avoids stress when heavy fault whether or not to reduce the dead time.
currents are fed from all line ends again.
• Interaction with an external synchro-
check
Protection functions
Commissioning
Special attention has been paid to commis-
LSP2845.tif
sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be displayed and activated directly. This can
simplify the wiring check significantly for
Fig. 7/16
the user. The operational and fault events Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram
and the fault records are clearly arranged. 7
Furthermore, all currents and optional volt-
ages and phases are available via communi-
cation link at the local relay and are dis-
played in the relay, with DIGSI 4 or with the
Web Monitor.
The operational and fault events and fault
records from all line ends share a common
time tagging which allows to compare
events registered in the different line ends
on a common time base.
System interface
This interface is used to carry out commu-
nication with a control or protection and
control system and supports a variety of
communication protocols and interface de-
signs, depending on the module connected.
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
IEC 61850 Ethernet
Since 2004, the Ethernet-based IEC 61850
protocol is the worldwide standard for pro-
tection and control systems used by power
supply corporations. Siemens was the first
LSP2164-afpen.tif
manufacturer to support this standard. By
means of this protocol, information can also
be exchanged directly between bay units so
as to set up simple masterless systems for
bay ans system interlocking. Access to the
units via the Ethernet bus is also possible Fig. 7/20 Fig. 7/21
with DIGSI. R232/RS485 electrical communication module Communication module, optical double-ring
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
LSP2162-afpen.tif
dardized protocol for the efficient commu-
nication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
PROFIBUS-DP
7 PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
LSP2810.tif
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.
Fig. 7/22 Fig. 7/23
Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module for
MODBUS RTU IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units are
fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with
DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a num-
ber of protection device manufacturers.
Fig. 7/24
System solution: Communications
Communication
• Two terminal line applications can be digital follow-up technique is available for
implemented without additional logic two-wire protection systems (up to 15 km)
System solutions for protection and station • Interclose command transfer with the and all three-wire protection systems using
control auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time” existing copper communication links.
(ADT) mode Different communication converters are
Together with the SICAM power automa- • 4 remote signals for fast transfer of
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with listed under "Accessories".
binary signals
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri- Communication data:
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the • Flexible utilization of the communica-
optical double ring, the units exchange in- tion channels by means of the program- • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
formation with the control system. mable CFC logic and ITU
• Each protection relay possesses a unique
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces The protection data interfaces have different
relay address
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via options to cover new and existing commu-
nication infrastructures. • Continuous communication link supervi-
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link. sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
Through this interface, the system is open • FO51), OMA12) module: not constitute an immediate danger, if
for the connection of units of other manu- 820 nm fiber-optic interface with clock re- they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
facturers (see Fig. 7/18). covery/ST connectors for direct connec- cal availability, per minute and hour, of
Because of the standardized interfaces, tion with multi-mode FO cable up to the serial protection data interface can be
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated 1.5 km for the connection to a communi- displayed.
into systems of other manufacturers or in cation converter. • Supported network interfaces
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter- • FO61), OMA22) module: X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or 512 kbit/s;
faces are available. The optimum physical 820 nm fiber-optic interface/ST connec- or G703-64 kbit/s and G703-E1
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks tors for direct connection up to 3.5 km (2,048 kbit/s) or G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s).
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the with multi-mode FO cable. • Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu- (in steps of 0.1 ms)
bicles and an interference-free optical con- New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x • Protocol HDLC
nection to the master can be established.
7
• FO171): For direct connection
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so- up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are • FO181): For direct connection up to
linked with PAS electrically or optically to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode fiber
the station PC. The interface is standard- 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
ized, thus also enabling direct connection • FO191): For direct connection up to
of units of other manufacturers to the 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, the fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
units can also be used in other manufactur-
ers' systems (see Fig. 7/19). The link to a multiplexed communication
Via modem and service interface, the pro- network is made by separate communica-
tection engineer has access to the protection tion converters (7XV5662). These have a
devices at all times. This permits remote fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST
maintenance and diagnosis (cyclic testing). connectors to the protection relay. The link
to the communication network is option-
Parallel to this, local communication is pos- ally an electrical X21/G703-64 kbit/s or
sible, for example, during a major inspec- G703-E1/-T1 interface.
tion.
For operation via copper wire communica-
Serial protection data interface tion (pilot wires or twisted telephone pair),
(R2R interface) a modern communication converter for
copper cables is available. This operates with
The 7SD610 provides one protection data both the two-wire and three-wire copper
interface to cover two line end applications. connections which were used by conven-
In addition to the differential protection tional differential protection systems before.
function, other protection functions can use The communication converter for copper
this interface to increase selectivity and sen- cables is designed for 5 kV insulation volt-
sitivity as well as covering advanced applica- age. An additional 20 kV isolation trans-
tions. former can extend the field of applications
of this technique into ranges with higher in-
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal- sulation voltage requirements. The connec- 1) For flush-mounting housing.
ing using the directional stages of the tion via FO cable to the relay is interfer- 2) For surface-mounting housing.
overcurrent protection with POTT or ence-free. With SIPROTEC 4 and the com-
PUTT schemes 3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
munication converter for copper cables a FO module OMA1 will be delivered together
with an external repeater.
Communication
Fig. 7/29
Connection to a pilot wire
Typical connection
Fig. 7/31
Typical connection to current transformers with optional voltage inputs
Technical data
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC Refer to ordering code IEC 61850 Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA PROFIBUS-DP
Output relay DNP 3.0, MODBUS
Command / indication relay Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud
Number 5 (marshallable)
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
1 alarm contact (not marshallable)
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Switching capacity Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
Make 1000 W/VA
For fiber-optic cable ST connector
Break 30 VA
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
Break (with resistive load) 40 W
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber
Break (with L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 W
Distance (spanned) Max. 1.5 km
Switching voltage 250 V
Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
5 A continuous
Technical data
System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
PROFIBUS RS485 External communication converter
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz to interface between relays, optical
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 820 nm interface and a pilot wire or
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kbd; 100 m at 12 Mbd twisted telephone pair.
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) Typical distance 15 km
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock re- Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) covery multi-mode FO cable
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Pilot wire Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 μm fiber Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km; 1500 kbit/s 530 m
Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
Protection data interface (R2R interface) mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, Delay is constantly measured and selected
with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors adjusted
nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- Permissible fiber attenuation: 8 dB Electrical tests
tion to a comm. converter, 820 nm
Specification
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation: 16 dB
UL 508
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1 For further standards see
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, “Individual functions”
24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector Insulation tests
Permissible fiber attenuation: 13 dB
Standards IEC 60255-5
FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
Voltage test (100 % test) 7
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
Permissible fiber attenuation: 29 dB
supply, binary inputs and
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, communication interfaces
100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector
Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
Permissible fiber attenuation: 29 dB
inputs (100 % test)
Relay communication equipment
RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 cation interfaces and time
for communication networks X21/G703-64 kbit/s synchronization interface
External communication converter (100 % test)
to interface between the relays, opti- Impulse voltage test (type test)
cal 820 nm interface and the All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J
X21/RS422/G703-64 kbit/s interface cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
of a communication device chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
X21/G703, RS422 selectable by EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
jumpers. Baud rate selectable by
jumpers Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(product standards) (type tests)
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side DIN 57435 part 303
Output: X21 (RS422) electrical 64/128/512 kbit (selectable by jumper) High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
interface on communication device max. 800 m, 15-pin connector IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s;
G703-64 kbit/s electrical interface on 64 kbit/s, max. 800 m, screw-type VDE 0435 part 303, class III test duration 2 s
communication device terminal Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air dis-
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AD00 IEC 60255-22-2, class IV charge; both polarities; 150 pF;
for communication networks with G703-E1 or G703-T1 EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
External communication converter Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
to interface between the relays, non-modulated
optical 820 nm interfac and G703-E1 IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
or G703-T1 interface of a communi- Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
cation network amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Inputs: 2 fiber-optic inputs 820 nm, Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125µm IEC 61000-4-3, class III
1 RS232 input multi-mode 1 FO cable to device side
Output:
G703.5 E1: 2,048 kbit/s
G703.6 T1: 1,554 kbit/s
Electrical interface on communica- max. 800 m, screw-type terminal 1) For flush-mounting housing.
tion network 2) For surface mounting housing.
3) For surface mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
will be delivered together with an external repeater.
Technical data
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition Mechanical dynamic tests
pulse-modulated IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 % Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
ENV 50204, class III
During operation
Fast transients, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; Vibration Sinusoidal
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
test duration 1 min IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs frequency sweep 1 octave/min
(SURGE), 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Shock Half-sinusoidal
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
12 Ω; 9 μF IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
Differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV; directions
2 Ω; 18 μF Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
binary output relays 42 Ω; 0.5 μF IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis),
Differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV; 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
42 Ω; 0.5 μF (vertical axis),
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; (horizontal axis),
modulated 1 kHz 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-6, class III (vertical axis),
Magnetic field with power 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
frequency 50 Hz 0.5 mT; 50 Hz 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; During transport
IEC 60255-6
7 Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per second, Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration,
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses per Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
capability second; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s;
Ri = 80 Ω Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
ence directions
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
Damped oscillation 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternat- IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 ing 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz; IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes
Ri = 200 Ω in both directions
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard) Climatic stress test
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz Temperatures
lines, Limit class B
only auxiliary voltage Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Temporarily permissible operating –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °C)
– Limiting temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress; Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days in the year up to
units in such a way that they are 93 % relative humidity; moisture con-
not exposed to direct sunlight or densation during operation is not per-
pronounced temperature changes mitted
that could cause condensation.
Technical data
Technical data
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 35 30
(phase-phase overvoltage) or deactivated At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 33 29
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 26 23
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans- or deactivated
formers or calculated by the relay) Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
(zero-sequence overvoltage) Overcurrent-time protection for phase and residual currents
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Multiple availability 3 times (option)
7 (positive-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Characteristics
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence Definite-time stages (DT) IPh >>, 3I0 >>, IPh >, 3I0 >
voltage or calculated Inverse-time stages (IT) IP, 3I0P
remote positive-sequence Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely
voltage (compounding) inverse, long-time inverse
Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
(negative-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated inverse, extremely inverse, definite
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01) inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Undervoltage protection Alternatively, user-specified
trip and reset characteristics
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation
(phase-ground (earth) undervoltage) or deactivated
Current stages
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-phase undervoltage) High-current stages IPh >> 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
or deactivated
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) TIPh >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
(positive-sequence undervoltage) or deactivated or deactivated (no trip)
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input 3I0 >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
stages or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Reset ratio 1.05 T3I0 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
Time delays
Definite-time stages IPh > 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Time delay for all over- and 0 to 100 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated or deactivated (stage ineffective)
undervoltage stages
TIPh 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Command / pickup time Approx. 40 ms or deactivated (no trip)
Tolerances 3I0 > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms T3I0 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) or deactivated (no trip)
Number of frequency elements 4
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz
55.5 to 64.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground (earth))
Pickup times Approx. 85 ms
Technical data
Tolerances
10 to 50 % IN Typical ≤ 1 % of 50 % IN CE conformity
50 to 200 % IN Typical ≤ 1 % of measured value This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
3V0, V1, V2, Ven electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Tolerances electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
10 to 50 % VN Typical ≤ 1 % of 50 % VN Directive 73/23/EEC).
50 to 200 % VN Typical ≤ 1 % of measured value This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Power with direction indication P, Q, S
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Tolerances
P: for |cos ϕ| = 0.7 to 1 and V/VN, Typical ≤ 3 % The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
I/IN = 50 to 120 % trial environment according to the EMC standards.
Q: for |sin ϕ| = 0.7 to 1 and V/VN, Typical ≤ 3 % This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
I/IN = 50 to 120 % accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
S: for V/VN , I/IN = 50 to 120 % Typical ≤ 2 % generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Frequency f standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Tolerance ≤ 20 mHz
Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ)
Tolerance for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 3 %
Remote measurements 3 x IPhase-Earth; 3 I0, 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3V0
Overload measured values Θ/Θ Trip L1; Θ/Θ Trip L2; Θ/Θ Trip L3;
Θ/Θ Trip
1) Rated current can be selected by means of 4) For surface-mounting housing applications, 6) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
jumpers. please select option A (820 nm, 1.5 km) attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage together with an external repeater to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
ranges can be selected by means of jumpers. (see "Accessories" for Order No.). element.
3) The binary input thresholds can be selected 5) Not possible for surface-mounting housing 7) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
in three stages by means of jumpers. (position 9 = F). attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
element.
Additional functions 1
n
tio
n
tec
io
n h
i o it
1 ) eq 9) e c t
ro
pt n w
I 8 rfr 7, 5 rot
yp
)
7N
O v 8 7 T ad a n s i o
N S ult
N S de I 2 p
ds
nc
I8
( A /un NS g e
( A fa
an
ue
I u p te
er (A olta
n h-
m
N S r o ex
t i o art
om
Ov < r v
( A r g er
ec e
, V de
cto rm
ec
o t ed
V> r / u n
ot
v e sfo
p r ict
em
str
an
e
4r
Re
Tr
A
n B 7
n E
n n F
n J
n n K
n n N
n n n P
n n n S
n n n n T
Additional functions 2
Without additional functions 0
With external GPS synchronization of the differential protection 1
Further modules
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
7 LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A351-D655-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A351-D656-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A351-D657-1
Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000/XP Professional)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
Complete version:
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows (Windows 2000/XP Professional).
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4 7
Manual for 7SD61 V4.6
English C53000-G1176-C145-4
LSP2089-afpen.tif
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Connection diagram
7
Fig. 7/39
Connection diagram
Fig. 7/40
Serial interfaces
SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53
Multi-End Differential and Distance Protection in One Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
• Differential protection with phase-
segregated measurement (87L, 87T)
• Restricted earth-fault protection (87N) if a
transformer is within the protection zone
• Sensitive meas. stage f. high-resist. faults
• Non-switched distance protection with
LSP2173f.eps
LSP2314-afp.eps
tripping (50N/51N/67N)
• Phase-selective intertripping (85)
• Tele (pilot) protection (85/21, 85/67N)
• Weak-infeed protection (27WI)
Fig. 7/41 • Fault locator (FL)
SIPROTEC 4
7SD52/53 differential protection relay
• Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
• 3-stage overcurrent protection
(50, 50N, 51, 51N)
• STUB bus protection (50 STUB)
The units measure the delay time in the • Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
Description
communication networks and adaptively • Over/undervoltage protection (59/27) 7
The 7SD52/53 relay provides full scheme match their measurements accordingly. • Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
differential protection and incorporates all A special GPS-option allows the use of the
• Auto-reclosure (79), Synchro-check (25)
functions usually required for the protec- relays in communication networks, where • Breaker failure protection (50BF)
tion of power lines. It is designed for all the delay time in the transmit and receive • Overload protection (49)
power and distribution levels and protects path may be quite different. • Lockout function (86)
lines with two up to six line ends. The relay
is designed to provide high-speed and The 7SD52/53 has the following features: Control functions
phase-selective fault clearance. The relay − 2 full-scheme main protections in one • Commands f. ctrl of CB and isolators
uses fiber-optic cables or digital communi- unit (differential and distance protec- Monitoring functions
cation networks to exchange telegrams and
includes special features for the use in mul-
tion) • Self-supervision of relay and protection
− High-speed tripping 10 - 15 ms data (R2R) communication
tiplexed communication networks. Also
pilot wires connections can be used with − The serial protection data interfaces • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
an external converter. This contributes to- (R2R interfaces) of the relays can flexibly • Measured-value supervision
ward improved reliability and availability be adapted to the requirements of all • Oscillographic fault recording
communication media available.
of the electrical power system. • Event logging/fault logging
− If the communication method is • Switching statistics
The relay is suitable for single and changed, flexible retrofitting of commu-
three-phase tripping applications for two nication modules to the existing configu- Front design
up to six line ends. Also, transformers and ration is possible. • User-friendly local operation
compensation coils within the differential − Tolerates loss of one data connection in a • PC front port for relay setting
protection zone are protected as are serial ring topology (routing in 120 ms). The • Function keys and 14 LEDs f. local alarm
and parallel-compensated lines and cables. differential protection scheme is fully
The relays may be employed with any type available in a chain topology. Communication interfaces
of system earthing.
− Browser-based commissioning tool. • 2 serial protection data (R2R) interfaces
The relay also provides a full-scheme and for ring and chain topology
non-switched distance protection as an op- − Fault locator for one and two terminal
measurement for high accuracy on long • Front interface for connecting a PC
tional main 2 protection. Several telepro-
lines with high load and high fault resis- • System interface for connection to a
tection schemes ensure maximum selectiv-
tance. control system via various protocols
ity and high-speed tripping time.
− Capacitive charge current compensation – IEC 61850 Ethernet
increases the sensitivity of the differential – IEC 60870-5-103
protection on cables and long lines. – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP and DNP 3.0
• Rear-side service/modem interface
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B or
DCF77 or system interface
Application
ANSI ANSI
87L Δ I for lines / cables 50HS Instantaneous high-current
tripping (switch-onto-fault)
87T Δ I for lines / cables 59 27 Overvoltage/undervoltage
with transformers protection
87N Low impedance restricted 81O/U Over/underfrequency protec-
earth-fault protection for tion
transformers
85 Phase-selective 25 Synchro-check
intertrip, remote trip
86 Lockout function 79 Single or three-pole
auto-reclosure with new
adaptive technology
21 21N Distance protection 49 Overload protection
FL Fault locator 50BF Breaker failure protection
68 68T Power swing detec- 74TC Trip circuit supervision
tion/tripping
85/21 Teleprotection for distance 50-STUB STUB bus protection
protection
27WI Weak-infeed protection
Directional earth(ground)-
7 50N 51N
fault protection
67N
85/67N Teleprotection for earth
(ground)-fault protection
*) Option
Fig. 7/42
Application The link to the other relays is made by The 7SD52/53 offers many features to
multi-mode or mono-mode FO cables. reliably and safely handle data exchange
Typical applications There are 5 options available, which corre- via communication networks.
spondingly cover:
SIPROTEC 7SD52/53 is a full-scheme dif- Depending on the bandwidth available in
ferential protection relay for two up to six • 820 nm, up to 1.5 km, multi-mode the communication system, 64, 128 or
line ends, incorporating all the additional • 820 nm, up to 3.5 km, multi-mode 512 kbits/s can be selected for the X21
functions for protection of overhead lines • 1300 nm, up to 24 km, mono-mode (RS422) interface; the G703 interface with
and cables at all voltage levels. Also trans- • 1300 nm, up to 60 km, mono-mode 64 kbit/s, and G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s) or
G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s).
formers and compensation coils within • 1550 nm, up to 100 km, mono-mode
the protection zone are protected. The The connection to the communication
7SD52/53 is suitable for single-pole and Direct fiber-optic connection offers high-
device is effected via cost-effective 820 nm
three-pole tripping. The power system star speed data exchange with 512 kbit/s and
interface with multi-mode FO cables.
point can be solid or impedance-grounded improves the speed for remote signaling.
A communication converter converts the
(earthed), resonant-earthed via Peterson At the main line two differential relays are optical to electrical signals. This offers an
coil or isolated. On the TAP-line, the connected to CTs. The communication is interference-free and isolated connection
7SD52/53 differential relay is connected to made via a multiplexed communication between the relay and the communication
current (CT) and optionally voltage (VT) network. device.
transformers. For the differential func-
tions, only CTs are necessary. By con-
necting the relay to VTs, the integrated
"main 2" distance protection can be ap-
plied (full-scheme, nonswitched). There-
fore, no separate distance protection relay
is required.
Cost-effective power system management The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform The use of powerful microcontrollers and
design and a degree of functionality which the application of digital measured-value
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re-
represents a benchmark-level of perfor- conditioning and processing largely sup-
lays which also provide control and moni-
mance in protection and control. If the presses the influence of higher-frequency
toring functions and therefore support the
requirements for protection, control or transients, harmonics and DC compo-
user in view of a cost-effective power sys-
interlocking change, it is possible in the nents.
tem management. The security and reli-
majority of cases to implement such
ability of power supply is increased as a
changes by means of parameterization
result of minimizing the use of hardware.
using DIGSI 4 without having to change
The local operation has been designed ac- the hardware.
cording to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-
to-read backlit displays are provided.
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
is a uniform 245 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option. It is thus possible to employ pre-
fabricated cable harnesses. In the case of Fig. 7/44 Fig. 7/45
surface mounting on a panel, the connec- Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
tion terminals are located above and below with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
in the form of screw-type terminals. The
communication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the
housing.
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps
Fig. 7/47
Communication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing
Fig. 7/46
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• Differential and restraint currents are
monitored continuously during normal
Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T, 87N) operation and are displayed as opera-
tional measurements.
The differential protection function has the • High stability during external faults even
following features: with different current transformers satu-
• It is possible to select the operating mode ration level. For an external fault, only
as "main" or as "main 1", if the back-up 5 ms saturation-free time are necessary
distance protection is activated as to guarantee the stability of the differen-
"main 2". tial configuration.
• Measurements are performed separately • With transformers or compensation coils
for each phase; thus the trip sensitivity is in the protection zone, the sensitive trip
independent of the fault type. stage can be blocked by an inrush detec-
tion function. It works with the second
• An adaptive, sensitive measurement
harmonic of the measured current which
method with high sensitivity for differen-
is compared with the fundamental com-
tial fault currents below the rated current
ponent.
offers the detection of highly resistive
faults. This trip element uses special fil- • With transformers in the protection Fig. 7/48 Tripping characteristic
ters, which offers high security even with zone, vector group adaptation and
high level DC-components in the short- matching of different CT ratios are • Data communication is immune to
circuit current. The trip time of this stage carried out in the relay. Additionally, the electromagnetic interference because
is about 30 ms. zero-sequence current flowing through fiber-optic cables are employed in the
an earthed neutral is eliminated from the critical region
• A high-set differential trip stage which
clears differential fault currents higher
differential measurement. The 7SD52/53 • Supervision of each individual incoming
therefore works like a transformer differ- telegram and of the entire communica-
than the rated current within 10 – 15 ms
ential relay, whereas the line ends may be tion path between the units without
offers fast tripping time and high-speed
fault clearence time.
far away. additional equipment. 7
• A more sensitive protection for trans- •
• When a long line or cable is switched on, Unambiguous identification of each unit
formers within the protection zone is is ensured by assignment of a settable
transient charge currents load the line.
given by measurement of the star-point communication address within a differ-
To avoid a higher setting of the sensitive
current on an earthed winding. There- ential protection topology. Only those
differential trip stage, this setpoint may
fore the IE current measuring input has units mutually known to each other can
be increased for a settable time. This of-
to be used. cooperate. Incorrect interconnection of
fers greater sensitivity under normal load
If the sum of the phase currents of wind- the communication links results in
conditions.
ing is compared with the measured blocking of the protection system.
• With the setting of the CT-errors the star-point current, a sensitive earth-cur-
relay automatically calculates the re- • Detection of reflected telegrams in the
rent differential protection (REF) can be communication system.
straint/stabilization current and adapts implemented.
its permissible sensitivity according to • Detection of delay time changes in
This function is substantially more sensi-
the CT’s data in the differential configu- communication networks.
tive than the differential protection dur-
ration, optimizing sensitivity. ing faults to earth in a winding, detecting • Measurement of the delay time to the
• Different CT ratios at the line ends are fault currents as small as 10 % of the remote line ends with dynamic compen-
handled inside the relay. The mismatch transformer rated current. sation of the delay in the differential
of 1 to 6 is allowed. measurement. Supervision of the maxi-
• The differential protection trip can be Enhanced communication features for mum permissible delay time is included.
guarded with an overcurrent pickup. communication networks • Generation of alarms on heavily dis-
Thus differential current and overcur- turbed communication links. Faulty
rent lead to a final trip decision. The data required for the differential telegram counters are available as
• Easy to set tripping characteristic. calculations are cyclically exchanged in operational measurement.
Because the relay works adaptively, only full-duplex mode in form of synchronous, • With a GPS high-precision 1-s pulse from
the setpoint IDiff > (sensitive stage) and serial telegrams between the protection a GPS receiver the relays can be synchro-
IDiff >> (high-set current differential units. The telegrams are secured with CRC nized with an absolute, exact time at each
stage) must be set according to the check sums, so that transmission errors in line end. In this way, the delay in the re-
charge current of the line/cable. a communication network are immediately ceive and transmit path can be measured
detected.
• With an optional capacitive charge cur- exactly. With this optional feature the relay
rent compensation, the sensitivity can be can be used in communication networks
increased to 40 % of the normal setting where this delay times are quite different.
of IDIFF>. This function is recommended
for long cables and long lines.
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Commissioning
LSP2845.tif
Special attention has been paid to commis-
sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be displayed and activated directly. This
Fig. 7/55
can simplify the wiring check significantly Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram
7 for the user. The operational and fault
events and the fault records are clearly ar-
ranged.
Furthermore, all currents and optional
voltages and phases are available via com-
munication link at the local relay and are
displayed in the relay, with DIGSI 4 or with
the Web Monitor.
The operational and fault events and fault
records from all line ends share a common
time tagging which allows to compare
events registered in the different line
ends on a common time base.
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
IEC 61850 Ethernet
Since 2004, the Ethernet-based
IEC 61850 protocol is the world-
wide standard for protection and
control systems used by power
LSP2164-afpen.tif
supply corporations. Siemens was
the first manufacturer to support
this standard. By means of this
protocol, information can also be
exchanged directly between bay
units so as to set up simple master- Fig. 7/59 Fig. 7/60
less systems for bay and system in- R232/RS485 electrical communication module Communication module, optical double-ring
terlocking. Access to the units via
the Ethernet bus is also possible
with DIGSI.
LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internation-
ally standardized protocol for the
efficient communication in the
protected area. IEC 60870-5-103 is
supported by a number of protec-
tion device manufacturers and is
used worldwide. 7
LSP2810.tif
PROFIBUS-DP
Fig. 7/61 Fig. 7/62
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-
Fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module for
recognized standard for communi- IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
cations and is supported by a num-
ber of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
Protocol Version 3) is a messaging-
based communication protocol.
The SIPROTEC 4 units are fully
Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with
DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by
a number of protection device
manufacturers.
Fig. 7/63
System solution: Communications
Communication
Fig. 7/68
Connection to a pilot wire
Typical connection
Fig. 7/69
Example of connection for current and voltage transformers
Fig. 7/70
Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive
ground(earth)-current measuring with core-balance current transformers
Typical connection
Typical connection
Technical data
Technical data
System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
PROFIBUS RS485 External communication converter
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz to interface between relays, optical
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 820 nm interface and a pilot wire or
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kB; 100 m at 12 MB twisted telephone pair.
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) Typical distance 15 km
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) recovery multi-mode FO cable
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Pilot wire Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km, 1500 kB/s 530 m
Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
Protection data interface (R2R interface) mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, Delay is constantly measured and selected
with clock recovery for direct connec- ST connectors adjusted
tion up to 1.5 km or for connection to Permissible fiber attenuation 8 dB
a communication converter, 820 nm
Electrical tests
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
Specifications
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors
820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 16 dB Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x
UL 508
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, For further standards see
24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector “Individual functions”
Permissible fiber attenuation 13 dB
Insulation tests
FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
7 60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
Standards IEC 60255-5
Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB Voltage test (100 % test)
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
supply, binary inputs and
100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector
communication interfaces
Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB
Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
Relay communication equipment
inputs (100 % test)
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00
RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
for communication networks X21/G703-64 kbit/s
cation interfaces and time
External communication converter to synchronization interface
interface between the relays, optical (100 % test)
820 nm interface and the X21(RS422)
G703-64 kbit/s interface of a commu- Impulse voltage test (type test)
nication device All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J
cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
X21/G703, RS422 selectable by jump- chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
ers. Baud rate selectable by jumpers
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(product standards) (type tests)
Output: X21 (RS422) electrical 64/128/512 kbit (selectable by jumper) EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
interface on communication device max. 800 m, 15-pin connector DIN 57435 part 303
G703-64 kbit/s electrical interface on 64 kbit/s, max. 800 m, screw-type High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
communication device terminal IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s;
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AD00 VDE 0435 part 303, class III test duration 2 s
for communication networks with G703-E1 or G703-T1 Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
External communication converter to IEC 60255-22-2, class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
interface between the relays, optical EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
820 nm interface and G703-E1 or Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
G703-T1 interface of a communica- non-modulated
tion network. IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Inputs: 2 fiber-optic inputs 820 nm, Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125µm Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
1RS232 input multi-mode 1 FO cable to device side amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Output: IEC 61000-4-3, class III
G703.5 E1: 2,048 kbit/s
G703.6 T1: 1,554 kbit/s
Electrical interface on communica- max. 800 m, screw-type terminal
tion network 1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
will be delivered together with an external repeater.
Technical data
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
Technical data
Vector group adaptation with transformers in the differential zone Ground(earth)-fault pickup
Adaptation of connection symbol 0 to 11 (x 30 °) (step 1) Neutral (residual) current 3I0 0.05 to 4 A (1A)/ 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(Ground current) (step 0.01 A)
Neutral point connection Grounded (earthed) or not grounded
(earthed) (for each winding) Zero-sequence voltage 3V0>
for earthed networks 1 to 100 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
Inrush restraint for resonant-earthed networks 10 to 200 V (step 1 V)
Restraint ratio Zero-sequence compensation
2nd harmonic I2fN/IfN 10 % to 45 % (step 1 %) Selectable input formats RE/RL and XE/XL
Max. current for restraint 1.1 A to 25 A1) (step 0.1 A) k0 and ϕ(k0)
Crossblock function Can be switched on and off Separately selectable for zones Z1
higher zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5)
Max. operative time for crossblock 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s) or
Toper crossblk deactivated (operating up to release) RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to 7 (step 0.01)
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N) k0 0 to 4 (step 0.001)
ϕ(k0) -135 to 135 ° (step 0.01 °)
Distance protection zones 6, 1 of which as controlled zone, all
zones can be set forward or/and Parallel line mutual compensation (refer to ordering code)
reverse RM/RL and XM/XL 0.00 to 8 (step 0.01)
Time stages for tripping delay 6 for multi-phase faults Phase reference on double Phase preference or no preference
3 for single-phase faults earth-faults in resonant-earthed/ (selectable)
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s) non-earthed network
Characteristic (refer to ordering code) Load encroachment
Selectable separately for phase quadrilateral and/or Minimum load resistance 0.10 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω(5A)
and ground (earth) faults Mho (only impedance pickup) (step 0.001 Ω) or deactivated
Types of pickup Overcurrent pickup (I>); Maximum load angle 20 to 60 ° (step 1 °)
Voltage-dependent overcurrent Directional decision for all types of With sound phase polarization and/or
7 pickup (V< / I>); faults voltage memory
Voltage-dependent and phase an-
gle-dependent overcurrent pickup Directional sensitivity Dynamically unlimited
(V< / I> / ϕ>); Tolerances For sinusodial quantities
Impedance pickup (Z<) Impedances
ΔX
Types of tripping Three-pole for all types of faults; (in conformity with DIN 57435, ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 90 °
Part 303) X
Single-pole for single-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole; ΔR
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 60 °
Single-pole for single-phase faults and R
two-pole phase-to-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole ΔZ
≤ 5% for-30°≤ (ϕ SC -ϕline)≤+30°
Time range 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Z
Line angle ϕ L 30 ° to 89 ° (step 1 °) Response values (in conformity
with DIN 57435, Part 303)
Inclination angle for quadrilateral 30° to 90° (step 1°)
V and I ≤ 5 % of setting value
characteristic
Angle (ϕ) ≤3°
Quadrilateral reactance reach X 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A)
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
(step 0.001 Ω)
Quadrilateral resistance reach R
for phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A)
phase-to-ground(earth) faults (step 0.001Ω) Operating times
Mho impedance reach ZR 0.05 to 200 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 40 Ω(5A) Minimum trip time Approx. 17 ms at 50 Hz
(step 0.01 Ω) with fast relays Approx. 15 ms at 60 Hz
Minimum trip time Approx. 12 ms at 50 Hz
Minimum phase current I 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
with high-speed relays Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
(step 0.01 A)
Reset time Approx. 30 ms
Overcurrent pickup I>> 0.25 to 10 A (1A) / 1.25 to 50 A (5A)
(for I>>, V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
Minimum current pickup I> 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ> and Z<) (step 0.01 A)
Minimum current pickup Iϕ> 0.1 to 8 A (1A) / 0.5 to 40 A (5A)
(for V</I>, V</I>/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
Undervoltage pickup (for V</I> and
V</I>/ϕ>)
Vph-e< 20 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Vph-ph< 40 to 130 V (step 1 V)
Load angle pickup (for V</I>/ϕ>)
Load angle ϕ 30 ° to 80 °
Load angle ϕ 90 ° to 120 °
1) Secondary data for IN = 1 A; with IN = 5 A the values must be multiplied.
Technical data
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T) Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)
Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of imped- Phase current pickup 0.1 to 4 A (1A) /0.5 to 20 A (5A)
ance vector change and monitoring of (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
the vector path Neutral (residual) current pickup 0.05 to 4 A (1A) /0.25 to 20 A (5A)
Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
quency Characteristics
Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or power Characteristics Normal inverse
swing tripping (out-of-step tripping) according to IEC 60255-3 Very inverse
Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked Extremely inverse
Z1/Z1B blocked Long time inverse
Z2 to Z5 blocked Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked or deactivated
Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip
swing blocking types of faults
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21)
Tolerances
Modes of operation PUTT (Z1B acceleration); DUTT Operating time for 2 ≤I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
PUTT (acceleration with pickup);
POTT; Directional comparison; Characteristics Inverse
Reverse interlocking according to ANSI/IEEE Short inverse
Pilot-wire comparison; Unblocking; Long inverse
Blocking Moderately inverse
Very inverse
Additional functions Echo function Extremely inverse
(refer to weak-infeed function) Definite inverse
Transient blocking for schemes with
measuring range extension Time dial 0.5 to 15 (step 0.01) or deactivated
Transmission and reception signals Phase-selective signals available for Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M 7
maximum selectivity with single-pole Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
tripping; signals for 2 and 3-end-
Tolerances
lines
Operating time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Direct transfer trip (DTT)
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
Direct phase-selective tripping via Alternatively with or without (ANSI 50HS)
binary input auto-reclosure
Operating mode Active only after c.b. closing;
Trip time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated instantaneous trip after pickup
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Characteristic 2 definite-time stages
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N) Pickup current I >>> 0.1 to 15 A (1A) /0.5 to 75 A (5A)
Operating modes Active only with loss of data (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
connection and voltage or always Pickup current I >>>> 1 to 25 A (1A)/5 to 125 A (5A)
active (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Characteristics 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
stage
Tolerances < 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N )
Directional ground (earth)-fault overcurrent protection
Pickup definite time stage 1, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) for high-resistance faults in systems with earthed star point
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
Pickup definite-time stage 1, 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Characteristic 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated stage or 4 definite-time stages or
Pickup definite-time stage 2, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) 3 definite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
Pickup definite-time stage 2, 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated multi-phase faults
Pickup definite-time stage 3, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage
Pickup definite-time stage 3, 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) switch-onto-fault
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Influence of harmonics
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s, (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Tolerances
Current pickup ≤ 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are com-
Delay times ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms (I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Operating time Approx. 25 ms
Technical data
Technical data
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Operating modes Local tripping or only indication Number of stages 2
Overvoltage protection Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) overvoltage) or deactivated Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Additional functions End-fault protection
(phase-phase overvoltage) or deactivated CB pole discrepancy monitoring
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> Reset time Approx. 15 ms, typical; 25 ms max.
1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans- or deactivated Tolerances
formers or calculated by the relay) Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
(zero-sequence overvoltage) Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
(positive-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole
voltage or calculated
remote positive-sequence Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check
voltage (compounding) check ADT – adaptive dead time
RDT – reduced dead time
Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(negative-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Undervoltage protection
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) undervoltage) or deactivated Additional functions Synchro-check request
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V)
3-phase intertripping
InterCLOSE command
7
(phase-phase undervoltage) or deactivated to the remote end
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Check of CB ready state
(positive-sequence undervoltage) or deactivated Blocking with manual CLOSE
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
stages RDT
Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
Reset ratio 1.05 Dead line 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Time delays Tolerances
Time delay for all over- and 0 to 100 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
undervoltage stages Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
Tolerances Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Manual CLOSE control
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Control commands
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Operating modes
with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Number of frequency elements 4
Line dead/busbar live
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz Line live/busbar dead
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Line and busbar dead
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Bypassing
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz For manual closure
Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground (earth)) Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup times Approx. 80 ms Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Dropout times Approx. 80 ms Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1 °)
Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Tolerances networks
Frequency 12 m Hz for V = 29 to 230 V
Tolerances
Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 2 V
Technical data
Restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Multiple availability 2 times (option) Setting ranges
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Settings
Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Differential current IREF >/INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
Temperature alarm stage Θalarm/Θtrip 50 to 100 % in relation to the trip
Limit angle ϕ REF 110 ° (fixed) temperature
Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Current alarm stage Ialarm
or deactivated (no trip) Secondary 1 A 0.1 to 4 A (step 0.1)
The set times are pure delay times Secondary 5 A 0.5 to 20 A (step 0.1)
Operating times
I 2 − I pre
2
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz Trip time characteristic t = τ ln
I 2 − (k ⋅ I N )
2
Technical data
Minimum/maximum memory Further additional functions
Indication Measured values with date and time Measurement supervision Current sum
Resetting Cyclically Current symmetry
Via binary input Voltage sum
Via the keyboard Voltage symmetry
Via serial interface Voltage phase sequence
Fuse failure monitor
Values
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x Annunciations
VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; Event logging Buffer size 200
P+; P–; Q+; Q–; S; f; power factor Fault logging Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
(+); power factor (–) buffer size 800
Min./max. of mean values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Energy meters c.b. pole
Sum of breaking current per phase
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ– Breaking current of last trip operation
Tolerance Max. breaking current per phase
for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5% Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle 3-phase
Vnom and I> 50 % Inom TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
Oscillographic fault recording Setting range 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0PAR, 3I0 Gnd sensitive, Dead time for CB TRIP/CLOSE 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
3 x IDiff, 3 x IStab cycle
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven, Vx Commissioning support Operational measured values
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary Circuit-breaker test
voltage supply fails Read binary test
Initiate binary inputs
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
Set binary outputs
Total storage time Approx. 15 s Set serial interface outputs 7
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number Lockout of a device
and contents can be freely configured Test mode ot the differential
by the user protection topology
Max. number of displayed binary 40
channels CE conformity
Control This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary / nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
indication inputs and indication / electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
command outputs electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
Control commands Single command / double command
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Interlocking Freely configurable
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
Local control Control via menu, function keys trial environment according to the EMC standards.
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI, pilot This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
wires accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Relay type
Multi-end differential prot. relay for two line end operation1) 2
Multi-end differential prot. relay for multi-line end op. (2 to 6) 3
Measurement input
IPH = 1 A2), IGnd = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
IPH = 1 A2), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
IPH = 5 A2), IGnd = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
Operator panel with: IPH = 5 A2), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
– function keys,
– numerical keys,
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary indication voltage)
– PC interface
– display (pos. 5) 24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V4) 2
– key-operated 60 to 125 V DC3), binary input threshold 17 V4) 4
switches (pos. 5) 110 to 250 V DC3), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V4) 5
220 to 250 V DC3), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 154 V4) 6
1) For SICAM energy automation 3) For surface-mounting housing appli- 5) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
system. cations, please select option A attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
2) Optical double ring interfaces are not (820 nm, 1.5 km) together with an to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
available with surface-mounting hous- external repeater (for Order No., element.
ings. Please, order the version with see Accessories). 6) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
RS485 interface and a separate electri- 4) If position 9 = "E, G, H, Q, R" (surface- attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
cal/optional converter. mounting housing), please order relay to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
with electrical Ethernet interface. element.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
M 4r Ov
ea e e
M sur 24 m o t ( A rcu
Functions
in ed re e c N S rre
Description
,m v m om I 5 nt
a x alue ot m 0 , tim
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
,m s ei a 50 e
Ex Tr nd n d Br
ter e a exte
n n an ica s ea N , pro
of na de v e sfo tio (A ker 5 1 te
di l G d , 5 cti
Additional functions 2
Additional functions 1
cto rm ns NS fa
ffe P ( A r g er 1 N on
I 5 ilur )
for two to six line ends
re S s N S r o ex 0B e p
nt yn I u p te F) ro
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ial ch
Ca pr ro Fa 87T ada nsio Di tec
pa ot . ul ) pt n w re tio
co cit ec
tio at t l o i o it
n h pr c t i o n
m ive n bo cat ot n
pe c th o r ( A ecti a l e
n s ha
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ati rg lin w i N S on a r t
e e e th I , e h-
n
n
on c Fa
ur u nd m Di 50N arth faul
re
nt at lt l o s eas
ur sta , e t
1 l cat em qu nc 51N d ne
in or ad e p , 6 tw
7SD5 multi-end differential protection relay
ee w en 7 o
t
n
n
n
n
n
n
n d th i ch rila ro
ar te tec N) rks
Ov m ac ra tio
t
e
n
n
er
V> / u n as Di eris l an n w
, d ur sta ti d it
Ov V < e r v em n
sp c c (A mho h
en
er (A olta
( A /un NS g e t ec e p
(I> ial p ro
NS
I
N S de I 2 p , V ick tect 21, 2
I 8 rfr 7,5 r o t (A /I u io
n
n
n
n
1 ) eq 9) e c t NS , V p m n w 1N)
ue io I /I e it
n
n
n
n
n
Re nc
str yp Pa 21, /ϕ, Z thod h
p r ict ra 21 < s
ro
Order No.
o t ed lle N) )
ec e tec l li
t i o art tio ne
n
n
n
n
n
n h- co
( A fa Po
w m
N S ult pe
I8 (A er s ns
7N NS wi ati
) I 6 ng on
8, de
68 tec
T) tio
n
F
H
D
C
G
E
V
S
N
U
T
Q
P
M
R
L
K
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
code
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Order
7SD5¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
7/75
7
7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
Further modules
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
7 LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A351-D655-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A351-D656-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km C53207-A351-D657-1
Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km 7XV5461-0BG00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1550 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 or XP Professional)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 or XP Professional).
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
7
Manual for 7SD522/523 V4.6
English C53000-G1176-C169
Fig. 7/76 Mounting rail for 19" rack Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
Fig. 7/77 Fig. 7/78 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Connection diagram
BO8
BO9
BO10
BO11
BO12
BO13
BO14
BO15
Fig. 7/83
Fig. 7/81 Basic version in housing 1/2 x 19” with 8 binary inputs
and 16 binary outputs
Connection diagram
BO8
BO9
BO10
BO11
BO12
BO13
BO14
BO15
Fig. 7/85
Connection diagram
BO8
BO9
BO10
BO11
BO12
BO13
BO14
BO15
Fig. 7/87
8
8
LSP2456-afpen.tif
7UT633/635
• Differential protection with phase-seg-
regated measurement
7UT613 • Sensitive measuring for low-fault cur-
rents
• Fast tripping for high-fault currents
Fig. 8/1 SIPROTEC 4 7UT612
• Restraint against inrush of transformer
7UT6 differential protection relay for transformers,
generators, motors and busbars • Phase /earth overcurrent protection
• Overload protection with or without
temperature measurement
Description • Negative-sequence protection
The SIPROTEC 7UT6 differential protec- 7UT613 and 7UT63x only feature full cov- • Breaker failure protection
tion relays are used for fast and selective erage of applications without external re- • Low/high-impedance restricted earth
fault clearing of short-circuits in trans- lays by the option of multiple protection fault (REF) 8
formers of all voltage levels and also in ro- functions e.g. overcurrent protection is • Voltage protection functions (7UT613/633)
tating electric machines like motors and available for each winding or measurement
generators, for short lines and busbars. location of a transformer. Other functions Control functions
The protection relay can be parameterized
are available twice: earth-fault differential • Commands for control of circuit-
protection, breaker failure protection and breakers and isolators
for use with three-phase and single-phase
overload protection. Furthermore, up to
transformers. • 7UT63x: Graphic display shows posi-
12 user-defined (flexible) protection func-
tions may be activated by the customer
tion of switching elements, local/remote
The specific application can be chosen by
parameterization. In this way an optimal with the choice of measured voltages, cur- switching by key-operated switch
adaptation of the relay to the protected ob- rents, power and frequency as input vari- • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
ject can be achieved. ables. DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
In addition to the differential function, a The relays provide easy-to-use local con- • User-defined logic with CFC
backup overcurrent protection for 1 wind- trol and automation functions. Monitoring functions
ing/star point is integrated in the relay. The integrated programmable logic (CFC)
• Self-supervision of the relay
Optionally, a low or high-impedance re- allows the users to implement their own
stricted earth-fault protection, a negative- functions, e.g. for the automation of • Trip circuit supervision
sequence protection and a breaker failure switchgear (interlocking). User-defined • Oscillographic fault recording
protection can be used. 7UT613 and messages can be generated as well. • Permanent differential and restraint
7UT633 feature 4 voltage inputs. With this The flexible communication interfaces are current measurement, extensive scope
option an overvoltage and undervoltage open for modem communication architec- of operational values
protection is available as well as frequency tures with control system.
protection, reverse / forward power pro- Communication interfaces
tection, fuse failure monitor and overexci- • PC front port for setting with DIGSI 4
tation protection. With external tempera- • System interface
ture monitoring boxes (thermo-boxes)
IEC 61850 Ethernet
temperatures can be measured and moni-
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
tored in the relay. Therefore, complete
thermal monitoring of a transformer is
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP,
possible, e.g. hot-spot calculation of the oil MODBUS or DNP 3.0
temperature. • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/
temperature monitoring (thermo-box)
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF 77
Siemens SIP · 2008 8/3
8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
Application
The numerical protection relays 7UT6 are
primarily applied as differential protection
on
– transformers
7UT612: 2 windings
7UT613/633: 2 up to 3 windings
7UT635: 2 up to 5 windings,
– generators
– motors
– short line sections
– small busbars
– parallel and series reactors.
The user selects the type of object that is to
be protected by setting during configura-
tion of the relay. Subsequently, only those
parameters that are relevant for this partic-
ular protected object need to be set. This
concept, whereby only those parameters
relevant to a particular protected object
need to be set, substantially contributed to
a simplification of the setting procedure.
Only a few parameters must be set. There-
fore the new 7UT6 relays also make use of
and extend this concept. Apart from the
protected plant objects defined in the
7UT6, a further differential protection
function allows the protection of
8 – single busbars with up to 12 feeders.
The well-proven differential measuring al-
gorithm of the 7UT51 relay is also used in
the new relays, so that a similar response
with regard to short-circuit detection, trip-
ping time saturation detection and inrush
restraint is achieved.
Application
7UT613/33
Protection functions ANSI No. Three-phase Single-phase Auto- Generator/ Busbar, Busbar,
7UT612
7UT635
transformer transformer transformer Motor 3-phase 1-phase
Construction
Protection functions
Protection functions
LSP2376-afp.tif
measuring accuracy. The position of the
emergency trip valve is injected as binary
information and is used to switch between
two trip command delays. When applied
for motor protection, the sign (±) of the
active power can be reversed via param-
eters. Fig. 8/9
Temperature measurement and monitoring with external thermo-boxes
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
(7UT613/633 only)
Monitoring of the active power produced Thermal monitoring of transformers The oil temperature must be registered via
by a generator can be useful for starting up the thermo-box for the implementation of
and shutting down generators. One stage The importance of reducing the costs of
this function. An alarm warning stage and
monitors exceeding of a limit value, while transmitting and distributing energy by
final alarm stage is issued when the maxi-
another stage monitors falling below an- optimizing the system load has resulted in
mum hot-spot temperature of the three
the increased importance of monitoring
other limit value. The power is calculated
the thermal condition of transformers.
legs exceeds the threshold value. 8
using the positive-sequence component of
current and voltage. The function can be This monitoring is one of the tasks of the For each transformer leg a relative rate of
used to shut down idling motors. monitoring systems, designed for medium ageing, based on the ageing at 98 °C is indi-
and large transformers. Overload protec- cated as a measured value. This value can
Flexible protection functions tion based on a simple thermal model, and be used to determine the thermal condi-
(7UT613/63x only) using only the measured current for evalu- tion and the current thermal reserve of
ation, has been integrated in differential each transformer leg. Based on this rate of
For customer-specific solutions up to 12 protection systems for a number of years. ageing, a remaining thermal reserve is indi-
flexible protection functions are available cated in % for the hottest spot before the
and can be parameterized. Voltages, cur- The ability of the 7UT6 to monitor the
alarm warning and final alarm stage is
rents, power and frequency from all mea- thermal condition can be improved by se-
reached.
surement locations can be chosen as rial connection of a temperature monitor-
inputs. Each protection function has a ing box (also called thermo-box or RTD-
settable threshold, delay time, blocking in- box) (Fig. 8/9). The temperature of up to
put and can be configured as a 1-phase or 12 measuring points (connection of
3-phase unit. 2 boxes) can be registered. The type of sen-
sor (Pt100, Ni100, Ni120) can be selected
Monitoring functions individually for each measuring point.
Two alarm stages are derived for each mea-
The relay comprises high-performance suring point when the corresponding set
monitoring for the hardware and software. threshold is exceeded.
The measuring circuits, analog-digital con- Alternatively to the conventional overload
version, power supply voltages, battery, protection, the relay can also provide a hot-
memories and software sequence spot calculation according to IEC 60345.
(watch-dog) are all monitored. The hot-spot calculation is carried out sep-
The fuse failure function detects failure of arately for each leg of the transformer and
the measuring voltage due to short-circuit takes the different cooling modes of the
or open circuit of the wiring or VT and transformer into consideration.
avoids overfunction of the undervoltage el-
ements in the protection functions.
(7UT613/633 only)
Protection functions
Measured values
The operational measured values and sta-
tistic value registering in the 7UT6, apart
from the registration of phase currents
and voltages (7UT613/633 only) as pri-
mary and secondary values, comprises the
following:
• Currents 3-phase IL1, IL2, IL3, I1, I2, 3I0 for
each side and measurement location
• Currents 1-phase I1 to I12
for each feeder and further inputs Ix1 to Ix4
• Voltages 3-phase VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3,
VL3L1, V1, V2, V0 and 1-phase VEN, V4
• Phase angles of all 3-phase/ 1-phase cur-
rents and voltages
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total
LSP2821.tif
and phase selective)
• Power factor (cos ϕ),
• Frequency Fig. 8/10
• Energy + kWh, + kVarh, forward and Commissioning via a standard Web browser: Phasor diagram
reverse power flow
• Min./max. and mean values of VPH-PH,
VPHE, VE, V0, V1, V2, IPH, I1, I2, 3I0, IDIFF,
IRESTRAINT, S, P, Q, cos ϕ, f
• Operating hours counter
8
• Registration of the interrupted currents
and counter for protection trip com-
mands
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Measured temperatures of external
thermo-boxes
• Differential and restraint currents of dif-
ferential protection and REF
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
late an energy metered value from the
LSP2822.tif
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
IEC 61850 Ethernet
Since 2004, the Ethernet-based IEC 61850
protocol is the worldwide standard for
protection and control systems used by
power supply corporations. Siemens was
the first manufacturer to support this stan-
dard. By means of this protocol, informa-
tion can also be exchanged directly
between bay units so as to set up simple Fig. 8/14
masterless systems for bay and system R232/RS485 electrical communication module
interlocking. Access to the units via the
Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for the efficient commu-
nication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
MODBUS RTU 8
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
LSP2164-afpen.tif
Fig. 8/17
Optical Ethernet communication module
for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
Communication
Typical connections
Fig. 8/19
Standard connection to a transformer
without neutral current measurement
Fig. 8/20
Connection to a transformer
with neutral current measurement
Typical connections
Fig. 8/21
Connection of transformer differential protection
with high impedance REF (I7) and neutral current
measurement at I8
Typical connections
Fig. 8/22
Connection example to a single-phase power
transformer with current transformer between
starpoint and earthing point
Fig. 8/23
Connection example to a single-phase power
transformer with only one current transformer (right
side)
Typical connections
Fig. 8/24
Connection to a three-phase auto-transformer
with current transformer between starpoint
and earthing point
Fig. 8/25
Generator or motor protection
Typical connections
Fig. 8/26
Connection 7UT612 as single-phase busbar protection for 7 feeders, illustrated for phase L1
8
Fig. 8/27
Connection 7UT612 as busbar protection for feeders, connected via external summation current transformers (SCT) –
partial illustration for feeders 1, 2 and 7
Typical connections
Fig. 8/28
Connection example 7UT613 for a
three-winding power transformer
Typical connections
Fig. 8/29
Connection example 7UT613 for a three-winding power transformer
with current transformers between starpoint and earthing point, additional connection
for high-impedance protection; IX3 connected as high-sensitivity input
Typical connections
Fig. 8/30
Connection example 7UT613 for a three-phase auto-transformer
with three-winding and current transformer between starpoint and earthing point
Typical connections
Fig. 8/31
Connection example 7UT635 for a three-winding power transformer
with 5 measurement locations (3-phase) and neutral current measurement
Typical connections
Fig. 8/32
Voltage transformer connection
to 3 star-connected voltage transformers
(7UT613 and 7UT633 only)
Fig. 8/33
Voltage transformer connection
to 3 star-connected voltage transformers
with additional delta winding
(e-n-winding) (7UT613 and 7UT633 only)
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Overcurrent-time protection for earth current Dynamic cold-load pickup for overcurrent-time protection
Multiple availability 3 times (option) Time control
Characteristics Start criterion Binary input from circuit-breaker
Definite-time stages (DT) IE >>, IE > auxiliary contact or current criterion
Inverse-time stages (IT) IEP (of the assigned side)
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely CB open time TCB open 0 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
inverse, long-time inverse Active time TActive time 1 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very Accelerated dropout time
inverse, extremely inverse, definite TStop time 1 to 600 s (= 10 min) (steps 1 s) or de-
inverse, short inverse, long inverse activated (no accelerated dropout)
Alternatively, user-specified trip and
Setting ranges and changeover values
reset characteristics
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation Dynamic parameters of current Setting ranges and steps are the same
pickup and delay times or time as for the functions to be influenced
Current stages multipliers
High-current stage IE >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Single-phase overcurrent-time protection
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Current stages
TIE >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) High-current stage I >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
0.003 to 1.500 A 2) (steps 0.001 A)
Definite-time stage IE > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
TT >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
TIE > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
or deactivated (no trip)
Definite-time stage I > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Inverse-time stages IEP 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
0.003 to 1.500 A 2) (steps 0.001 A)
Acc. to IEC TIEP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated (stage ineffective)
or deactivated (no trip)
TI > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Inverse-time stages IEP 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) or deactivated (no trip)
Acc. to ANSI DIEP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Tolerances Currents 3 % of set value or
8 or deactivated (no trip) 1 % of rated current at IN = 1 A or 5 A;
Tolerances 5 % of set value or
Definite time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated 3 % of rated current at IN = 0.1 A
current Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
The set definite times are pure delay times.
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IEP w 1.15
Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz Operating times
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and TIEP/s W 1 Pickup time/dropout time
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and DIEP/s W 1 Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
The set definite times are pure delay times. 7UT612
Minimum 20 18
Operating times of the definite-time stages
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 27
Pickup time/dropout time
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 7UT613/63x
7UT 612 Minimum 14 13
Without inrush restraint, min. 20 18 Dropout time (in ms), approx. 25 22
With inrush restraint, min. 40 35 Dropout ratios
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
7UT613/63x
Without inrush restraint, min. 11 11
With inrush restraint, min. 33 29
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 35
Dropout ratios
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
Inrush blocking
Inrush blocking ratio 10 to 45 % (steps 1 %)
(2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN
Lower operation limit I > 0.2 A 1)
Max. current for blocking 0.30 to 25.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Technical data
Unbalanced load protection (Negative-sequence protection) Overload protection using a thermal replica (cont’d)
Characteristics Tripping characteristics
Definite-time stages (DT) I2 >>, I2 > Tripping characteristic 2 2
⎛ I ⎞ − ⎛⎜
Ipre ⎞
⎜ ⎟ ⎟
for I/(k · IN) w 8 ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
Inverse-time stages (IT) I2P t = τ · In
2
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely ⎛ I ⎞ −1
⎜ ⎟
inverse ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
Technical data
Thermo-boxes for overload protection Undervoltage protection (definite-time and inverse-time function) (ANSI 27)
Thermo-boxes (connectable) 1 or 2 Setting range
Number of temperature sensors per Max. 6 Undervoltage pickup V<, V<<, 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
thermo-box Vp< (positive sequence as phase-
to-phase values)
Measuring type Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Annuciation thresholds Time multiplier TM 0.1 to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
For each measuring point: Times
Warning temperature (stage 1) -50 to 250 °C (steps 1 °C) Pickup time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
-58 to 482 °F (steps 1 °F) Drop-off time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
or deactivated (no warning) Drop-off ratio V<, V<<, Vp< 1.01 or 0.5 V
Alarm temperature (stage 2) -50 to 250 °C (steps 1 °C) Tolerances
-58 to 482 °F (steps 1 °F) Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
or deactivated (no alarm) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Breaker failure protection Inverse-time characteristic 1 % of measured value of voltage
Multiple availability 2 times (option) Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Current flow monitoring 0.04 to 1.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Overvoltage pickup V>, V>> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
for the respective side (maximum phase-to-phase voltage
or phase-to-earth-voltage)
Dropoff to pickup ratio Approx. 0.9 for I W 0.25 A 1)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup tolerance 5 % of set value or 0.01 A 1)
Times
Breaker status monitoring Binary input for CB auxiliary contact Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
Starting conditions Drop-off times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
For breaker failure protection Internal trip Drop-off ratio V>, V>> 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
External trip (via binary input) Tolerances
Times Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Pickup time Approx. 2 ms (7UT613/63x) and
approx. 3 ms (7UT612) with Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
8 measured quantities present; Setting ranges
Approx. 20 ms after switch-on of Steps; selectable f>, f< 4
measured quantities, fN = 50/60 Hz Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
Time delays T 3 stages 0 to 100 s, 1 stage up to 600 s
Reset time 50 Hz 60 Hz
(incl. output relay), approx. Undervoltage blocking V1< (steps 0.01 s)
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
7UT612 30 ms 30 ms
Times
7UT613/63x 25 ms 25 ms
Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Delay times for all stages 0.00 to 60.00 s; deactivated Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
(steps 0.01 s)
Drop-off difference Δf Approx. 20 mHz
Time tolerance 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Overexitation protection (Volt / Hertz) (7UT613 / 633 only)
Tolerances
Setting ranges Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
Characteristic values of V/f 1.05/1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4
and assigned times t (V/f) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Setting ranges
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Reverse power PRev.>/SN - 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Times (in ms) (alarm and V/f>>-stage) 50 Hz 60 Hz
Pickup times at 1.1 of set value, Times
approx. 36 31 Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off times, approx. 28 23 Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Tolerances
Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6
V/f-Pickup 3 % of set value
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Tolerances
Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Technical data
Technical data
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminals on top and bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3-pole AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminals, (direct wiring/ring lugs) E
Functions
Measured values/monitoring functions
Basic measured values 1
Basic measured values, transformer monitoring functions
(connection to thermo-box/hot spot acc. to IEC, overload factor) 4
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing with two-tier terminals B
Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting housing with screw-type terminals E
Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5
Unit design
Surface-mounting with two-tier terminals B
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals E
Surface mounting with two-tier terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts N
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts P
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts Q
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition),
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format) running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
8
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection relay (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between thermo-box and relay
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 8/35
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 8/36
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 8/34 Mounting rail for 19" rack
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
Fig. 8/40a
Additional setting by jumpers:
8 Separation of common circuit of fast BO1 to
BO5 with jumpers X80, X81, X82. Switching
of fast BO7, BO8 as NO contact or NC contact
with jumpers X41, X42, X43.
Connection diagram
Fig. 8/41a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of fast BO1 to
8
BO5 with jumpers X80, X81, X82. Switching
of fast BO7, BO8 as NO contact or NC contact
with jumpers X41, X42, X43.
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
9
9
SIPROTEC 7SS60
Centralized Numerical Busbar Protection
Function overview
87BB
86 Features
• Optimized for single busbar and
1½ circuit-breaker configurations
• Suitable for double busbars with or
without couplers
• Separate check zone possible
• Short trip times
• Unlimited number of feeders
LSP2363-afpen.tif
Application
LSP2383-afp.tif
evaluation – 2 command relays for activation of
• Operation and LC display other, feeder-specific command relays
on the 7TM70 and 7TS72 peripheral
• Annunciation and command output modules.
• Input and evaluation of binary signals In circuits with summation current trans-
former, one 7SS601 measuring system is
• Data transmission via the RS485 interface required per protected zone. For phase-se- Fig. 9/3 Housing for peripheral
modules (front cover
with bus capability lective measurement, one 7SS601 measur- removed)
ing system is required per phase and
• Auxiliary voltage supply protected zone.
The 7SS60 system comprises the following
• 7TM70 restraint/command output
components:
module
• 7SS601 measuring system and the This module contains 5 current trans-
peripheral modules formers with rectifiers for the formation
of the restraint current. It has also 5 com-
• 7TM70 restraint/command output mand relays with 2 NO contacts each for
module output of a direct TRIP command to the
circuit-breakers.
• 7TR71 isolator replica/preference module
LSP2803.tif
• 7TR71 isolator replica/preference module
• 7TS72 command output module This module enables the two bus isolators
The number of modules required is deter- to be detected in a double busbar. The
mined by the substation configuration and feeder current is assigned to the corre-
the measuring principle used (summation sponding measuring system on the basis
Fig. 9/4 Rear view
current transformers or phase-selective of the detected isolator position.
measurement). The 7SS601 measuring The module is also designed for an addi- 9
system is accommodated in a separate tional function. In the case of a double
housing (1/6 19-inch 7XP20) that is suited busbar system, for example, where both
for panel flush mounting or cubicle moun- bus isolators of a feeder are closed at a
ting. The 7XP2040 peripheral module time, no selective protection of the two
housing has a width of ½ 19 inches and busbars is possible. During this state, one
can hold up to four peripheral modules. of the two measuring systems is given pri-
It is suited for panel flush mounting or ority. The module 7TR71 appropriately
cubicle mounting and has plug-on connec- assigns feeder currents to the correspond-
tors fitted at the rear. ing measuring system 7SS601.
The module also contains an auxiliary
The primary current transformers are relay with two changeover contacts.
connected to summation current trans-
formers of type 4AM5120-3DA/4DA • 7TS72 command output module
or to matching transformers of type The 7TM70 contains 5 trip relays with
4AM5120-1DA/2DA. With a rated current 2 NO contacts each. If more trip contacts
of 1 or 5 A, the current output at these are needed, the 7TS72 module can be
transformers is 100 mA. This output cur- used, providing 8 relays with 2 NO con-
rent is fed onto the 7SS601 measuring tacts each.
LSP2804.tif
Typical connections
Protection functions/Functions
Pickup characteristic of
the differential protection
The characteristic can be set in the parame-
ters for Id > (pickup value) and for the
k factor which considers the linear and
non-linear current transformer errors.
Differential currents above the set charac-
teristic lead to tripping.
Communication/Functions
Comfortable setting
The parameter settings are made in a
menu-guided procedure from the inte-
grated operator panel and the LC display.
It is, however, more comfortable to use a
PC for this purpose, together with the stan-
dard DIGSI operating program.
Fault recording 9
If a fault leads to a trip, a fault record is
generated, in which the differential and the
restraint current are recorded with a sam-
pling frequency of 2 kHz. In addition,
signals are stored as binary traces, which
represent internal device states or binary
input states. Up to eight fault records can
be stored. When a ninth fault occurs, the Fig. 9/12 Communication scheme
oldest record is overwritten. A total storage
capacity of 7 s is available. The most recent
2.5 s are buffered against power failure.
Technical data
Technical data
Differential current supervision NOTE: The module 7TR710 can be used to implement 2 different func-
Pickup threshold 0.10 to 1.00 INO tions: isolator replica or preferential treatment
Technical data
Technical data
Summation current matching transformers EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
4AM5120-3DA00-0AN2 Standard IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
For connection to current (international product standards)
transformers with a rated EM 50082-2
current IN of 1A (technical generic standard)
DIN VDE 57435 part 303
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz (German product standard for pro-
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z tection devices)
Number of turns 3 6 9 18 24 36 90 500 High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; t = 15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
DIN 57435 part 303; class III
Max. current, continuous A 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 0.85
Max. voltage V 1.2 2.4 3.6 7.2 9.6 14.4 36 200 Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
IEC 60255-22-2; IEC 61000-4-2; 15 kV air discharge;
4AM5120-4DA00-0AN2
class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
For connection to current
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
transformers with a rated
non-modulated
current IN of 5A
IEC 60255-22-3 (report); class III
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Number of turns 1 2 3 4 6 8 12 500 IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Max. current, continuous A 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.517.5 8.0 0.85 Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz;
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 200 pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz; ED 50 %
Thermal overload capability IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Max. thermal overload capability for all 2 types under simultaneous load of Fast transient disturbance/bursts 4 kHz; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz, burst length
all turns IEC 60255-22-4; IEC 61000-4-4; = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms;
For 10 s 8 x IN class III both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
For 1 s 20 x IN test duration 1 min
High-energy surge voltages Auxiliary voltage:
(SURGE), Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
Electrical tests IEC 61000-4-5, installation, class III Transversal test: 1 kV; 2 Ω; 18 µF
Specifications Measuring inputs, binary inputs and
relay outputs:
Standards: IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Insulation tests Transversal test: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
High voltage test (routine test), 2.5 kV (r.m.s.); 50 Hz
9
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
measuring input Id and relay outputs amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
High voltage test (routine test), 3.5 kV DC IEC 61000-4-6; class III
auxiliary voltage input and RS485 Magnetic field with power frequency
interface, binary inputs and IEC 61000-4-8; class IV 30 A/m; continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
measuring input IR IEC 60255-6 50 Hz; 0.5 mT
Impulse voltage test (type test), 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J; Oscillatory surge 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses withstand capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
in intervals of 5 s ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s;
withstand capability both polarities; duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity);
IEC 61000-4-12 100 kHz; 1, 10 and 50 MHz;
IEC 60694 damped wave; Ri = 50 Ω
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081-*
(technical generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
lines only auxiliary voltage, limit value, class B
EN 55022, DIN VDE 0878 part 22,
IEC CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
EN 55011; DIN VDE 0875 part 11, limit value, class A
IEC CISPR 11
Technical data
Unit design
Housing 7XP20 1/6 19-inch, for panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E
Measuring system
Standard 0
48 to 60 V DC 3
110 to 125 V DC 4
220 to 250 V DC 5
Converter
Full duplex fiber-optic cable – RS485
Auxiliary voltage: 24 V DC to 250 V DC, 110/230 V DC
Line converter ST connector 7XV5650-0BA00
Cascada converter ST connector 7XV5651-0BA00
Matching transformer
1 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
1 A, 5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5272-3AA00-0AN2
Manual 7SS60
English E50417-G1176-C132-A2
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (version Windows 95 and higher)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Connection diagrams
Fig. 9/14 Connection diagram for 7TM700 Fig. 9/15 Connection diagram for 7TS720
Connection diagram
LSP2392-afpen.tif
Breaker failure protection functions
• Breaker failure protection
Fig. 9/17 SIPROTEC 4 (single-phase with/without current)
7SS52 busbar protection system • 5 operation modes, selectable per bay
• Separate parameterization possible for
busbar and line faults
Description • Independently settable delay times for
all operation modes
The SIPROTEC 7SS52 numerical protec- • 2-stage operation bay trip repeat/trip
tion is a selective, reliable and fast protec- busbar
tion for busbar faults and breaker failure in
medium, high and extra-high voltage sub- • Intertrip facility
stations with various possible busbar con- (via teleprotection interface)
figurations. • “Low-current” mode using the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contacts 9
The protection is suitable for all switchgear
types with iron-core or linearized current Additional protection functions
transformers. The short tripping time is es-
pecially advantageous for applications with • End-fault protection with intertrip or
high fault levels or where fast fault clear- bus zone trip
ance is required for power system stability. • Backup overcurrent protection per bay
The modular hardware allows the protec- unit (definite-time or inverse-time)
tion to be optimally matched to the busbar • Independent breaker failure protection
configuration. The decentralized arrange- per bay unit
ment allows the cabling costs in the substa-
tion to be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 Features
busbar protection caters for single, double • Distributed or centralized installation
or triple busbar systems with or without • Easy expansion capability
and quadruple busbar systems without
transfer bus with up to: 48 bays, 16 bus • Integrated commissioning aids
couplers, and 24 sectionalizing isolators • Centralized user-friendly configu-
and 12 busbar sections. ration / parameterization with DIGSI
• Universal hardware
Communication interfaces
• FO interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• Electrical interface
– IEC 61850 protocol
with EN 100 module (firmware V4.6)
Application
The 7SS52 distributed numerical busbar
and breaker failure protection system is a
selective, reliable and fast protection for
busbar faults and breaker failure in me-
dium, high and extra-high voltage substa-
tions with various possible busbar
configurations. The protection is suitable
for all switchgear types with iron-core or
linearized current transformers. The short
tripping time is especially advantageous for
applications with high fault levels or where
fast fault clearance is required for power
system stability.
The modular hardware design allows the
protection system to be optimally matched
to the busbar configuration.
The distributed arrangement allows the ca-
bling costs between bay and substation to
be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 busbar
protection caters for single, double and tri-
ple busbar systems with or without trans-
fer bus and quadruple busbar systems
without transfer bus with up to:
– 48 bays
– 16 bus couplers
– 24 sectionalizing isolators
– 12 busbar sections
Bay
units
Central unit
Fig. 9/19 Protection functions of the central unit and the bay units
Construction
The distributed bay units measure the
3 phase currents in each bay. The rated
input current is 1 or 5 A and therefore
eliminates the need for interposing current
transformers. The isolator status, breaker
failure protection triggering, bay out-of-
service and other bay status information is
LSP2377-afpen.tif
derived via marshallable binary inputs in
the bay units. The complete information
exchange is conveyed to the central unit
via a fiber-optic interface. The bay unit
also has an interface on the front side for
connection to a PC for operation and diag-
nosis. The trip and intertrip commands are
issued via trip contacts in the bay units. Fig. 9/20 7SS522 Central unit
The 7XP20 standard housing is available in Front view of SIPAC subrack version
a flush or surface mounting version
(7SS523).
The central unit is connected to the bay
units via fiber-optic communication links.
The connection is built up in a star config-
uration. The central unit also contains
serial ports for system configuration via
PC or communication with a substation
control system, an integrated LC Display
LSP2515.tif
with keypad and marshallable binary in-
puts, LEDs and alarm relays. The central
unit is available in a 19" SIPAC module
rack version for either cubicle or wall
mounting.
Because of its modular hardware design, it
is easy to adapt the central unit to the sub- Fig. 9/21 7SS522 Central unit 9
station or to expand it with further mod- Rear view
ules each being connected with up to 8 bay
units.
Each bay unit and the central unit has its
own internal power supply.
LSP2076-afp.tif
LSP2516.tif
Fig. 9/22 7SS523 Bay unit Fig. 9/23 7SS525 Bay unit
Front view of panel/flush/cubicle Front view of panel/flush/cubicle
mounting unit mounting unit
Protection functions
Busbar protection
The main function of the 7SS52 is busbar
The pickup characteristic can be set
protection, and has the following charac- independently for selective busbar
protection, for the “check zone”
teristics: and for the breaker failure protection.
• Evaluation of differential currents, with
stabilization by through-currents based
on the proven performance of the
Fig. 9/24
Siemens busbar protection 7SS1 and Standard characteristic
7SS50/51, currently in service worldwide
• Selective busbar protection for busbars
with up to 12 busbar sections and 48 bays
• Integrated “check zone” (evaluation of all
busbar section currents without use of the
isolator replica)
• Very short tripping time (15 ms typical)
• Selective detection of short-circuits, also
for faults on the transfer bus, with transfer
trip to the remote end.
Fig. 9/25
• Detection and clearance of faults between Earth-fault characteristic
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker via current measurement and
selective unbalancing.
• Tripping only when all three fault detec- In addition, an isolator status independent Breaker failure protection
tion modules recognize a busbar fault check-zone measurement is executed on a
(2 measurement processors and check The 7SS52 protection includes an inte-
further processor thus increasing the pro-
zone processor) grated breaker failure protection with the
tection against unwanted operation. All
• No special CT requirements (stability is following features:
three processors must reach a trip decision
guaranteed, even when the CTs saturate independently before the trip command is • Five breaker failure protection modes that
after 2 ms) released. are selectable:
• Selective output tripping relays per feeder
9 in bay units.
The isolator status is monitored using nor- 1. Following the issue of a trip signal from
mally open and normally closed contacts a feeder protection, the busbar protection
to enable plausibility checks for both status monitors the drop-off of the trip signal.
Mode of operation
and transition time. The contact monitor- If the feeder current is not interrupted be-
The 7SS52 protection relay offers complete ing voltage is also supervised. fore a set time delay the polarity of the
numerical measured-value processing feeder current is reversed, which results in
In case of an auxiliary voltage failure in
from sampling to digital conversion of the a differential current in the correspond-
the bay, the latest isolator status is stored
measured variables through to the circuit- ing section of the bus protection. For this
and a bay-selective indication of the failure
breaker tripping decision. The bay units function, a separate parameter set is used.
is issued.
dispose of sufficient powerful contacts to
2. Following a trip signal from a feeder
directly trip the circuit-breaker. The assignment of the feeder currents to
protection, a trip signal will be output
the corresponding busbar systems is con-
For each busbar section and for all three after a settable time delay from the 7SS52
trolled by software via the isolator replica.
phases, two independent processors exe- protection to the corresponding feeder
The isolator replica is applied for both
cute the protection algorithm on alternate circuit-breaker. If this second trip signal is
busbar protection and breaker failure pro-
data samples. Based on the proven perfor- also unsuccessful, the unbalancing proce-
tection.
mance of the 7SS1 and 7SS50/51, this dure according to mode 1) as described
method of measurement ensures highest The integrated breaker failure protection above will take place.
stability even in case of high short-circuit function provides phase-segregated 3. With external stand-alone breaker fail-
currents and CT saturation. two-stage operation (bay-specific trip re- ure protection, the isolator replica of the
peat, trip bus section). Alternatively, an ex- 7SS52 may be used to selectively trip the
ternal breaker failure protection relay can busbar section with the faulty circuit-
issue its trip commands via the isolator rep- breaker.
lica in the 7SS52.
LSP2388-afpen.tif
for the pickup threshold, as well as for a
limitation of efficiency. The activation of
the characteristic takes place by means of a
binary input in the central unit, i.e. by
recognizing a displacement voltage. Fig. 9/26 Fault record
End-fault protection
The location of the current transformer
normally limits the measuring range of the
busbar protection. When the circuit-
breaker is open, the area located between
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker can be optimally protected by
means of the end-fault protection. In the
event of a fault, depending on the mount-
ing position of the current transformer, in-
stantaneous and selective tripping of the
busbar section or intertripping of the cir-
cuit-breaker at the opposite end occurs.
LSP2389-afpen.tif
Communication (continued)
Rear-mounted interfaces (central unit only)
A number of communication modules
suitable for various applications can be
fitted in the rear of the flush-mounting
housing. The interface modules support
the following applications:
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. It can be an electrical
RS232/RS85 or an optical interface.
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper
conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a
unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any problem.
System interface
Communication with a central control sys-
tem takes place through this interface. Ra-
dial or ring type station bus topologies can Fig. 9/28 Communication structure with DIGSI and IEC 60870-5-103
be configured depending on the chosen in-
terface. Furthermore, the units can ex-
change data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
Technical data
Technical data
Unit design (degree of protection according to EN 60529) EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Central unit Standard EN 50081-2
Cubicle IP 54 (European generic standard for in-
Housing for wall mounting IP 55 dustrial environment)
SIPAC subrack IP 20 Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz, limit class B
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 auxiliary voltage
Housing IP 51 IP 20 CISPR 11, EN 55011
Terminals IP 21 and VDE 0875 part 11
Weight at max. configuration Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz, limit class B
Central unit CISPR 11, EN 55011
SIPAC subrack 14.3 kg and VDE 0875 part 11
Surface-mounting housing 43.0 kg
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 Mechanical stress tests
Flush mounting 8.1 kg 5.5 kg
Surface mounting 11.8 kg Specification
Standards IEC 60255-21-1, IEC 6068-2
Electrical tests Permissible mechanical stress
During service 10 to 60 Hz, 0.035 mm amplitude
Specification 60 to 500 Hz, 0.5 g acceleration
Standards IEC 60255-5, DIN 57435 part 303 During transport 5 to 8 Hz, 7.5 mm amplitude
8 to 500 Hz, 2 g acceleration
High-voltage test (routine test), 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
except DC voltage supply input
High-voltage test (routine test), 2.8 kV DC Climatic stress tests
only DC voltage supply input Temperatures
Impulse voltage test (type test), 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J, Standard IEC 60255-6
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
intervals of 5 s Permissible ambient temperature
– In service –10 °C to +55 °C (bay unit)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type test – 5 °C to +55 °C (central unit)
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 – For storage –25 °C to +70 °C
(international product standard), – During transport –25 °C to +70 °C
EN 50082-2 (European generic – During start-up –10 °C to +55 °C (bay unit)
standard for industrial environ- 0 °C to +55 °C (central unit)
ment),
9 VDE 0435 part 303 (German product
Humidity
standard) Standards IEC 60068-2-3
High-frequency test with 1 MHz 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs, It is recommended to arrange the Annual average 75 % relative humid-
interference 400 surges/s, duration 2 s units in such a way that they are not ity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
IEC 60255-2-1, class III and exposed to direct sunlight or pro- relative humidity;
VDE 0435 part 303, class III nounced temperature changes that condensation not permissible!
could cause condensation.
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV and 15 kV air discharge, both polarities, Busbar configuration
IEC 61000-4-2, class IV 150 pF, Rl = 330 Ω Quadruple or triple busbar with
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz transfer busbar;
field, non-modulated Number of bays 48
IEC 60255-22-3, class III Number of bus sections 12
Number of bus couplers 16
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Number of sectionalizers 24
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %, 1 kHz Number of coupler bus sections 12
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Busbar protection
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % Tripping characteristics
ENV 50204, class III Setting ranges
Overcurrent I/INO1) 0.2 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, Stabilizing factor k 0.1 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
IEC 60255-22-4, class IV; burst length = 15 ms, for busbar-selective
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV; repetition rate 300 ms, both polari- protection
IEC 60801-4 ties, RI = 50 Ω, duration 1 min Stabilizing factor k 0 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
Line-conducted disturbances 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, AM 80 %, for check zone
induced by radio-frequency fields, 1 kHz Tripping time
amplitude-modulated Typical trip time 15 ms
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Differential current monitoring
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, Setting ranges
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz Current limit I/INO1) 0.05 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz Time delay 1 to 10 s (in steps of 1 s)
1) INO = highest c.t. ratio.
Technical data
Unit design
In subrack ES902C A
System interface
Without 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L0R
Equipped for
8 bays A
16 bays B
9 24 bays C
32 bays D
40 bays E
48 bays F
Rated current
1A 1
5A 5
Unit design
7XP2040-2 for flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
7XP2040-1 for surface mounting D
7XP2040-2 for flush mounting without glass cover E
Additional functions
Without additional functions 0
With overcurrent-time protection 1
Unit design
7XP2040-2 for panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting without glass cover F
Additional functions
Without additional functions 0
With overcurrent-time protection 1
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XS5410-0AA00
Connection cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection relay (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
SIPROTEC 7VH60
High-Impedance Differential Protection Relay
Function overview
Description
Application
Tripping time
2 x setting < 30 ms
3 x setting < 20 ms
5 x setting < 13 ms
Reset time 20 ms
Bus-wire supervision circuit (option)
Pickup threshold settable by jumpers 10 - 70 % of tripping threshold
Fig. 9/36 (in steps of 10 %) Factory setting 20 %
Time delay settable by jumpers 1 - 10 seconds
(in steps of 1 s) Factory setting 5 s
1) With a jumper, the max. setting range can be changed from 60 to 240 V.
Technical data
Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals at the side (7XP20 housing) B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting with terminals at the back (7XP20 housing) E
Additional functions
Settable command lockout 0
Settable command lockout, bus-wire supervision 1
Connection diagram
9
Fig. 9/37 Connection diagram
10
10
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61
Breaker Management Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
25 50BF
• Single and/or three-pole auto-reclosure
79 • Synchro-check with live/dead line/bus
measurement
59
• Closing under asynchronous conditions
27 (consideration of CB operating time)
86 74TC • Circuit-breaker failure protection with
two stages (single and three-pole
with/without current)
LSP2458-afp.tif
• End-fault protection
• Pole-discrepancy protection
• Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
Fig. 10/1
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 Control function
breaker management
relay
• Commands f. ctrl. of CB and isolators
Monitoring functions
• Operational measured values
• Self-supervision of the relay
Description • Event buffer and fault protocols
• Oscillographic fault recording
The SIPROTEC 4 breaker management
relay 7VK61 is a highly flexible auto- • Monitoring of CB auxiliary contacts
reclosure, synchro-check and circuit- • Switching statistics
breaker failure protection unit.
Features
This unit is used for the single and three-
• All functions can be used separately
pole auto-reclosure of a circuit-breaker, af-
ter this circuit-breaker has tripped due to a • Initiation/start by phase-segregated or
fault. The synchro-check function ensures 3-pole trip commands
that the two circuits being reconnected by • Auto-reclosure for max. 8 reclose cycles
closing the circuit-breaker are within a de-
• Evolving/sequential trip recognition
10
fined safe operating state before the
CLOSE command is issued. • Auto-reclosure with ADT, DLC, RDT
The 7VK61 is also applicable as circuit- • Synchro-check with ΔV, Δϕ , Δf mea-
breaker failure protection. A breaker fail- surement
ure occurs when the circuit-breaker fails to
correctly open and clear the fault after sin- • Breaker failure protection with highly
gle or three-pole trip commands have been secure 2-out-of-4 current check detec-
issued by the protection. It is then neces- tors
sary to trip the relevant busbar zone (sec- • Breaker failure protection with short
tion) to ensure fault clearance. Together reset time and negligible overshoot time
with the above-mentioned protection
functions, the following additional func- CommunicatIon interfaces
tions of the 7VK61 can be applied: • Front interface for connecting a PC
end-fault protection, pole-discrepancy
• System interface for connecting to a
protection, overvoltage protection and
undervoltage protection. As a member of control system via various protocols
the numerical SIPROTEC 4 relay family, it – IEC 61850 Ethernet
also provides control and monitoring – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
functions and therefore supports the user – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
with regard to a cost-effective power sys- – DNP 3.0
tem management.
• Rear-side service/modem interface
• Time synchronization via
– IRIG-B or DCF77 or system interface
The auto-reclosure function closes the cir- The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- ANSI
cuit-breaker after this circuit-breaker has sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a benchmark-level of perfor- 50BF Breaker-failure protection
tripped due to a fault. The check-synchro-
nism function ensures that the two circuits mance in protection and control. 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage
being reconnected by closing the circuit- protection
breaker are within a defined safe operating 25 Synchro-check
state before the CLOSE command is is-
sued. 79 Auto-reclosure
74TC Trip circuit supervision
The numerical 7VK61 relay provides rapid
backup fault clearance in case the circuit- 86 Lockout (CLOSE command
breaker nearest to the fault fails to respond interlocking)
to a TRIP command. It is suitable for
power systems of all voltage levels with
single and/or three-pole circuit-breaker
operation. The initiation signal can be is-
sued from any protection or supervision
equipment. Information from the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contact is only required
for the breaker failure protection during
faults which produce little or no fault cur-
rent flow, for instance due to a trip from
the power transformer Buchholz protec-
tion.
10
Construction
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
form 255 mm for flush-mounting housings
and 266 mm for surface-mounting hous-
ings for all housing widths. All cables can
be connected with or without ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below the housing in the form of Fig. 10/3 Fig. 10/4
screw-type terminals. The communication Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
interfaces are located in a sloped case at the with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
top and bottom of the housing.
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps
Fig. 10/6
Communication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing
10
Fig. 10/5
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals, example 7SA63
Protection functions
Monitoring functions
Protection functions
The 7VK61 relay provides comprehensive
End-fault protection monitoring functions covering both hard-
When the circuit-breaker is open, the area ware and software. Furthermore, the mea-
located between the current transformer sured values are continuously checked for
and the circuit-breaker can be optimally plausibility. Therefore the current and
protected by means of the end-fault pro- voltage transformers are also included in
tection. In the event of a fault, an inde- this monitoring system.
pendently settable time delay is started If all voltages are connected, the relay will
after a valid initiation has been received detect secondary voltage interruptions by
and the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts means of the integrated fuse failure moni-
indicate an open circuit-breaker position, tor. Immediate alarm and blocking of the
with current still flowing (see Fig. 10/8). synchronism check and dead line check is
provided for all types of secondary voltage Fig. 10/8
Depending on the mounting position of
failures. Additional measurement supervi- End-fault between circuit-breaker and current
the current transformer, instantaneous transformer
tripping of the busbar section or sion functions are
intertripping of the circuit-breaker at the • Symmetry of voltages and currents (in
opposite end occurs. case of appropriate transformer connec-
tion)
Pole-discrepancy protection
• Broken-conductor supervision (if current
This function ensures that any one or two transformers are connected)
poles of a circuit-breaker do not remain • Summation of currents and voltages
open for longer than an independently (in case of appropriate transformer
settable time (i.e. unsymmetrical condi- connection)
tions). This time stage is initiated when • Phase-sequence supervision (if three
current (above the set value) is flowing in voltage transformers are connected)
any 1 or 2 phases, but not in all 3 phases.
Additionally, the circuit-breaker auxiliary
contacts (if connected) are interrogated
and must show the same condition as the
current measurement. Should this time de-
lay expire, then a three-pole trip command
is issued. This function is normally used
when single-pole auto-reclosing is applied.
Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
LSP2162-afpen.tif
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial communi-
cations standard and is supported by a
number of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol,
Version 3) is an internationally recognized
protection and bay unit communication Fig. 10/11 Fiber-optic communication module Fig. 10/12 Electrical communication module
protocol. SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1
and Level 2 compatible.
LSP2810.tif
control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange in-
formation with the control system. Units
equipped with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or connected in star by fiber-
optic link. Through this interface, the sys- Fig. 10/13 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication
tem is open for the connection of units of module for IEC 61850 with integrated
Ethernet switch
other manufacturers (see Fig. 10/14).
Because of the standardized interfaces,
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus, 10
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in
the cubicles and an interference-free op-
tical connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system
solution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via
the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to the
station PC. The interface is standardized,
thus also enabling direct connection of units
of other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus.
With IEC 61850, however, the units can
also be used in other manufacturers’ sys-
tems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103
interface are connected with PAS via the
Ethernet station bus by means of serial/
Ethernet converters. DIGSI can also be
used via the same station bus. Fig. 10/14 Communication
Typical connection
Fig. 10/15
Complete connection of all current and voltage transformers
10
Fig. 10/16
Typical current transformer connection for breaker failure protection
Typical connection
10
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Measuring inputs (4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)1) 1
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)1) 5
Unit version
For panel flush mounting A
For panel surface mounting E
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
10
Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.
package
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 10/19
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 10/20
Fig. 10/18 Mounting rail for 19" rack Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm
2
0-827039-1 4000 AMP
1)
1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 4000 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps
0-827040-1
1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
1)
Crimping For type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
Fig. 10/19 Fig. 10/20 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Connection diagram
10
Fig. 10/23
Connection diagram 7VK610, 1/3 x 19” housing
Fig. 10/24
Serial interfaces
Connection diagram
10
Fig. 10/25
Connection diagram 7VK611, 1/2 x 19” housing
1) Fast relay
SIPROTEC 7SV600
Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
• Circuit-breaker failure protection (sin-
gle or three-pole with/without current)
• Independently settable delay times for
operation with and without current
• Single or two-stage time delay of the
busbar trip command
• Re-trip (cross trip) stage
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Application
Connection diagrams
10
Fig. 10/30
Connection example for single-stage breaker failure
protection with phase-segregated initiation
Connection diagrams
Fig. 10/31
Connection example for 2-stage breaker failure pro-
tection, common phase initiation, CB interrogation
10
Fig. 10/32
Connection example for single-stage breaker failure
protection with common phase initation and
Buchholz protection, CB interrogation is imperative;
additional intertrip signal to the opposite line end in
case of breaker failure or end fault
Technical data
Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards: IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product standards); Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
EN 50082-2 (generic standard) VDE 0435, part 303
During operation
High frequency 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ =15 µs;
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 shots/s; duration 2 s
Vibration Sinusoidal
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-22-2, class III and 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
field, non-modulated;
Shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 3 shocks in each direction of
field, amplitude-modulated; 80 % AM; 1 kHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
field, pulse-modulated; repetition frequency 200 Hz; IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Fast transients/bursts 2 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
class III polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min (horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; (vertical axis)
modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 80 % AM; 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Magnetic field with power frequency 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 30 A/m continuous; During transportation
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz Standard IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); Vibration Sinusoidal
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1 to 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation; IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
(common mode) 50 surges per s; duration 2 s; IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; both polarities; Shock Half-sine
(common mode) duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Radiated electromagnetic 10 to 20 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; 3 orthogonal axes
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse modulated
Continuous shock Half-sine
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity); IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of 10
decaying oscillation; Ri = 50 Ω 3 orthogonal axes
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage, 150 to 30 MHz
aux. voltage
CISPR 22, EN 55022 Limit class B
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
CISPR 11, EN 55011 Limit class A
Technical data
Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals on both sides B
For panel surface mounting with terminals at top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E
Options
For common phase initiation 0
For common phase initiation or phase-segregated initiation 1
DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows (version Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition)
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Connection diagram
Fig. 10/33
General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for common phase initiation
10
Fig. 10/34
General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for phase-segregated initiation
SIPROTEC 7SN60
Transient Earth-Fault Protection Relay
Function overview
Protection functions
• Units for panel surface mounting or
flush mounting in 7XP20 housing, with
terminals on the side or terminals on
the top/bottom
• Both fault directions indicated by LEDs
and signaled by relays
• High pickup sensitivity due to separate
LSP2367-afpen.tif
The amplitude of this current surge de- The displacement voltage VEM thereupon
pends on the expands of the system and on also returns to zero. In earthed systems this
the contact resistance values at the takes place after a number of periods (de-
earth-fault location. cay of the Petersen coil - earth capacitance
oscillation circuit); in non-earthed systems
This current flows via the phase-to-earth this occurs after a very short time.
capacitances of the unaffected lines to
earth, enters the earth-faulted phase via the
LSP2002-afpen.tif
10
Fig. 10/36 Rear view
Protection functions
10
Typical connection
Fig. 10/43 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for panel flush-mounting
housing and panel surface-mounting housing (terminals on the side)
10
Technical data
Connection diagram
10
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
Multifunction Generator and Motor Protection Relay 11/3
SIPROTEC 4 7UM62
Multifunction Generator, Motor and Transformer Protection Relay 11/33
SIPROTEC 7UW50 Tripping Matrix 11/69
SIPROTEC 7RW600
Numerical Voltage, Frequency and Overexcitation Protection Relay 11/71
SIPROTEC 7VE6 Multifunction Paralleling Device 11/81
11
11
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
Multifunction Generator and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Basic version
• Stator earth-fault protection
• Sensitive earth-fault protection
• Stator overload protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
(either definite-time or inverse-time)
• Definite-time overcurrent-time
protection, directional
• Undervoltage and overvoltage
protection
LSP2176-afpen.tif
1) Available as an option
(please refer to Order No., position 15).
Application
Fig. 11/2
Construction
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
IEC 60870-5-103
Communication
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
With respect to communication, particular dardized protocol for communication with
emphasis has been placed on high levels of protection relays.
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation. IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
The design of the communication modules of protection unit manufacturers and is
permits interchangeability on the one used worldwide.
hand, and on the other hand provides
openness for future standards (for exam- The generator protection functions are
ple, Industrial Ethernet). stored in the manufacturer-specific, pub-
lished part of the protocol.
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front PROFIBUS-DP
of the unit permits quick access to all pa- PROFIBUS is an internationally standard-
rameters and fault event data. The use of ized communication protocol (EN 50170). Fig. 11/10
the DIGSI 4 operating program during PROFIBUS is supported internationally by IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conductor
commissioning is particularly advanta- several hundred manufacturers and has to connection or fiber-optic connection
geous. date been used in more than 1,000,000
applications all over the world.
Rear-mounted interfaces Master control unit
With the PROFIBUS-DP, the protection
Two communication modules on the rear can be directly connected to a SIMATIC
of the unit incorporate optional equipment S5/S7. The transferred data are fault data,
complements and permit retrofitting. They measured values and information from or
assure the ability to comply with the re- to the logic (CFC).
quirements of different communication
interfaces (electrical or optical) and proto- MODBUS RTU
cols (IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI).
MODBUS is also a widely utilized commu-
The interfaces make provision for the fol- nication standard and is used in numerous
lowing applications: automation solutions.
Communication
System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use
in SIMATIC-based automation
systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indica-
tions (pickup and tripping) and all
LSP2163-afpen.tif
relevant operational measured Fig. 11/12
values are transmitted from the RS232/RS485
protection unit. Electrical communication module
LSP2162-afpen.tif
ing a major inspection.
Fig. 11/13
Fiber-optic communication module
LSP2164-afpen.tif
Fig. 11/14
Communication module, optical,
double-ring
11
Fig. 11/15
System solution: Communication
Typical connections
Fig. 11/16
Fig. 11/17
Typical connections
Fig. 11/18
Fig. 11/19
Typical connections
Fig. 11/20
Fig. 11/21
Typical connections
11
Fig. 11/22
Typical connections
11
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
(SURGE), IEC 61000-4-5
During operation
Installation, class III
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF Vibration Sinusoidal
Differential (transversal) mode: IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm ampli-
1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Measurement inputs, binary inputs Common (longitudinal) mode: 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
and relay outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Differential (transversal) mode: 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF Shock Half-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
IEC 61000-4-6, class III the 3 axes
Magnetic field with power 30 A/m continuous; Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
frequency 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 60255-6 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
capability damped wave; 50 surges per second;
(horizontal axis)
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Fast transient surge withstand ca- 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per (vertical axis)
pability second; both polarities; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Duration 2 s ; Ri = 80 Ω 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz During transport
ence
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Vibration Sinusoidal
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alter-
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 nating 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard) Shock Half-sinusoidal
Conducted interference voltage 150 kHz to 30 MHz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
on lines only auxiliary supply Limit class B IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
IEC-CISPR 22 3 axes
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
11
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Current thresholds I>BF 0.04 to 1 A (steps 0.01 A) Motor starting 3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01)
Time delay BF-T 0.06 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or current IStart max /IN
indefinite Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s)
Time time TStart max
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0,1 min)
Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms time TEquali.
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min)
Tolerances time TRestart, min
Current threshold I>BF/IN 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Permissible number of warm 1 to 4
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms starts nW
Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27) Difference between warm and 1 to 2
cold starts nK-nW
Setting ranges
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0
Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
(running and stop)
5 times at IN= 5 A
Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V) Tolerances
Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Time delays T 1 % or 0.1 ms
Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
Times Setting ranges
Reaction time Approx. 25 ms Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms Pickup value df/dt 0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s);
Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05 Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Tolerances Times
Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s
External trip coupling Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Number of external trip couplings 2 for 7UM611 Tolerances
4 for 7UM612 Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Vector jump supervision (voltage)
(only 7UM612)
Setting ranges
Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Stage Δϕ 0.5 ° to 15 ° (steps 0.1 °)
Setting ranges Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
current IStart max /IN
Tolerances
Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Vector jump 0.3 ° at V> 0.5 VN
pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
11 time TStart max
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or indefinite Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
time TBlocking Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12
Times Depending on the settings Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 °C or 100 to 480 °F
Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95 (steps 1 °C or 1 °F)
Tolerances Sensor types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
Time delays T 5 % or 30 ms
Technical data
Min./max. memory
Memory Measured values with date and time
Reset manual Via binary input
Via key pad
Via communication
Values
Positive sequence voltage V1
Positive sequence current I1
Active power P
Reactive power Q
Frequency f
Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
(3rd harmonics)
Energy metering
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ– 11
Tolerance 1%
Fault records
Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Instantaneous values Max. 5 s
Storage time Depending on the actual frequency
Sampling interval (e. g. 1.25 ms at 50 Hz;
1.04 ms at 60 Hz))
Channels vL1, vL2, vL3, vE; iL1, iL2, iL3, iEE
R.m.s. values
Storage period Max. 80 s
Sampling interval Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms at
60 Hz)
Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, ϕ, f-fn
Current transformer IN
1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier screw-type terminals top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2-/3- pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal
(direct connection, ring-type cable lugs) E
Measuring functions
Without 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers. Functions4)
2) Transition between the two auxiliary Generator Basic A
voltage ranges can be selected by Generator Standard B
means of jumpers. Generator Full C
3) The binary input thresholds can be Motor, asynchronous F
selected in stages by means of
jumpers. Additional functions4)
4) For more detailed information on the Without A
functions see Table 11/1 on page 11/4. Network decoupling (df / dt and vector jump) E
* Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = “B”,
please order 7UM61 unit with RS485
port and separate fiber-optic convert-
ers.
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Profesional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Short code
Series resistor for rotor earth-fault protection (group: 013002) 3PP1336-0DZ K2Y
Resistor for stator earth-fault protection (voltage divider, 5 : 1) (group 013001) 3PP1336-1CZ K2Y
11
LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 11/26
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 11/27
AMP 1)
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps
AMP 1)
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
LSP2092-afpen.eps
11
11
Fig. 11/31
7UM612 connection diagram (IEC standard)
11
Fig. 11/33
7UM612 connection diagram (ANSI standard)
SIPROTEC 4 7UM62
Multifunction Generator, Motor and Transformer Protection Relay
Function overview
Standard version
Scope of basic version plus:
• Inadvertent energization protection
• 100 %-stator earth-fault protection
with 3rd harmonic
• Impedance protection
Full version
Scope of standard version plus:
LSP2171-afpen.eps
• DC voltage protection
• Overcurrent protection during start-ups
• Earth-current differential protection
• Out-of-step protection
Additional version
Available for each version:
Fig. 11/34 SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 multifunction protection relay for • Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection
generators, motors and transformers (1-3 Hz method)
• Stator earth-fault protection with
adjustments can easily be made to the 20 Hz voltage
Description
varying power station requirements on the • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection relays basis of special system conditions.
• Vector jump supervision
can do more than just protect. They also The flexible communication interfaces are
offer numerous additional functions. Be it open for modern communication archi- Monitoring function
earth faults, short-circuits, overloads, over- tectures with the control system. • Trip circuit supervision
voltage, overfrequency or underfrequency The following basic functions are available • Fuse failure monitor
asynchronous conditions, protection relays for all versions:
assure continued operation of power sta- • Operational measured values V, I, f, …
tions. The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection Current differential protection for • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
relay is a compact unit which has been generators, motors and transformers,
stator earth-fault protection, sensitive • Time metering of operating hours
specially developed and designed for the
protection of small, medium-sized and earth-fault protection, stator overload pro- • Self-supervision of relay
large generators. They integrate all the tection, overcurrent- time protection (ei- • 8 oscillographic fault records
necessary protection functions and are par- ther definite time or inverse time),
definite-time overcurrent protection with Communication interfaces
ticularly suited for the protection of:
directionality, undervoltage and overvolt- • System interface
11
− Hydro and pumped-storage generators
age protection, underfrequency and – IEC 61850 protocol
− Co-generation stations overfrequency protection, overexcitation – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− Private power stations using regenera- and underexcitation protection, external
– PROFIBUS-DP
tive energy sources such as wind or trip coupling, forward-power and reverse-
biogases power protection, negative-sequence pro- – MODBUS RTU
tection, breaker failure protection, rotor – DNP 3.0
− Diesel generator stations
earth-faults protection (fn, R-measuring), Hardware
− Gas-turbine power stations
motor starting time supervision and restart
− Industrial power stations inhibit for motors. • Analog inputs
− Conventional steam power stations. • 8 current transformers
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 includes all • 4 voltage transformers
necessary protection functions for large • 7/15 binary inputs
synchronous and asynchronous motors • 12/20 output relays
and for transformers.
Front design
The integrated programmable logic
functions (continuous function chart • User-friendly local operation
CFC) offer the user high flexibility so that • 7/14 LEDs for local alarm
• Function keys
• Graphic display with 7UM623
Generator Basic
Application Construction
One application concentrates on small and
The 7UM6 protection relays of the medium generators for which differential The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform
SIPROTEC 4 family are compact multi- protection is required. The function mix is design and a degree of functionality which
function units which have been developed also suitable as backup protection. Protec- represents a whole new quality in protec-
for small to medium-sized power genera- tion of synchronous motors is a further ap- tion and control.
tion plants. They incorporate all the neces- plication. Local operation has been designed accord-
sary protective functions and are especially
ing to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-to-
suitable for the protection of: Generator Standard
read displays were a major design aim. The
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators In the case of medium-size generators 7UM623 is equipped with a graphic display
– Co-generation stations (10 to 100 MVA) in a unit connection, this thus providing and depicting more infor-
scope of functions offers all necessary mation especially in industrial applica-
– Private power stations using regenera-
protection functions. Besides inadvertent tions. The DIGSI 4 operating program
tive energy sources such as wind or considerably simplifies planning and engi-
energization protection, it also includes
biogases powerful backup protection for the trans- neering and reduces commissioning times.
– Power generation with diesel former or the power system. The scope of
The 7UM621 and 7UM623 are configured
generators protection is also suitable for units in the
in 1/2 19 inches width. This means that the
– Gas turbine power stations second protection group. units of previous models can be replaced.
– Industrial power stations The height throughout all housing width
– Conventional steam power stations. Generator Full increments is 243 mm.
They can also be employed for protection Here, all protection functions are available All wires are connected directly or by
of motors and transformers. and the main application focuses on large means of ring-type cable lugs. Alterna-
block units (more than 100 MVA). The tively, versions with plug-in terminals are
The numerous other additional functions function mix includes all necessary protec-
assist the user in ensuring cost-effective also available. These permit the use of
tion functions for the generator as well as prefabricated cable harnesses.
system management and reliable power backup protection for the block trans-
supply. Measured values display current former including the power system. Addi- In the case of panel surface mounting, the
operating conditions. Stored status indica- tional functions such as protection during connecting terminals are in the form of
tions and fault recording provide assistance start-up for generators with starting con- screw-type terminals at top and bottom.
in fault diagnosis not only in the event of a verters are also included. The communication interfaces are also
disturbance in generator operation. arranged on the same sides.
The scope of functions can be used for the
Combination of the units makes it possible second protection group, and functions
to implement effective redundancy con- that are not used, can be masked out.
cepts.
Asynchronous motor
Protection functions
Besides differential protection, this func-
Numerous protection functions are neces- tion package includes all protection func-
sary for reliable protection of electrical ma- tions needed to protect large asynchronous
chines. Their extent and combination are motors (more than 1 MVA). Stator and
11 determined by a variety of factors, such as bearing temperatures are measured by a
LSP2166-afpen.eps
machine size, mode of operation, plant separate thermo-box and are transmitted
configuration, availability requirements, serially to the protection unit for evalua-
experience and design philosophy. tion.
This results in multifunctionality, which is
implemented in outstanding fashion by Transformer
numerical technology. This scope of functions not only includes Fig. 11/35
differential and overcurrent protection, Rear view with wiring terminal
In order to satisfy differing requirements, safety cover and serial interface
the combination of functions is scalable but also a number of protection functions
(see Table 11/3). Selection is facilitated by that permit monitoring of voltage and fre-
division into five groups. quency stress, for instance. The reverse-
power protection can be used for energy
recovery monitoring of parallel-connected
transformers.
Protection functions
Protection functions Abbre- ANSI No. Gene- Gene- Gene- Motor Trans-
viation rator rator rator Asyn- former
Basic Standard Full chronous
Current differential protection ΔI 87G/87T/87M X X X X X
Stator earth-fault protection V0>, 3I0> 59N, 64G X X X X X
non-directional, directional \(V0, 3I0) 67G
Sensitive earth-fault protection IEE> 50/51GN X X X X X
(also rotor earth-fault protection) (64R)
Sensitive earth-fault prot. B (e.g. shaft current prot.) IEE-B> IEE-B< 51GN X X X X X
2
Stator overload protection It 49 X X X X X
Definite-time overcurrent prot. with undervolt. seal-in I> +V< 51 X X X X X
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional I>>, Direc. 50/51/67 X X X X X
Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f (I)+V< 51V X X X X X
Overvoltage protection V> 59 X X X X X
Undervoltage protection V<, t = f (V) 27 X X X X X
Frequency protection f<, f> 81 X X X X X
Reverse-power protection -P 32R X X X X X
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) V/f 24 X X X X X
Fuse failure monitor V2/V1, I2/I1 60FL X X X X X
External trip coupling Incoup. 4 4 4 4 4
Trip circuit supervision T.C.S. 74TC X X X X X
Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F X X X X X
Underexcitation protection (loss-of-field protection) 1/xd 40 X X X
Negative-sequence protection I2>, t = f (I2) 46 X X X X
Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF X X X X X
2
Motor starting time supervision Istart t 48 X X X X
2
Restart inhibit for motors It 66, 49 Rotor X X X X
Rotor earth-fault protection (fn, R-measuring) R< 64R (fn) X X X
Inadvertent energization protection I>, V< 50/27 X X
rd
100 % stator earth-fault protection V0(3rd harm.) 59TN, 27TN 3 X X
rd
with 3 harmonics h
Impedance protection with (I>+V<) pickup Z< 21 X X
Interturn protection UInterturn> 59N(IT) X X
DC voltage / DC current time protection 59N (DC)
11
Vdc > X
Idc > 51N (DC)
Overcurrent protection during startup I> 51 X
(for gas turbines)
1) 1) 1) 1)
Earth-current differential protection ΔIe 87GN/TN X X X X X
Out-of-step protection ΔZ/Δt 78 X
1) 1) 1)
Rotor earth-fault protection (1-3 Hz square wave voltage) RREF< 64R (1–3 Hz) X X X
1) 1) 1)
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage RSEF< 64G (100 %) X X X
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt > 81R X X X X X
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
Vector jump supervision (voltage) Δ > X X X X X
Threshold supervision X X X X X
Supervision of phase rotation A, B, C 47 X X X X X
Undercurrent via CFC I< 37 X X X X X
External temperature monitoring via serial interface (Thermo-box) 38 X X X X X
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Phase-angle errors through the earthing or As shown in Fig. 11/55, the direct current
Protection functions
neutral transformer are measured during is measured by means of a shunt trans-
Resistance measurement with a square wave commissioning and are corrected in the al- former (measuring transducer) connected
voltage of 1 to 3 Hz gorithm. directly to the shunt. Voltages or currents
are fed to the 7UM62 depending on the
A higher sensitivity is required for larger The protection function has a warning and
version of the measuring transducer. The
generators. On the one hand, the disturbing tripping stage. The measurement circuit is
measurement algorithm filters out the DC
influence of the rotor earth capacitance also monitored and failure of the 20 Hz
component and takes the threshold value
must be eliminated more effectively and, on generator is measured.
decision. The protection function is active
the other hand, the noise ratio with respect Independent of earth resistance calcula- as from 0 Hz.
to the harmonics (e.g. sixth harmonic) of tion, the protection function additionally
the excitation equipment must be increased. If the measuring transducer transmits a
evaluates the amount of the r.m.s. current
Injecting a low-frequency square wave volt- voltage for protection, the connection must
value.
age into the rotor circuit has proven itself be interference-free and must be kept short.
excellently here (see Figure 11/57). Starting time supervision (motor protection The implemented function can also be
only) (ANSI 48) used for special applications. Thus, the
The square wave voltage injected through
the controlling unit 7XT71 leads to perma- r.m.s. value can be evaluated for the quan-
Starting time supervision protects the motor
nent recharging of the rotor earth capaci- tity applied at the input over a wide fre-
against long unwanted start-ups, which
tance. By way of a shunt in the controlling quency range.
might occur as a result of excessive load
unit, the flowing earth current is measured torque or excessive voltage drops within the
Overcurrent protection during start-up
and is injected into the protection unit motor, or if the rotor is locked.
(ANSI 51)
(measurement input). In the absence of a
fault (RE ≈ ∞), the rotor earth current after The tripping time is dependent on the
Gas turbines are started by means of fre-
charging of the earth capacitance is close to square of the start-up current and the set
quency starting converters. Overcurrent
zero. In the event of an earth fault, the start-up time (Inverse Characteristic). It
protection during start-up measures short-
fault resistance including the coupling re- adapts itself to the start-up with reduced
circuits in the lower frequency level (as
sistance (7XR6004), and also the injecting voltage. The tripping time is determined in
from about 5 Hz) and is designed as inde-
voltage, defines the stationary current. The accordance with the following formula:
pendent overcurrent-time protection. The
current square wave voltage and the fre- 2 pickup value is set below the rated current.
⎛I ⎞
quency are measured via the second input t Trip = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max The function is only active during start-up.
(control input). Fault resistance values up ⎝ Irms ⎠ If frequencies are higher than 10 Hz, sam-
to 80 kΩ can be measured by this measure- pling frequency correction takes effect and
tTrip Tripping time
ment principle. The rotor earth circuit is the further short-circuit protection func-
monitored for discontinuities by evalua- Istart Permissible start-up current tions are active.
tion of the current during the polarity re- tstart max Permissible start-up time
versals. Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
Irms Measured r.m.s. current value
100% stator earth-fault protection with This protection function serves to measure
Calculation is not started until the current
20 Hz injection (ANSI 64 G (100%)) power swings in the system. If generators
Irms is higher than an adjustable response
feed to a system short-circuit for too long,
Injecting a 20 Hz voltage to detect earth value (e.g. 2 IN, MOTOR). low frequency transient phenomena (active
faults even at the neutral point of generators power swings) between the system and the
11 has proven to be a safe and reliable method.
If the permissible locked-rotor time is less
generator may occur after fault clearing. If
than the permissible start-up time (motors
Contrary to the third harmonic criterion with a thermally critical rotor), a binary the center of power swing is in the area of
(see page 11/8), it is independent of the signal is set to detect a locked rotor by the block unit, the “active power surges”
generator’s characteristics and the mode means of a tachometer generator. This bi- lead to unpermissible mechanical stressing
of operation. Measurement is also possible nary signal releases the set locked-rotor of the generator and the turbine.
during system standstill (Fig. 11/55). time, and tripping occurs after it has As the currents and voltages are symmetri-
This protection function is designed so as to elapsed. cal, the positive-sequence impedance is
detect both earth faults in the entire genera- calculated on the basis of their positive-
tor (genuine 100 %) and all electrically con- DC voltage time protection/DC current time
sequence components and the impedance
nected system components. protection (ANSI 59N (DC) 51N (DC))
trajectory is evaluated. Symmetry is also
Hydroelectric generators or gas turbines are monitored by evaluation of the negative-
The protection unit measures the injected
started by way of frequency starting con- phase-sequence current. Two characteris-
20 Hz voltage and the flowing 20 Hz cur-
verters. An earth fault in the intermediate tics in the R/X diagram describe the active
rent. The disturbing variables, for example
circuit of the frequency starting converter range (generator, unit transformer or
stator earth capacitance, are eliminated by
causes DC voltage displacement and thus a power system) of the out-of-step protec-
way of a mathematical model, and the
direct current. As the neutral or earthing tion. The associated counters are incre-
ohmic fault resistance is determined.
transformers have a lower ohmic resistance mented depending on the range of the
On the one hand, this ensures high sensitiv- than the voltage transformers, the largest characteristic in which the impedance
ity and, on the other hand, it permits use of part of the direct current flows through vector enters or departs. Tripping occurs
generators with large earth capacitance val- them, thus posing a risk of destruction from when the set counter value is reached.
ues, e.g. large hydroelectric generators. thermal overloading.
Protection functions
Protection functions
The PC interface accessible from the front The generator protection functions are
of the unit permits quick access to all stored in the manufacturer-specific, pub-
parameters and fault event data. The use lished part of the protocol. Fig. 11/44
of the DIGSI 4 operating program IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conduc-
during commissioning is particularly PROFIBUS-DP tor connection or fiber-optic connection
advantageous. PROFIBUS is an internationally standard-
ized communication system (EN 50170).
Rear-mounted interfaces
PROFIBUS is supported internationally by
At the rear of the unit there is one fixed in- several hundred manufacturers and has to
terface and two communication modules date been used in more than 1,000,000
which incorporate optional equipment applications all over the world.
complements and permit retrofitting. They
assure the ability to comply with the re- With the PROFIBUS-DP, the protection
quirements of different communication in- can be directly connected to a
terfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols SIMATIC S5/S7. The transferred data are
(IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI). fault data, measured values and informa-
tion from or to the logic (CFC).
The interfaces make provision for the fol-
lowing applications: MODBUS RTU
Communication
System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use
in SIMATIC-based automation
systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications
(pickup and tripping) and all rele-
LSP2162-afpen.tif
LSP2163-afpen.tif
vant operational measured values
are transmitted from the protection
unit.
Via modem and service interface, Fig. 11/46 Fig. 11/47
the protection engineer has access RS232/RS485 electrical communication module Fiber-optic communication module
to the protection devices at all
times. This permits remote mainte-
nance and diagnosis (cyclic testing).
Parallel to this, local communica-
tion is possible, for example,
during a major inspection.
LSP2164-afpen.tif
For IEC 61850, an interoperable
system solution is offered with Fig. 11/48
SICAM PAS. Via the 100 Mbit/s Communication module, optical, double-ring
Ethernet bus, the unit are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is
standardized, thus also enabling di-
LSP2810.tif
Analog output 0 to 20 mA
Alternatively to the serial interfaces
up to two analog output modules
(4 channels) can be installed in the
7UM62.
11 Several operational measured
values (I1, I2, V, P, Q, f, PF
(cos ϕ), Θstator,Θrotor) can be
selected and transmitted via the 0
to 20 mA interfaces.
Typical connections
11
Fig. 11/51
Typical connections
11
Fig. 11/52
Typical connections
11
Fig. 11/53
Typical connections
11
Fig. 11/54
Typical connections
Fig. 11/56
Typical connections
Fig. 11/58
11
Typical connections
11
Fig. 11/59
V = K ssc (Rct + Rb )I sn V=
(Rct + Rb )I sn K V = 20 ⋅ I sn ⋅ (Rct + Rb ) ⋅
K ssc
ssc
13
. 20
I sn = 5 A (typical value)
Technical data
Technical data
System interface (Port B) Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS RTU All circuits except for communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector interfaces and time synchronization at intervals of 5 s
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud interface, class III
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m (product standards)
PROFIBUS RS485 EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz DIN 57435 part 303
Baud rate Max. 12 MBaud High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz;
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud; IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms
100 m at 12 MBaud and DIN 57435 part 303, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
PROFIBUS fiber-optic Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air discharge;
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1) EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Baud rate Max. 1.5 MBaud
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm non-modulated
Distance 1.6 km (500 kB/s) IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
530 m (1500 kB/s) Irradiation with RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
Analog output module (electrical) 2 ports with 0 to 20 mA modulated, IEC 61000-4-3, class III 1 kHz
System interface (Port B) Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
IEC 61850 pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Connection IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities;
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit/s acc. Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
to IEEE802.3
for surface-mounting case At bottom part of the housing High-energy surge voltages (SURGE), Impulse: 1.2/50 μs
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
Distance 20 m/66 ft 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF
Differential (transversal) mode:
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF
Connection Measurement inputs, binary inputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", and relay outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
ST connector receiver/transmitter Differential (transversal) mode:
for panel surface-mounting case Not available 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Optical wavelength λ = 1350 nm
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 Glass fiber 50/125 μm or amplitude-modulated 1 kHz
glass fiber 62/125μm IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Permissible path attenuation Max. 5 dB for glass fiber 62.5/125 μm
11 Distance Max. 800 m/0.5 mile
Magnetic field with power frequency
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6
30 A/m continuous;
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Electrical tests Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per second;
Specifications ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 capability second; both polarities; duration 2 s;
UL 508 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Ri = 80 Ω
DIN 57435, part 303
For further standards see below Radiated electromagnetic interference 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Insulation tests
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alter-
Standards IEC 60255-5 IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 nating 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
ply, binary inputs communication
and time synchronization interfaces
Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs 1) Conversion with external OLM
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
only isolated communication inter- with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order code L0A (DP RS485) and addi-
faces and time synchronization inter- tionally order:
face For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10
Technical data
Functions
Mechanical stress tests
General
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Frequency range 11 to 69 Hz
During operation
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
Setting ranges
Vibration Sinusoidal Overcurrent I>, I>> 0.05 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A);
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude; 5 times at IN = 5 A
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Seal-in time of V< 0.1 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Shock Half-sinusoidal Angle of the directional element - 90 ° to + 90 ° (steps 1 °)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, (at I>>)
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of Times
the 3 axes Pickup time I>, I>>
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal at 2 times of set value Approx. 35 ms
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude at 10 times of set value Approx. 25 ms
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) Drop-off time I>, I>> Approx. 50 ms
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude Drop-off ratio I>: 0.95; I>>: 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
(vertical axis) Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal axis) Tolerances
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Current pickup (starting) I>, I>> 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
(vertical axis) Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Angle of the directional element 1°
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Time delays 1 % or 10 ms
Technical data
Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49) Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01) Conductance thresholds 1/xd 0.20 to 3.0 (steps 0.01)
Time constant 30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s) characteristic
Time delay factor at stand still 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) (3 characteristics)
Alarm overtemperature 70 to 100 % related to the trip Inclination angle α1, α2, α3 50 to 120 ° (steps 1 °)
ΘAlarm/ΘTrip temperature (steps 1 %) Time delay T 0 to 50 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Overcurrent alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
IN = 5 A Times
Temperature at IN 40 to 200 °C (steps 1 °C) Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic; α Approx. 60 ms
or 104 to 392 °F (steps 1 °F) Undervoltage blocking Approx. 50 ms
Scaling temperature of cooling 40 to 300 °C (steps 1 °C)
medium or 104 to 572 °F (steps 1 °F) Drop-off ratio
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic; α Approx. 0.95
Limit current ILimit 0.5 to 8 A (steps 0.01), 5 times at
Undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.1
IN = 5 A
Tolerances
Reset time at emergency start 20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s)
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic 3 % of set value
Drop-off ratio Stator criterion α 1 ° electrical
Θ / ΘTrip Drop-off with ΘAlarrn Undervoltage blocking 1 % or 0.5 V
Θ / ΘAlarrm Approx. 0.99 Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.95
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)
Tolerances
Setting ranges
Regarding k x IN 2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 % accord-
Reverse power PRev.>/SN - 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
ing to IEC 60255-8
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Regarding trip time 3 % or 1 s: class 3 % according to
IEC 60255-8 for I/(k IN)>1.25 Times
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Setting ranges Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Permissible negative sequence 3 to 30 % (steps 1 %) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
I2 perm. /IN
Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6
Definite time trip stage I2 >>/IN 10 to 200 % (steps 1 %)
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Tolerances
Negative-sequence factor K 1 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s) Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Times Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Pickup time (definite stage) Approx. 50 ms Setting ranges
Drop-off time (definite stage) Approx. 50 ms Forward power PForw.</SN 0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Drop-off ratios I2 perm.; I2 >> Approx. 0.95 Forward power PForw.>/SN 1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Drop-off ratio thermal stage Drop-off at fall below of I2 perm. Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Tolerances Times
Pickup values I2 perm.; I2 >> 3 % of set value or 0.3 % negative Pickup time (accurate measuring) Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
sequence Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
11 Time delays
Thermal characteristic
1 % or 10 ms
5 % of set point + 1 % current toler-
Pickup time (fast measuring) Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
ance Drop-off time (accurate measuring) Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Time for 2 ≤ I2/I2 perm. ≤ 20 or 600 ms Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off time (fast measuring) Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off ratio PForw.< 1.1 or 0.5 % of SN
Drop-off ratio PForw.> Approx. 0.9 or – 0.5 % of SN
Tolerances
Active power PForw.<, PForw.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
0.5 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Technical data
Tolerances Tolerances
Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Earth current 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Technical data
Sensitive earth-fault protection (ANSI 50/51GN, 64R) Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Earth current pickup IEE>, IEE>> 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA) Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite 5 times at IN= 5 A
Measuring circuit supervision IEE< 1.5 to 50 mA (steps 0.1 mA) Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V)
Times Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms Times
Measuring circuit supervision Approx. 2 s Reaction time Approx. 25 ms
Drop-off ratio IEE>, IEE>> 0.95 or 1 mA Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio measuring circuit Approx. 1.1 or 1 mA Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8
supervision IEE< Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Tolerances Tolerances
Earth current pickup 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3rd harmonic Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
(ANSI 59TN, 27TN) (3rd H.) Current differential protection (ANSI 87G, 87M, 87T)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Displacement voltage V0 (3rd harm.)>, 0.2 to 40 V (steps 0.1 V) Differential current ID>IN 0.05 to 2 (steps 0.01)
V0 (3rd harm.)< High-current stage ID>>IN 0.8 to 12 (steps 0.1)
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Inrush stabilization ratio I2fN/IN 10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
Active-power release 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) or indefinite Harmonic stabilization ratio InfN/IN 10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
Positive-sequence voltage release 50 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) or indefinite (n=3rd or 4th or 5th harmonics)
Times Additional trip time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup time Approx. 80 ms Times
Drop-off time Approx. 80 ms Pickup time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio (ID ≥ 1.5 setting value ID >)
Undervoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)< Approx. 1.4 Pickup time Approx. 20 ms
Overvoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)> Approx. 0.6 (ID ≥ 1.5 setting value ID>>)
Active-power release Approx. 0.9 Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Positive-sequence voltage release Approx. 0.95 Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.7
Tolerances Tolerances
Displacement voltage 3 % of set value or 0.1 V Pickup characteristic 3 % of set value or 0.01 I/IN
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Inrush stabilization 3 % of set value or 0.01 I/IN
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Additional time delays 1 % or 10 ms
Technical data
Rotor earth-fault protection with fN (ANSI 64R) (fN) Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Alarm stage RE, Alarrn < 3 to 30 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ) Positive sequence current 0.2 to 4 I1/IN (steps 0.1 I1/IN )
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1.0 to 5 kΩ (steps 0.1 kΩ) pickup I1>
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Negative-sequence current 0.05 to 1 I2/IN (steps 0.01 I2/IN )
Correction angle - 15 ° to + 15 ° (steps 1 °) pickup I2<
Times Impedances Za to Zd 0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Pickup time ≤ 80 ms (based on IN =1 A)
Drop-off time ≤ 80 ms Inclination angle of polygon ϕP 60 to 90 ° (steps 1 °)
Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 10
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.25 characteristic 1
Tolerances Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 20
Trip stage RE, Trip <, Approx. 5 % of set value characteristic 2
Alarm stage RE, Alarm < Approx. 10 % of set value Holding time of pickup tH 0.2 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Holding time for out-of-step 0.02 to 0.15 s (steps 0.01 s)
Permissible rotor earth capacitance 0.15 to 3 μF annunciation
Sensitive rotor fault protection with 1 to 3 Hz (ANSI 64R) (1 to 3 Hz) Times
Typical trip time Depending from the out-of-step
Setting ranges frequency
Alarm stage RE,Alarrn < 5 to 80 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ)
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1 to 10 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ) Tolerances
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Impedance measurement |ΔZ/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 °
Pickup value of meas. circuit 0.01 to 1 mAs (steps 0.01 mAs) or 10 mΩ
supervision QC< Time delays T 1 % to 10 ms
Times DC voltage time / DC current time protection (ANSI 59N (DC) ; 51N (DC))
Pickup time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s (depends on fre- Setting ranges
quency of 7XT71) Voltage pickup V = >,< 0.1 to 8.5 V (steps 0.1 V)
Drop-off time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s Current pickup I = >, < 0.2 to 17 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Drop-off ratio RE Approx 1.25 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio QC < 1.2 or 0.01 mAs Times
Tolerances Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
Trip stage Approx. 5 % or 0.5 kΩ at (operational condition 1)
(RE,Trip <; Alarm stage RE, Alarm<) 0.15 μF ≤ CE < 1μF Pickup time Approx. 200 ms
Approx. 10 % or 0.5 kΩ (operational condition 0)
at 1 μF ≤ CE < 3 μF Drop-off time Approx. 60 ms or 200 ms
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio 0.9 or 1.1
Permissible rotor earth- 0.15 to 3 μF
capacitance Tolerances
Voltage 1 % of set value, or 0.1 V
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz (ANSI 64G) (100 %) Current 1 % of set value, or 0.1 mA
Setting ranges Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Alarm stage RSEF < 20 to 500 Ω (steps 1 Ω) Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Trip stage RSEF << 10 to 300 Ω (steps 1 Ω)
Earth current stage ISEF > 0.02 to 1.5 A (steps 0.01 A) Setting ranges
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) 11
Supervision of 20 Hz generator current IStart max /IN
V20 Hz 0.3 to 15 V (steps 0.1 V) Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
I20 Hz 5 to 40 mA (steps 1 mA) pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
Correction angle - 60 ° to + 60 ° (steps 1 °) Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
time TStart max
Times Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or indefinite
Pickup times RSEF<, RSEF<< ≤ 1.3 s time TBlocking
Pickup time ISEF> ≤ 250 ms
Drop-off times RSEF<, RSEF<< ≤ 0.8 s Times Depending on the settings
Drop-off time ISEF> ≤ 120 ms Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.2 to 1.7 Tolerances
Tolerances Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
Resistance (RSEF) ca. 5 % or 2 Ω Time delays T 5 % or 30 ms
Earth current stage (ISEF >) 3 % or 3 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor) Interturn protection (ANSI 59N(IT))
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Motor starting 3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01) Displacement voltage VInterturn> 0.3 to 130 V (steps 0.1 V)
current IStart max /IN Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s) Times
time TStart max Pick-up times VInterturn> Approx. 60 ms
Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0.1 min) Drop-off times VInterturn> Approx. 60 ms
time TEquali.
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min) Drop-off ratio VInterturn> 0.5 to 0.95 adjustable
time TRestart, min Tolerances
Permissible number of warm 1 to 4 Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
starts nW Time delays T 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Difference between warm and 1 to 2
Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
cold starts nK-nW
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0 Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12
(running and stop) Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 °C or 100 to 480 °F
Tolerances (steps 1 °C or 1 °F)
Time delays T 1 % or 0.1 ms Sensors types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) External trip coupling
Setting ranges Number of external trip couplings 4
Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Pickup value df/dt 0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s); Threshold supervision
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Setting ranges
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Threshold of measured values
Times MV1 > to MV10< -200 % to +200 % (steps 1 %)
Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 ms Assignable measured values P, active power
Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 ms Q, reactive power
change of active power ΔP
Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s Voltage VL1, VL2, VL3, VE, V0, V1, V2,
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05 VE3h
Tolerances Current 3I0, I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2
Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN Power angle ϕ
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Power factor cos ϕ
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Value at TD1
Vector jump supervision (voltage) Times
Pick-up times Approx. 20 - 40 ms
Setting ranges
Drop-off times Approx. 20 - 40 ms
Stage Δϕ 0.5 ° to 15 ° (steps 0.1 °)
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Drop-off to pick-up ratio
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Threshold MVx> 0.95
Threshold MVx< 1.05
Tolerances
Vector jump 0.3 ° at V> 0.5 VN Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Number of supervised trip circuits 1
11 Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
Sensitive earth-fault protection B (ANSI 51GN)
Setting ranges
Earth current IEE-B>, 0.3 to 1000 mA (steps 0.1 A)
Earth current IEE-B<, 0.3 to 500 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Measuring method - Fundamental,
- 3rd harmonica
- 1rst and 3rd harmonics
Times
Pick-up times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off ratio IEE-B> 0.90 or 0.15 mA
Drop-off ratio IEE-B< 1.1 or 0.15 mA
Tolerances
Earth current 1 % of set value or 0.1 mA
Time delays T 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Technical data
Current transformer IN
1 A1), IEE (sensitive) 1
5 A1), IEE (sensitive) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier screw-type terminals top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2-/3- pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal
(direct connection, ring-type cable lugs) E
Functions1)
Generator Basic A
Generator Standard B
Generator Full C
Asynchronous Motor F
Transformer H
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850
Complete version
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 11
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
Cable between thermo-box and relay
- length 5 m / 5.5 yd 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 27.3 yd 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 54.7 yd 7XV5103-7AA50
Short code
Series resistor for rotor earth-fault protection (group: 013002) 3PP1336-0DZ K2Y
Resistor for underexcitation protection (voltage divider, 20:1) (group: 012009) 3PP1326-0BZ K2Y
Resistor for stator earth-fault protection (voltage divider, 5:1) (group 013001) 3PP1336-1CZ K2Y
20 Hz generator 7XT3300-0CA00
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
2 1)
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP
1)
Fig. 11/61 Fig. 11/62 0-827397-1 1 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector 2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
7UM623
11
Fig. 11/65
7UM621 and 7UM623 connection diagram (IEC standard)
11
Fig. 11/66
7UM622 connection diagram (IEC standard)
7UM623
11
Fig. 11/67
7UM621 and 7UM623 connection diagram (ANSI standard)
11
Fig. 11/68
7UM622 connection diagram (ANSI standard)
SIPROTEC 7UW50
Tripping Matrix
Function overview
Functions
• Hardware tripping matrix
• 28 inputs
• 10 outputs
• One LED is assigned
to each input and output
LSP2300-afpen.tif Features
• Easy marshalling of trip signals via
diode plugs
• Plexiglass cover prevents unauthorized
marshalling
Description
Unit design
For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
11
SIPROTEC 7RW600
Numerical Voltage, Frequency and Overexcitation Protection Relay
Function overview
Line protection
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
Generator protection
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
• Overexcitation protection
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Transformer protection
• Voltage protection
• Overexcitation protection
Power system decoupling
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
Load shedding
Fig. 11/70 SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage, frequency and overexcitation protection relay
• Frequency protection
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection
Description Status measured values
Application
Applications
ANSI IEC Protection
functions
27 V<, t; t = f (V<) Undervoltage
protection
59 59N V>>, t; V>, t Overvoltage
protection
81 81R df df Frequency
f>; f<; - >; +
dt dt protection, rate-
of-frequency-
change protection
24 V V Overexcitation
>,t ; = f (t )
f f protection
Fig. 11/72
11
Protection functions
Overexcitation protection
The overexcitation protection detects and
records any inadmissibly high induction
V
(B ~ )
f
Features
Connection diagrams
11
Fig. 11/80
Typical auxiliary voltage wiring
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
df
Pickup time Approx. 200 ms CE conformity
dt
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
df
Reset ratio pickup Approx. 0.6 electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
dt electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Directive 73/23/EEC).
Reset ratio (undervoltage blocking) 1.05
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Tolerances df man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Changes of frequencies
dt The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
In the 45 to 50 Hz range 100 mHz/s at fN = 50 Hz and V = VN trial environment according to the EMC standards.
In the 54 to 60 Hz range 150 mHz/s at fN = 60 Hz and V = VN This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Undervoltage blocking V< 3 % of setting value or 1 V accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Overexcitation protection
11 Warning stage
V / VN
f / fN
1 to 1.2 (in steps of 0.01)
V / VN
Tripping stage 1 to 1.4 (in steps of 0.01)
f / fN
Delay times, 0 to 60 s, or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
warning and tripping stages
Curve values V/f 1.1 / 1.15 / 1.2 / 1.25 / 1.3 / 1.35 / 1.4
Associated delay times 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Cooling-down time 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Voltage transformer adaption factor 0.5 to 2 (in steps 0.01)
Pickup response time (stage curve) ≤ 50 ms
Reset time (stage curve) ≤ 60 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Tolerances
Overexcitation V/f 3 % of setting value
Delay times (stage curve) 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Delay times (dependent curve) 5 % with respect to V/f value ± 0.5 s
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting, terminals on the rear E
Languages
English 0
German 1
Spanish 2
French 3
Scope of functions
Voltage and frequency protection 0
Voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection 1
Voltage and overexcitation protection 2
DIGSI 4
Accessories
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional. 11
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connection diagrams
Fig. 11/81
Connection circuit
diagram of 7RW600
voltage and frequency
protection with pre-
setting of marshallable
binary inputs and
command contacts.
(Ordering Code:
7RW600x-xBxxx-;
7RW600x-xExxx-).
Fig. 11/82
Connection circuit
diagram of 7RW600
voltage and overexcita-
tion protection with
presetting of
marshallable binary in-
puts and command
contacts.
11 (Ordering Code:
7RW600x-xBxxx-;
7RW600x-xExxx-).
SIPROTEC 7VE6
Multifunction Paralleling Device
Function overview
Basic functions
• High reliability with a two-out-of-two
design (1 ½ channels in 7VE61 and
2 channels in 7VE63)
• Paralleling of asynchronous voltage
sources
• Balancing commands for voltage and
speed (frequency)
• Paralleling of synchronous voltage
LSP2483-afpen.tif
sources
• Synchro-check function for manual
synchronization
• Parameter blocks for use on several syn-
chronizing points (7VE61 max. 4 and
Fig. 11/83 7VE63 max. 8)
SIPROTEC 7VE6
multifunction paralleling device Additional functions
• Consideration of transformer vector
group and tap changer
• Synchronization record (instantaneous
Description or r.m.s. record)
• Commissioning support (CB-time
The 7VE61 and 7VE63 paralleling devices of For larger generators and power systems with
measurement, test synchronization)
the SIPROTEC 4 family are multifunctional high reliability requirements, the 2-channel
compact units used for paralleling power sys- 7VE63 is recommended. Two independent • Browser operation
tems and generators. methods decide on the connection condi- • Full control functionality of SIPROTEC 4
tions. The unit also has the full control func- • Analog outputs of operational mea-
Their technical design ensures highly reliable
tions of the SIPROTEC 4 family.
paralleling due to their 1½-channel or sured values
2-channel measurement method and their Voltage and frequency functions (V>, V<, • Functions for protection or network de-
hardware design. This is supported by nu- f>, f< df/dt) including voltage vector jump coupling tasks
merous monitoring functions. (Δϕ) are optionally available for protection
The units automatically detect the operating or network decoupling applications. Protection functions (option)
conditions. The response to these conditions • Undervoltage protection(27)
The integrated programmable logic func-
depends on settings.
tions (continuous function chart CFC) offer • Overvoltage protection (59)
In “synchronous network switching” mode,
the user a high flexibility so that adjustments • Frequency protection (81) 11
the frequency difference is measured with
great accuracy. If the frequency difference is
can easily be made to the varying require- • Rate-of-frequency-change
ments on the basis of special system condi- protection ( 81R)
almost zero for a long enough time, the net-
tions.
works are already synchronous and a larger • Jump of voltage vector monitoring
making angle is permissible. The flexible communication interfaces are
open to modern communication architec- Monitoring functions
If the conditions are asynchronous, as is the • Self-supervision of paralleling function
tures with control systems.
case when synchronizing generators, the gen-
erator speed is automatically matched to the
• Operational measured values
system frequency and the generator voltage • 8 oscillographic fault records
to the system voltage. The connection is then Communication interfaces
made at the synchronous point, allowing for
• System interface
circuit-breaker make-time.
− IEC 60870-5-103
The 7VE61 paralleling device is a 1½-channel − IEC 61850 protocol
unit (paralleling function + synchro-check)
− PROFIBUS-DP
for use with small to medium-size generators
and power systems. It is more reliable than − MODBUS RTU and DNP 3.0
1-channel paralleling devices. It can also be • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
used for synchro-check, with parallel opera- • Front interface for DIGSI 4
tion of three synchronization points.
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/
DCF77
LSP2480fen.tif
controller (frequency controller). The bal-
ancing signals are proportional to the voltage
or frequency difference, which means that if
the voltage or frequency difference is sub- Fig. 11/84
stantial, longer balancing commands will be SIGRA 4, synchronization record with balancing commands
output. A set pause is allowed to elapse be-
tween balancing commands to allow the state
change to settle. This method ensures rapid
balancing of the generator voltage or fre-
quency to the target conditions.
If identical frequency is detected during gen-
erator-network synchronization (“motion-
less synchronization phasor”), a kick pulse
will put the generator out of this state.
For example, if the voltage is to be adjusted
using the transformer tap changer, a de-
fined control pulse will be issued.
Functions
Functions
Internet technology
simplifies commissioning
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 operat-
ing program, the synchronizer contains a
Web server that can be accessed via a tele-
communications link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this so-
lution is that it is both possible to operate the
unit with standard software tools and to
make use of the Intranet/ Internet infrastruc-
ture. Moreover, information can be stored in
the unit without any problems. In addition
to numeric values, visualizations facilitate
LSP2481fen.tif
work with the unit. In particular, graphical
displays provide clear information and a high
degree of operating reliability. Fig. 11/88
shows an example of an overview that is fa- Fig. 11/87
miliar from conventional synchronizers. The Browser-based operation
current status of synchronization conditions
is clearly visible. Of course, it is possible to
call up further measured value displays and
annunciation buffers. By emulation of inte-
grated unit operation, it is also possible to ad-
just selected settings for commissioning
purposes, (see Fig. 11/87).
LSP2482fen.tif
Fig. 11/88
Overview display of the synchronization function
Typical applications
Connection to three-phase voltage trans-
former
If three-phase voltage transformers are avail-
able, connection as shown in Fig. 11/89 is
recommended. This is the standard circuit
because it provides a high level of reliability
for the paralleling function. The phase-se-
quence test is additionally active, and several
voltages are checked on connection to a dead
busbar. Interruption in the voltage connec-
tion does not lead to unwanted operation.
Please note that side 1 (that is, V1) is always
the feed side. That is important for the direc-
tion of balancing commands.
Fig. 11/89
Fig. 11/90
Typical applications
Fig. 11/91
Fig. 11/92
Typical applications
Fig. 11/93
Typical applications
Fig. 11/94
Fig. 11/95
Typical applications
Fig. 11/96
Synchronization of a generator
Fig. 11/96 shows an example of the 7VE61
paralleling device connected to a medium-
power generator. Where three-phase voltage
transformers are available, direct connection
is recommended. The synchronization point
and start of synchronization is selected via
the binary inputs. If cancellation is necessary,
the stop input must be used.
If synchronization onto a dead busbar is per-
mitted, the alarm contact of the voltage
transformer miniature circuit-breakers
(m.c.b.) must be connected to the unit.
Relays R1 and R2 are used for a CLOSE com-
mand. The other relays are used for selected
indications and for the balancing commands.
The live status contact operated by the unit
self-supervision function must also be wired.
Technical data
Technical data
System interface (Port B) Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
IEC 61850 pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204,
class III
Connection
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit/s acc. IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition
to IEEE802.3 IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities;
for surface-mounting case At bottom part of the housing Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s (SURGE),
Distance 20 m/66 ft IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF
Connection Differential (transversal) mode:
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF
ST connector receiver/transmitter
for panel surface-mounting case Not available Measurement inputs, binary inputs
Optical wavelength λ = 1350 nm and relay outputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 Glass fiber 50/125 μm or Differential (transversal) mode:
glass fiber 62/125 μm Line-conducted HF, 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Permissible path attenuation Max. 5 dB for glass fiber amplitude-modulated 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
Distance 62.5/125μm IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
Max. 800 m/0.5 mile Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
Electrical tests 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Specifications Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per second;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
UL 508
DIN 57435, part 303 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
For further standards see below capability second; both polarities;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s ; Ri = 80 Ω
Insulating tests
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
Standards IEC 60255-5 interference
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
All circuits except for auxiliary sup- Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity
ply, binary inputs, communication IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz, 1 MHz,
and time synchronization interfaces 10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC EMC tests for interference emission (type test)
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard)
Voltage test (100 % test) only 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
isolated communication interfaces Conducted interference voltage 150 kHz to 30 MHz
and time synchronization interface on lines only auxiliary supply Limit class B
IEC-CISPR 22
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
tion interfaces and time synchroni- at intervals of 5 s IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B
zation interface, class III
EMC tests for noise immunity (type test) Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
(product standards) During operation
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
DIN 57435 part 303 Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz; Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
and DIN 57435 part 303, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV 15 kV air discharge;
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
non-modulated the 3 axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Technical data
Technical data
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier screw-type terminals at top/bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Additional functions
Without A
Protection and network decoupling function
1) With position 9 = B (surface- (voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B
mounting housing) the unit must
be ordered with RS485 interface Additional applications
and a separate FO converter. Without 0
2) Not available with position 9 = "B" Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7 Hz) 1
Siemens SIP · 2008 11/97
11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier screw-type terminals at top/bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Additional functions
Without A
Protection and network decoupling function
1) With position 9 = B (surface- (voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B
mounting housing) the unit must
be ordered with RS485 interface Additional applications
and a separate FO converter. Without 0
2) Not available with position 9 = "B" Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7 Hz) 1
11/98 Siemens SIP · 2008
11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
Manual
7VE61 and 7VE63 Multifunction Paralleling Device C53000-G1176-C163-1
1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 11/97
Short-circuit links Crimping for type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
for voltage contacts tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)
LSP2289-afp.eps
Connection diagram
11 Fig. 11/99
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
11
Fig. 11/100
Connection diagram
Application 12/2
SIPROTEC 4 7SK80 Motor Protection Relay 12/9
12
12 Motor Protection
Application
LSP2373-afp.tif
Fig. 12/1
Application
.
No
64
2
600
602
M6
M6
80
63/
61
62
SI
7SK
AN
7SJ
7SJ
7SJ
7SJ
7SJ
7U
7U
Protection functions
Stator overload protection 49 n n n n n n n n
Starting time supervision 48 n n n n n n n n
Locked-rotor protection 48 n n n n n n n n
Restart 66, n n n n n n n
inhibit 49R
Load jam protection 51M – – n n n n *) – –
Earth-fault protection
non-directional 64G n n n n n n
50G n n n n n n n n
directional 67G n n n n n n
Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51 n n n n n n n n
Current differential protection 87 n
Negative-sequence protection 46 n n n n n n n n
Temperature monitoring 38 n n n n n n
(via thermo-box)
Undercurrent protection 37 n n n n n n n
Active-power protection (P<) 32U (37) n n n *) n n
Undervoltage protection 27 n n n n n
Underexcitation protection 40 n n
Frequency protection 81 n n n n n
Breaker-failure protection 50BF n n n n n n n
Freely programmable logic (PLC) n n n n n n
Control functions n n n n n n n n
Measuring transducers n n
Flexible interfaces – 1 2 2 2 2/3 2 3
*) 7SJ64 only
Scope of motor protection functions provided by SIPROTEC devices
12
7SJ63 7SJ64
Basic device + synchro-check function
+ high sensitivity
+ extensive control func-
tion
+ 1 serial interface more
> 2 MW > 10 MW
7UM62 + 7UM61
+ differential protection (Option:
+ control functions Generator Basic)
+ high accuracy 7UM62 or with control functions
+ high sensitivity (Option: via bay mimic diagram in
+ operating range in a Generator Basic) graphic display
wide frequency band
(11 Hz - 68 Hz) 7SJ64
(Option:
Maximum functionality
+ synchro-check)
12
Application
Application example:
Protection of a small motor 100 kW - 500 kW
7SJ600
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Starting time supervision 48
l Earth(ground)-fault protection 50G
l Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51
l Negative-sequence protection 46
Fig. 12/2
12
Application
Application example:
Protection of a small motor 100 kW - 500 kW
in isolated or compensated systems
7SK80
l Overcurrent-time protection 50, 51
l Sensitive earth (ground) fault 50G
(non-directional, 64G
directional) 67G
l Negative-sequence protection 46
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Restart inhibit (rotor protection) 66, 49R
l Starting time supervision 48
l Undercurrent protection 37
l Breaker-failure protection 50BF
l Temperature monitoring either 38
internally (max. 5 RTD-inputs)
or externally via RTD-boxes
(max. 12 RTD-inputs)
l Load jam protection 51M
Fig. 12/3
12
Application
Application example:
Protection of a medium-sized motor
500 kW - (1-2) MW
7SJ62/63/7SK80
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Restart inhibit
Fig. 12/4
12
Application
Application example:
Protection of a large motor > 2 MW
7UM62
l Stator thermal overload protection 49
l Restart inhibit
12
Fig. 12/5
Protection functions
• Time-overcurrent protection
(50, 50N, 51, 51N)
• Directional overcurrent protection, ground
(67N)
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. ground-fault
detection (50Ns, 67Ns)
• Displacement voltage (64)
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
– Undercurrent monitoring (37)
LSP2874.tif
Application
Application
50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>> Instantaneous and definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
67N IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional overcurrent protection, ground (definite/inverse)
12
LSP2885.tif
Connection techniques and
housing with many advantages
The relay housing is 1/6 of a 19" rack. The Illuminated 6-line display
housing is thus identical in size to the 7SJ50
and 7SJ60 relays that makes replacement Navigation keys
very easy. The height is 244 mm (9.61").
Pluggable current and voltage terminals Numerical key pad/9 function keys
allow for pre-wiring and simplify the ex-
change of devices. CT shorting is done in 8 programmable LEDs
the removable current terminal block.
Control keys
It is thus not possible to open-circuit a
secondary current transformer.
Standard battery exchangeable from the front
All binary inputs are independent and the
pick-up thresholds are settable using soft- USB front port
ware settings (3 stages). The relay current
transformer taps (1 A/5 A) are new soft-
ware settings. Up to 9 function keys can be
programmed for predefined menu entries,
switching sequences, etc. The assigned
function of the function keys can be shown
LSP2877.tif
in the display of the relay.
LSP2878.tif
Current terminal
block
LSP2876.tif
Voltage terminal
block
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
Protection functions
n Motor protection
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)
If a motor is subjected to many successive
starts, the rotor windings or rotor bars can
be heated up to a point were the electrical
connections between the rotor bars and the
end rings are damaged. As it is not possible
to physically measure the heat of the rotor
we need to determine the heat by mea-
suring the current the rotor is drawing
through the stator to excite the rotor. A
thermal replica of the rotor is established
using a I2t curve. The restart inhibit will
block the user from starting the motor if the
relay determined that the rotor reached a
temperature that will damage the rotor
should a start be attempted. The relay will
thus only allow a restart if the rotor has a
sufficient thermal reserve to start (Fig. 12/11).
Fig. 12/11
Emergency start-up
If the relay determines that a restart of the
for I > IMOTOR START Load jam protection (ANSI 51M)
motor is not allowed, the relay will issue a
block signal to the closing command, effec- ⎛I ⎞
2 Load jam is activated when a sudden high
t = ⎜ A ⎟ ⋅ TA load is applied to the motor because of me-
tively blocking any attempt to start the mo- ⎝ I⎠
tor. The emergency startup will defeat this chanical failure of a pump for example. The
block signal if activated through a binary I = Actual current flowing sudden rise in current is detected by this
input. The thermal replica can also be reset function and can initiate an alarm or a trip.
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a
to allow an emergency restart of the motor. motor start The overload function is too slow and thus
t = Tripping time not suitable.
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
IA = Rated motor starting current
The relay can be applied with 5 internal Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46)
RTDs. Two RTDs can be applied to each TA = Tripping time at rated motor (Negative-sequence protection)
bearing (the cause of 50% of typical motor starting current
If a rotating flux is set up in the stator that
failures). The remaining RTD is used to The relay equation is optimally adapted turns in the opposite direction of rotation
measure the ambient temperature. Stator based on the state of the motor. The value of the rotor. This flux will cause eddy cur-
temperature is calculated in by the current applied on TA is dependant on the state of rents in surface of the rotor bars and subse-
flowing through the stator windings. Up the motor, cold or warm. This warm or quently heat will be generated causing the
to 12 RTDs can be applied using external cold state of the motor is determined by rotor to heat up. This unwanted rotating
RTD modules. The RTDs can also be used the thermal model of the rotor. flux is caused if the supply voltage are un-
to monitor the thermal status of trans- symmetrical. This unsymmetrical supply
Because the flow of current is the cause of
formers or other pieces of primary equip-
the heating of the motor windings, this will cause a negative sequence current to 12
ment. (see “Accessories” , page 12/26). flow causing a rotating flux in the opposite
equation will accurately calculate the start-
ing supervision time. The accuracy will not direction to the machine rotation.
Starting time supervision/Locked rotor
protection (ANSI 48/14) be affected by reduced terminal voltage
that could cause a prolonged start. The trip Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Starting time supervision protects the mo- time is an inverse current dependant char- A sudden drop in current, which can occur
tor against unwanted prolonged starts that acteristic (I2t). due to a reduced load, is detected with this
might occur in the event of excessive load function. This may be due to shaft that breaks,
torque or excessive voltage drops within Block rotor can also be detected using a
no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor speed sensor connected to a binary input
temperature is calculated from measured of the relay. If activated it will cause an in-
Motor statistics
stator current. The tripping time is calcu- stantaneous trip.
lated according to the following equation: Essential statistical information is saved by
the relay during a start. This includes the
duration, current and voltage. The relay will
also provide data on the number of starts,
total operating time, total down time, etc.
This data is saved as statistics in the relay.
Fig. 12/15
Optical Ethernet communication module
for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
Communication
12
Fig. 12/17
Connection of two RTD units to 7SK80 using Ethernet
Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For grounded networks, the ground cur-
rent is obtained from the phase currents by
the residual current circuit.
Fig. 12/18
Residual current
circuit without direc-
tional element
Fig. 12/19
Sensitive ground-
current detection
without directional
element
12
Fig. 12/20
Residual current
circuit with direc-
tional element (no
directional element
for phase)
Typical connections
Fig. 12/21
Sensitive directional
ground-fault detec-
tion (no directional
element for phase)
Fig. 12/22
Sensitive directional
ground-fault detec-
tion
Fig. 12/23
Residual current
circuit with voltage
functions (no direc-
tional element for
phase)
Typical applications
Technical data
12
Unit version
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminal B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal E
12
Measuring/fault recording
With fault recording 1
With fault recording, average values, min/max values 3
12
12
DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition/Vista.
SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade format).
12 Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition/Vista.
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00
Connection diagram
12
Connection diagram
12
Connection diagram
12
Connection diagram
12
Connection diagram
12
Connection diagram
12
13
13
SIMEAS P
Power Meter
Function overview
LSP2823.tif
SIMEAS P
• Power meter for panel mounting
• Measurement of voltage, current, active
& reactive power, frequency, active &
reactive energy, power factor, symmetry
factor, voltage and current harmonics
up to the 21st, total harmonic distortion
• Single-phase, three-phase balanced or
unbalanced connection, four-wire con-
nection
• PROFIBUS-DP or MODBUS RTU/
ASCII or IEC 60870-5-103 communi-
LSA2847.tif
SIMEAS P 610 with transparent cation protocol
front cover • Simple parameterization via front key
or RS485 communication port using
Fig. 13/1 SIMEAS P PAR software
SIMEAS P power meters SIMEAS P 50
• Graphic display with background illu-
mination with up to 20 programmable
screens
Description
• Battery
SIMEAS P is a power meter for panel lndependent settings for currents, voltages, • Real-time clock
mounting with graphic display and back- active and reactive power, power factor,
ground illumination. The major applica- etc. are also possible. In case of a violation Selectable screen types
tion area is power monitoring and of these limits, the unit generates alarms.
• 2, 3, 4 or 6 measured values in one
recording at MV and LV level. The major Up to 6 alarm groups can be defined using
information types are measured values, AND/OR for logical combinations.
screen
alarms and status information. • One list screen for minimum, average
The alarms can be used to increase counter
and maximum values
Power monitoring systems with SIMEAS P, values, to trigger the oscilloscope function,
a permanently installed system, enables to generate binary output pulses, etc. • Two types of screens for harmonics
continuous logging of energy-related data
Some device variants include further • One screen for oscilloscope function
and provides information on operational (sampled values or r.m.s values)
features
characteristics of electrical systems.
SIMEAS P helps identify sources of energy – Real-time clock. • One screen serving as phasor (vector)
consumption and time of peak consump- – 1 MB memory management: diagram
tion. This knowledge allows you to allocate The allocation of the non-volatile • Up to 20 screen types can be pro-
and reduce energy costs. measurement memory is programmable. grammed. Switching from one screen to
– Measured values and states will be re- another can be automatic or manual
Measured values include r.m.s values of
corded with time stamps.
voltages (phase-to-phase and/or phase-to-
ground), currents, active, reactive and ap- – Recording and display of limit value
parent power and energy, power factor, violations.
phase angle, harmonics of currents and – Log entries. 13
voltages, total harmonic distortion per
phase plus frequency and symmetry factor. Battery:
Recordings like limit value violations or
The SIMEAS P comes with two binary out- energy counter values stay safely in the
puts, which can be configured for energy memory up to 3 months in case of a black-
pulses, limit violations or status signals. out.
The unit is also able to trigger on settable
limits. This function can be programmed
for sampled or r.m.s values.
SIMEAS P generates a list of minimum,
average and maximum values for currents,
voltages, power, energy, etc.
Description of SIMEAS P
Memory management
Quality
Development and production of the device
is carried out in accordance with ISO 9001,
ensuring highest quality standard. That
means high system reliability and product Fig. 13/3
service life. Further characteristics are the Display up to 20 screens via front buttons
(SIMEAS P610)
constant high accuracy over years, CE des-
ignation, EMC strength, as well as the
compliance with all relevant national and
international standards.
Measuring functions
Measured input voltages and input cur-
rents are sampled for calculation of the
corresponding r.m.s. values. All parameters
derived from the measured values are cal- Fig. 13/4
2 measured values - digital (SIMEAS P610)
culated by a processor. They can be dis-
played on the screens and/or transmitted
via the serial interface.
With the SIMEAS P it is also possible to
define several limit value groups with dif-
ferent limit values for the measured pa-
rameters. These can be combined with
logical elements, such as AND, OR. Viola-
tions are counted and indicated on the Fig. 13/5
screen or made available at the binary out- 2 measured values
puts. Triggering of the oscilloscope is pos- digital / analog (SIMEAS P610)
sible as well.
Security
Electrical isolation between inputs and
outputs, assured by high-voltage testing,
guarantees maximum system security.
Configuration and calibration settings are
tamper-proof by password protection. Fig. 13/6
4 measured values - digital (SIMEAS P610)
Service
SIMEAS P require no maintenance and are
easy to service due to their modular design.
The units can easily be calibrated via the
front keys or with PC-based configuration
software.
Screens
13
20 screens can be selected on the display of
SIMEAS P with the front keys. lf requested, 3 measured values - digital (SIMEAS P50)
this routine can be executed automatically.
Vector diagram
State and value of currents and voltages
as well as their phase angles can be read
off from the phase diagram screen.
Screens
Harmonics
2 screens are available for the measured
harmonics:
Fig. 13/11
• Harmonic voltages Harmonics (SIMEAS P610)
Harmonic currents
• All three phases with all odd order har-
monics up to the 21st harmonic are dis-
played on the screens.
• Each harmonic can be indicated indi-
vidually in a digital display in the top
right-hand corner of the screen and can
be selected via the front keys.
Communication
PROFIBUS-DP communication between SIMEAS P and
SIMEAS P is equipped with a communica- the master station.
tion port in compliance with the EIA stan- PROFIBUS-DP and SIMEAS P are con-
dard RS485 with a standard 9-pin SUB-D nected in a master-slave operation mode. The 3, 6, 12 or 32 measured values for 13
connector for connection to RS485 field The communication parameters are loaded transmission types 1 to 4 can be selected
bus systems. The SIMEAS P comes with to the master station using the GSD file. from the table of parameters (page 13/8).
the following standard communication The SIMEAS P supports data transmission
protocols: Limit values
rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
– PROFIBUS-DP V1 protocol in Several limit value groups with up to 6
Optionally, the user may select different
compliance with EN 50170 selectable parameters can be set in the
types of transmission for cyclic data trans-
Volume 2 SIMEAS P.
fer to the master station:
– MODBUS RTU/ASCII The values can be combined with logical
and – Type 1: transmission of 3 measured values elements such as AND/OR; limit value
– Type 2: transmission of 6 measured values violations are counted, they are available at
– IEC 60870-5-103 for SIMEAS P50
– Type 3: transmission of 12 measured values binary outputs or used for triggering the
– Type 4: transmission of 32 measured values oscilloscope.
M Measured values can be displayed on measured 1) Phases are displayed based on the type of connection.
value screens (only 7KG7750 and 7KG76) 2) Tolerances at reference conditions are applicable from 0.5 to 1.2 times nominal value.
I Measured values transmitted via communication 3) Average value of all phases.
protocols PROFIBUS DP + MODBUS
4) Measuring beginning with 2 % of the internal apparent power.
G Measured values selectable for list screens (7KG7750)
and measured values selectable for list screens and 5) Measuring beginning with 30 % of the input voltage L1-N.
oscilloscope (only 7KG76) 6) 7KG775x, 7KG7610 and 7KG7660 only.
¡ Measured values transmitted via IEC 60870-5-103 7) Limit values for the complete temperature range referring to: 0.1 to 1.2 x nominal range.
LSP2809.tif
Fig. 13/15 SIMEAS P55
13
Configuration software
Application
The SIMEAS P configuration software
package enables a simple way to carry out
the device settings. The package consists of
the parameterizing software, a configura- Fig. 13/17 Configuration
tion cable with RS232/RS485 converter as
well as a plug-in power supply for the con-
verter. The SIMEAS P can be connected to
any standard PC via the RS232/RS485 con-
verter by means of a 9-pin SUB-D connec-
tor.
The software runs with Windows 2000 and
XP Professional edition.
The configuration software permits a faster
configuration of the SIMEAS P devices.
The user can set and store parameters even
without having a unit by his side. The pa-
rameters are transferred to the SIMEAS P
by using the “Send to unit” command.
Thus, a number of SIMEAS P units can be
LSP2501en.tif
configured with minimum effort. The
stored set of parameters is simply re-
loaded when a unit has to be replaced. Fur-
thermore, firmware updates can be re- Fig. 13/18 Configuration
loaded by means of the SIMEAS P
configuration software.
The configuration package supports all
SIMEAS P units and is absolutely essential
for the devices SIMEAS P55/P6x.
13
Configuration software
Memory read-out
Separate functions integrated in the config-
uration software, enable a read-out of the
following information:
– Mean values
– Mean values of power
– Oscilloscope recordings
– State information of binary channels
– Limit value violations
– Log entries
LSP2503en.tif
Display and evaluation
All values and information read out via the
software are shown automatically in tabu- Fig. 13/20 Configuration of the measurement memory
lar and graphical form together with the
time stamp on the screen.
The context menu offers some functions
(masking of signals, copy, zoom, measur-
ing functions) for easy analysis of mea-
sured values and state information.
The following measured values can be
shown in graphical form:
– Mean values of voltage and current
– Mean values of power
– Oscilloscope recordings
– State information of binary channels
The following information are shown in
tabular form:
– Limit value violations LSP2504en.tif
– Log entries
Export function
Fig. 13/21 Display and evaluation
The software also enables a function for
the export of transmitted values and state
information into an ASCII-file. This
ASCII-file can be used in other applica-
tions, e.g. MS-Excel. Oscilloscope record-
ings can be exported into COMTRADE
formatted files.
13
LSP2492en.tif
Application
Application example 1
SIMEAS P as a panel-mounted device for
direct electrical power monitoring.
With a very simple configuration the dis-
LSP2805.tif
play of measured values is adaptable to the
specific requirements of the user. Fig. 13/23
SIMEAS P with graphic display
for panel mounting
Application example 2
SIMEAS P as a panel-mounted or snap-on
mounted device for use on a process bus.
Network linking is possible with the inte-
grated RS485 port with the standard
PROFIBUS-DP and MODBUS RTU/ASCII
communication protocol. Furthermore,
it is also possible to integrate SIMEAS P50
into communication networks with
IEC 60870-5-103 as standard protocol.
That allows several SIMEAS P measured
parameters to be indicated, evaluated and Fig. 13/24
SIMEAS P with PROFIBUS-DP
processed at a central master station.
The major application area is the integra-
tion into PLC systems as a transducer.
Application example 3
Fig. 13/25 shows an example of extended
IO for various applications.
13
Fig. 13/25
SIMEAS P: Applications
SIMEAS P at a glance
SIMEAS P50 P55 P600 P610 P650 P660 P100 *) P200 *) P500 *) P550 *)
Display G G G G G G G
Housing 96 x 96 96 x 96 144 x 144 144 x 144 144 x 144 144 x 144 96 x 144 96 x 144 144 x 144 144 x 144
for panel mounting G G G G G G G
2 binary outputs G G G G G G G G G G
IEC 60870-5-103 G G
Displays/screens
2) 2)
Oscilloscope G G G G G G G G
Harmonics G G G G G G
Degree of protection
IP41 G IP20 G G G G G G G G
1) 1) 1)
IP54 IP65 G G G G G G
UL Listing G G G G
Full parameterization G G G
via display
Table 1
13
1) With IP54 no UL Listing *) Devices are not described in this catalog – listed for reference purposes only.
2) With SIMEAS P PAR software
Fig. 13/30 4-wire-3-phase (low-voltage system) 1)2) Fig. 13/31 4-wire-3-phase (high-voltage system)
Technical data
Facia
Degree of protection IP 41 (standard) 1
Degree of protection IP 54 2
13
*) Only if position 9 苷 G
I/O module
Without (standard) A
2 binary outputs B
2 binary inputs C
2 analog outputs (0-20/4-20 mADC) D
2 analog inputs (0-20 mADC) E
3 relay outputs G
Communication module
RS485 with PROFIBUS DP and MODBUS RTU/ASCII 0
RS485 with IEC 60870-5-103 and MODBUS RTU/ASCII 1
I/O module
Without (standard) A
2 binary outputs B
2 binary inputs C
2 analog outputs (0-20/4-20 mADC) D
2 analog inputs (0-20 mADC) E
3 relay outputs G
Communication module
RS485 with PROFIBUS DP and MODBUS RTU/ASCII 0
RS485 with IEC 60870-5-103 and MODBUS RTU/ASCII 1
Power supply
230 V AC /50 Hz A
120 V AC / 60 Hz B
SIMEAS T
Digital Transducer
Function overview
Application
• All measured values in any desired
SR40102.eps
power supply system can be measured
with one single unit, the SIMEAS T
• Any desired measured value (current
voltage, active power, frequency, etc.)
can be assigned to each of the 3 analog
outputs, as well as any desired measur-
ing range
• The output signal can be freely
parameterized for every output
SR401oo.eps
• The binary output can be used as a
kWh meter to register the energy or as a
Fig. 13/32
limit monitor
SIMEAS T
• Input currents up to max. 10 A or input
voltages up to 600 V with rated fre-
quencies of 50, 60 or 16 2/3 Hz can be
connected
• For connection to any power control
Description system via IEC 60870-5-103 communi-
The SIMEAS T universal transducer allows • SIMEAS T PAR - Parameterization soft- cation protocol
measurement of all electrical quantities oc- ware
curring in any network in a single unit. Es- SlMEAS T digital transducers with Features
pecially in power plants and substations RS232 or RS485 interface can be • Smallest size
transducers are used for isolation of elec- parameterized or calibrated with the PC
• CE mark
trical signals and for further processing of software SIMEAS T PAR. The measured
measured values. Any desired measured quantities can be displayed online on the • EMC interference immunity
value (current, voltage, active power, fre- PC via a graphical meter or can be re- • Satisfies relevant international
quency, etc.) can be assigned to each of the corded and stored over a period of up to standards
3 analog outputs, as well as any desired one week. The SIMEAS T PAR software
• High quality, long life
measuring range. enables the self-parameterization of the
digital transducer according to the de- • Electrical isolation with high test
The output signal (e.g. -10 to 0 to 10 mA,
sired parameter setting. voltage
± 20 mA, 4 to 20 A, 0 to 10 V, etc.) can be
freely parameterized for every output • SIMEAS T EVAL - Evaluation software • High measuring accuracy
Using the SIMEAS T EVAL evaluation
channel. The binary output can be used as • Real r.m.s measurement
a kWh meter to register the energy or as a software, the previously stored values
with SIMEAS T PAR can be edited, eval- • Powerful output signal circuits
limit monitor.
uated and printed in the form of a • One unit for all applications
Input currents up to max. 10 A or input graphic or table.
• All data freely parameterizable
voltages up to 600 V with rated frequencies
of 16 2/3, 50 or 60 Hz can be connected. • High plant security and reliability
13
The SIMEAS T is available with an Communication interfaces
RS232 or an RS485 interface. The device
can be installed for operation on an • RS232 or RS485 interface
IEC 60870-5-103 bus.
The unit can be reparameterized with the
SIMEAS T PAR software package.
Parameterization
Measured variables
Voltage UL1-N ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL2-N ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL3-N ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL1-L2 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL2-L3 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UL3-L1 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● V, kV
Voltage UE-N ▼■● V, kV
Current IL1 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● A, kA
Current IL2 ▼■● ▼■● A, kA
Current IL3 ▼■● ▼■● A, kA
Current IL0 ▼■● A, kA
Frequency fL1 ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● Hz
Phase angle ϕ ▼ ● ▼ ● ▼ ● ▼ ● ▼ ● °
Active power Ptotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● W, kW, MW
Active power PL1 ▼■● W, kW, MW
Active power PL2 ▼■● W, kW, MW
Active power PL3 ▼■● W, kW, MW
Reactive power Qtotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Reactive power QL1 ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Reactive power QL2 ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Reactive power QL3 ▼■● var, kvar, Mvar
Power factor cos ϕtotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● –
Power factor cos ϕL1 ▼■● –
Power factor cos ϕL2 ▼■● –
Power factor cos ϕL3 ▼■● –
Apparent power Stotal ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● ▼■● VA, kVA, MVA
Power variables
Active power, consumption kWhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, consumption kWhL1 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, consumption kWhL2 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, consumption kWhL3 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhL1 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhL2 ■● kWh/pulse
Active power, delivered kWhL3 ■● kWh/pulse
Reactive power, consumption kvarhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, consumption kvarhL1 ■● kvar/pulse
13
Reactive power, consumption kvarhL2 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, consumption kvarhL3 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhL1 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhL2 ■● kvar/pulse
Reactive power, delivered kvarhL3 ■● kvar/pulse
Apparent power kVAhtotal ■● ■● ■● ■● ■● kVA/pulse
Table 13/2 ▼ Measured variables that can be connected to analog outputs.
■ Measured variables that can be connected to limit monitor or with power
metering as metered value to binary output.
● Measured variables or metered values that can all be transmitted via serial RS232 or RS485 interface and
indicated or logged, for example on a PC or notebook with SIMEAS T PAR software.
Transfer of measured values ASDU 140 standard with up to 16 measured values ASDU 9 ASDU 140
with 9 with 9
measured measured
for universal transducer with RS232 and
values values
RS485 interfaces
No.1) Single- 3-wire 3-wire 4-wire 4-wire 4-wire 4-wire
The metering points registered by the phase unbal- balanced unbal- balanced unbalanced unbalanced
transducer and passed on with the ASDU Netw. anced anced
depend on the chosen mode of operation. 1 IL1 IL1 IL1 IL1 IL1 IL1 PL1-N
These are listed in the adjacent table. The 2 UL1-N IL3 f IL2 UL1-N IL2 PL2-N
list conforms to DIN 19244 and VDEW 3 f f UL1-L2 IL3 f IL3 PL3-N
4 cos ϕ UL1-L2 UL2-L3 UL1-N cos ϕ UL1-N QL1-N
5 ϕ UL2-L3 UL3-L1 UL2-N ϕ UL2-N QL2-N
The contents of the file transfer telegrams 6 S UL3-L1 cos ϕ UL3-N S UL3-N QL3-N
conforming to IEC 60870 are completely 7 P cos ϕ ϕ U0 P P cos ϕL1-N
transparent to the user. All existing meas- 8 Q ϕ S f Q Q cos ϕL2-N
ured values can be integrated. It is then left 9 – S P UL1-L2 – f cos ϕL3-N
to the respective user program to extract
10 – P Q UL2-L3 –
the required data.
11 – Q – UL3-L1 –
12 – – – cos ϕ –
13 – – – ϕ –
14 – – – S –
15 – – – P –
16 – – – Q –
Bus link
Bus link
Parameterization
13
Technical data
Technical data
SIMEAS T PAR
Parameterization software
Description
By means of the SIMEAS T PAR software,
SIMEAS T transducers with an RS232 or
an RS485 interface can be parameterized or
calibrated swiftly and easily. Measured
quantities can be displayed on the PC on-
line via a graphical meter or can be re-
corded and stored over a period of up to
one week.
Generally, all the transducers are already
calibrated and factory set when delivered.
SR40148.tif
Recalibration of the transducers is nor-
mally only necessary after repairs or in the
event of readjustment. Fig. 13/42
Parameterization of the basic parameters
Features
• Extremely simple and straightforward
operation
• Storage of parameterization data under a
user-defined name even without the
transducer
• Parameters are sent to transducers even
after installation on the site
• A parameterization list with the specific
connection diagram of the transducer
can be printed
• A self-adhesive data plate can be printed
and fixed to the transducer, including a
possibility of entering three lines of text
containing the name and location etc.
SR40152.tif
SIMEAS T EVAL
Evaluation software
Description
With a PC or a notebook and the
SIMEAS T PAR software installed on it, up
to 25 measured quantities can be displayed
and recorded online with the SIMEAS T
digital transducer. A maximum of one
week can be recorded. Every second, one
complete set of measured values is re-
corded with time information. The com-
plete recording can then be saved under a
chosen name.
Using the SIMEAS T EVAL evaluation
software, the stored values can be edited,
evaluated and printed in the form of a
graphic or a table.
SR40156.tif
Features
• Automatic diagram marking
• Graphic or tabular representation Fig. 13/44
When a cursor is moved by the mouse, the measured values and
• Sampling frequency: 1 s
times in the table are adapted automatically
• A measured value from the table can be
dragged to the graphic by simply right-
clicking on it
• Add your own text to graphics
• Select measured quantities and the mea-
suring range
• Easy zooming with automatic adaption
of the diagram captions on the X and Y
axes
• Up to 8 cursors can be set or moved any-
where
• Tabular online display of the chosen
cursor positions with values and times
• Characteristics can be placed over one
another for improved analysis
• The sequence of displayed measured
quantities can be selected and modified
• The complete recording or edited
graphic can be printed, including a pos-
sibility of selecting the number of curves
on each sheet
• The table can be printed with measured
SR40157.tif
SIMEAS T 7KG6000-8Ao
Universal transducer for electrical quantities in power systems,
with –20 up to +20 mADC output, with RS232 interface for IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
for self-parameterization via SIMEAS T PAR Windows software
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC A
110 to 230 V AC/DC B
SIMEAS T 7KG6000-8Eo
Software
SIMEAS T PAR parameterization software
For parameterization of the universal transducer SIMEAS T with Windows XP
Languages:
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian 7KG6050-8AA
RS232/RS485 converter
Accessories Required for parameterization of the universal transducer with RS485 interface,
plug-in power supply unit
Vaux 230 V AC; 50 Hz 7XV5700-0CB00
Vaux 110 V AC; 60 Hz 7XV5700-1CB00
13
SIMEAS Q
Power Quality Recorder
Function overview
Features
• Recorder for all data required for analy-
sis of the quality of the product “elec-
tricity”
• Compact design in assembly housing
• Long-distance data transmission using
various communication routes
• Measurement data buffer for up to
LSP2007-afp.tif
70,000 measured values each with time
stamp
• Measurement and recording of up to
250 measured variables simultaneously
• Suitable for monitoring single-phase
Fig. 13/46 power supply networks and three or
SIMEAS Q four-wire three-phase AC networks
• Continuous and/or event-controlled re-
cording of up to 250 different measured
variables
Description
• 2 relay outputs
SIMEAS Q is a compact, cost-effective SIMEAS Q is available in 3 device versions Possible measured values
power quality recorder and has been devel- with the following communication inter- • R.m.s. values of phase voltages
oped to provide full-area monitoring of faces:
power quality according to EN 50160 and – RS232
• R.m.s. values of phase currents
IEC 61000 standards. – RS485 • System frequency
The increasing use of non-linear energy
– PROFlBUS-DP • Active, reactive and apparent power, as
consumers or unbalanced loads has a huge Furthermore the device version SIMEAS Q well as power factor per phase and for
impact on the network quality of the elec- with PROFIBUS-DP interface opens up the overall system
trical power supply. Many electrical de- another area of application. Together with • Balance factor of currents and voltages
vices in the industry need a proper power programmable control systems (PLCs), it
• Flickers
supply for accurate operation. A poor can be used as a “sensor” for electrical
quality of the power supply affects the op- measured variables. • Harmonic voltages and harmonic cur-
erational reliability inside a network of dif- rents up to the 40th harmonic
The basic task of data transmission and ar-
ferent consumers and can lead to a cost- • Total harmonic distortion (THD)
chiving for several SIMEAS Q devices is
expensive loss of the availability of differ-
ent devices, for example NC machines.
automatically managed by the “SICARO Q • Active, reactive and apparent output of
Manager” software installed on the PC, the overall system
Therefore a coverage acquisition und eval-
whereby the data transmission route be-
uation of the quality of energy supply is
tween the individual SIMEAS Q devices Communication interfaces
necessary.
and the PC can be achieved in a number of
SIMEAS Q devices are installed at various ways. • Serial RS232 and RS485 interface for di-
measuring points in order to record a se- rect and modem connections with up to 13
The SICARO PQ is a software product for
ries of measurements of the required val- 115200 bps
evaluating measured values with respect to
ues for an analysis of the network quality.
international standards, e.g. EN 50160 or • Standards-compliant PROFIBUS-DP
In addition to all relevant measured vari-
IEC 61000 or according to definable com- interface for connection to programma-
ables, the SIMEAS Q can also record sys-
tem disturbances, always when an upward
patibility levels. For analysis with SICARO ble controllers or PC with up to
PQ, the measured values are automatically 12 Mbps
or downward limit value violation has oc-
first fetched and stored by SICARO Q
curred. The recorded values can be called
Manager software. SICARO PQ automati-
up and evaluated using a PC.
cally accesses the stored measured values
and automatically initiates event analysis
and reporting and the output in the form
of HTML, print or report file.
Connection
1) www. simeas.com
Software
SR2008-afp.tif
quired to connect the PC. A separate
parameterization package is available for
this, containing the parameterization soft-
ware and the connecting cable required for Fig. 13/49
the respective unit version. SICARO Q Manager
Main menu with system structure
SIMEAS Q PAR configuration software Menu item for measurement settings
Software
SR2015-afp.tif
plate has to be selected.
Evaluation procedure
• Manual selection of data archive Fig. 13/51 SICARO PQ
• Manual selection of measured quantities Display and analysis of continuous measured values
and time range
• With selected settings for analysing re-
ports (quality profiles) by using of func-
tional task scheduler it is possible to
create automatic jobs for printing reports
or creating reports in HTML format.
SR2016-afp.tif
13
Fig. 13/53 For regular reporting, e.g. every day, every week, every month, every year
the Windows Task Scheduler is used
Connection examples
Three-wire three-phase current, same load Three-wire three-phase current, any load
Four-wire three-phase current, any load (low-voltage network) Four-wire three-phase current, any load (high-voltage network)
Technical data
Technical data
Auxiliary voltage
24 to 60 V DC A
110 to 250 V DC and 100 to 240 V AC 45 to 65 Hz B
13
13
13
LSP2413-afp.tif
observation of the status of various
primary components like breakers,
isolators, etc.
• Transient recorder for DC signals
• Test recorder for commissioning and
Fig. 13/60 system test
SIMEAS R
• PMU according to IEEE C37.118
on a DAKON PC (personal computer for Measurement of vector quantities of
Description voltages and currents with high accu-
data collection) a powerful disturbance re-
cording system. One DAKON PC can com-
racy in regard to amplitude, phase angle
SIMEAS R as powerful disturbance (tran- and time synchronization
sient) recorder is available in two varia- municate with several SIMEAS Rs using
various communication channels. In the • According to IEEE C37.118 internal
tions. On the one hand additionally with recording of phasors via Transient and
PQ-functionality (SIMEAS R V3.0) and “Automatic mode”, the DAKON PC is able
to collect all data recorded by SIMEAS Rs. Continuous Phasor Recorder and paral-
on the other with PMU-functionality lel dispose the measured phasors to a
(SIMEAS R-PMU) according to With a flash memory for each SIMEAS R Phasor Data Concentrator (PDC)
IEEE C37.118. The following features are and practically unlimited storage capability
available: powerful disturbance (transient) on DAKON PCs and with a powerful data- Powerful recording system
recorder, power quality monitoring unit, base, the recording system enables excel- • The field units SIMEAS R and the PC
power and frequency recording system, lent archiving possibilities. software OSCOP P form a powerful
and event recorder. The disturbance re-
The data obtained by SIMEAS R is written disturbance recording and power qual-
corder with a high sampling rate and excel-
to a high-capacity internal bulk storage ity monitoring system. With a DAKON
lent frequency response enables precise
medium. Under normal conditions in sub- PC (Personal computer for data collec-
analysis of network disturbances. With the
stations, power plants and industrial sys- tion) in automatic mode, powerful data
PMU vector quantities of voltages and cur-
tems, this type of storage takes months to collection and archiving capability leads
rents with high accuracy in regard to am-
fill up. When storage is full, it functions as to very short analysis times
plitude, phase angle and time synchroni-
zation will be measured. It is possible to a “ring buffer”, overwriting the oldest • Communication capability via Ethernet
send in real time the phasors to a PDC and values with the latest figures. (LAN or WAN structure) in accordance
record them simultaneous with internal with Ethernet 802.3 using TCP/IP pro-
With a high sampling rate this unit records tocol, communication via telephone
recorders. These records can be evaluated all relevant information for further analysis
with OSCOP P. The power quality moni- network using ISDN or analog modem
of short-circuits, breaker opening and clos- or direct communication using copper
toring system for recording of voltage and ing behavior, reaction of CTs and VTs on
current r.m.s. values, frequency, real and
(RS232) or fiber-optic channels
network disturbances, etc. With a record-
reactive power, power factor, current and • Various installation possibilities of the
ing capability of 32 analog and 64 binary PC software OSCOP P in server, client
voltage harmonics, voltage sages and swells, channels of each unit and with real-time and evaluation mode meet all require- 13
voltage flicker, etc. is a reliable tool to synchronization capability, the system
monitor and archive power quality related ments, like visualization, analysis for
can observe and monitor a huge number parameterization, commissioning, test,
events. The power and frequency record- of feeders and power equipment.
ing system is an important equipment in automatic data collection, data archiving
SIMEAS R is a recorder meeting all electro-
power plants to understand stability prob- • Precise fault location capability using
magnetic compatibility requirements like
lems and analyze related topics like the OSCOP P & diagnosis software
all Siemens numerical relays. High level of
response of generator excitation control • Detailed power quality analysis infor-
hardware and software quality and precise
systems. With an event recorder, various mation using SlCARO PQ software
self diagnosis of each unit is a guarantee
digital signals like the status of a breaker, for the investment of our customers.
isolator, and trip contacts of protection Powerful hardware
relays, etc. can be observed and recorded • Modular hardware system with up to
for further analysis. SIMEAS R as a field 32 analog and 64 binary inputs in a
unit forms with OSCOP P software installed 19-inch rack
• Flash memory
System overview
Time synchronization
To enable a comparison of recordings
from fault recorders and protection equip-
ment at different locations, precise time Fig. 13/61 System overview
synchronization of all SIMEAS R and
DAKON devices is necessary. This is en-
sured by the use of additional components,
such as GPS-receiver and sync-transceiver.
SR2000-afp.tif
all channels are recorded concurrently and tions, SIMEAS R can be precisely adapted
with a pre-fault, variable fault progression to the specific requirements of an applica-
and post-fault, depending on the parame- tion:
ter settings for recording.
• Triggering on the rms value of an analog
Recording alternating current and voltage channel (min. / max. triggering)
For triggering, the recorder calculates a
Three different data acquisition units are
measured value corresponding to the Fig. 13/63
available for recording currents and volt- SIMEAS R, compact housing
rms value of a current or voltage (I, V)
ages:
continuously at intervals of half a system
− VCDAU with 4 voltage and 4 current cycle. The values sampled over half a sys-
inputs, tem cycle are used to calculate this mea-
sured value.
− CDAU with 8 current inputs or
− VDAU with 8 voltage inputs. Triggering occurs (i.e. recording is
started) when the measured value either
SIMEAS R V3.0: The sampling rate is 256 x exceeds a positive maximum limit or falls
system frequency. For a system frequency below a positive minimum limit.
of 50 Hz, the sampling rate is therefore
12.8 kHz (for 60 Hz, 15.36 kHz per channel). One practical example of this is trigger-
ing on a maximum value of the rms cur-
SR2005-afp.tif
SIMEAS R-PMU: The sampling rate is rent and on a minimum value of an rms
constant at 192 samples. For a system voltage.
frequency of 50 Hz (frequency range
25 to 60 Hz) the sampling rate is constant • Triggering on a change in the rms value
at 9,600 Hz and for 60 Hz (frequency range of an analog channel (dM/dt triggering)
30 to 70 Hz) the sampling rate is constant Each time the measured value described
at 11,520 Hz (see table page 13/52). above (V, I) is calculated, the difference is Fig. 13/64
formed between two measured values one SIMEAS R, front view.
Recording of the process variables system cycle apart. This difference is com- A DAU can be seen in the middle slot
pared with the set rate-of-change (dM/dt)
DC signals are measured via the DDAU limit, e.g. 10 kV / 20 ms. This permits trig-
data acquisition unit, which has 8 signal gering on a positive or negative change to
inputs. The DDAU can be ordered for an the rms value of a voltage or current input.
input range of -1 V to +1 V, -10 V to +10 V
or -20 mA to +20 mA. These inputs can be • Triggering on the rms value of the
assigned to one process signal each, e.g. positive or negative sequence system
display of temperature in K, speed of rota- (min. / max. triggering)
tion in rpm, voltage in kV, current in kA. The recorder can be parameterized to
treat the analog inputs of a data acquisi-
SR2006-afp.tif
Functions
The reporting rate defines the number of
phasors transferred per second. If the de-
fined sampling interval T0 is unequal to the
integer multiple of the measuring signal
cycle duration Tm, the phasors length re-
mains constant, however, the phase angle
is changed (see Fig. 13/68).
If the sampling interval T0 corresponds to
the integer multiple of the measuring sig-
nal Xm cycle duration, a constant phasor is
determined during every sampling instant.
Fig. 13/67
Determined the phase angle ϕ of the
Reporting rate measuring signal Xm with regard to the
The parameterizable reporting rate of the cosine function
SIMEAS R-PMU defines the number of
telegrams that are created and transferred
to the PDC per second. It can be set
depending on the nominal frequency and
equally applies to all data acquisition units
(DAU) in the SIMEAS R-PMU. When
selecting the reporting rate, the available
bandwidth of the data connection to the
PDC should always be considered
(see Table 1).
Recording principle SIMEAS R V3.0 Power quality recorder and mean value
Functions (cont'd)
recorder (SIMEAS R V3.0)
The variables active power, reactive power,
Transient Analog Recorder (TAR) power factor and frequency (P, Q, PF The mean value recorder and power qual-
The TAR records the curves for voltages, (cos ϕ) and f) are continuously calculated ity recorder functions store the signals
currents, process and binary signals in the at intervals of one system cycle and stored continuously. The averaging time for the
form of sample values when a fault occurs. in a buffer. If the parameter “averaging groups listed below can be freely parame-
For this purpose, the user defines trigger time” is set to “1”, the calculation interval terized in the range of 10 s to one hour.
limits and recording times using the of the frequency and power recorder is one The following electrical quantities are mea-
OSCOP P parameterization software. system cycle. The values in the fault re- sured, stored and displayed in the evalua-
The input signals are analyzed according cording therefore correspond to the values tion program:
in the buffer. Other settings of the “averag-
to the preset trigger conditions and re- − Voltage and current
corded if the limit values are exceeded or ing time” parameter can reduce the re-
corder’s calculation interval. For example, − Active and reactive power
not reached. The fault record contains the
prefault time, the trigger time and the re- if the “averaging time” parameter is set to − Frequency, positive and negative sequence
“4”, a mean value is formed over the 4 val- system
corded fault.
ues of the variables (P, Q, PF (cos ϕ), f) last − Weighted and unweighted THD
The trigger cause is also stored. The follow- calculated and written to the buffer after 4 − Current and voltage harmonic
ing trigger functions can be parameterized system cycles have elapsed. This means that − Process variables
for the Transient Analog Recorder: the calculation interval of the fault record- − Voltage dips
− Level trigger Min/Max ing is 4 system cycles. The “averaging time” − Flicker
− Gradient trigger parameter can be set in the range 1 to 250.
The number of calculated values before the With this function it is possible to monitor
− Binary trigger a substation or part of a substation (e.g.
trigger point (pre-fault) can be selected in
− Logical trigger the range of 0 to 500. feeder) continuously and to evaluate its
− Cross trigger power quality. The measurement is used
− Manual trigger The system frequency is measured via a for monitoring the rms current progres-
voltage channel if the unit is equipped with
− External trigger sion as well as the active and reactive
an appropriate module (VDAU, VCDAU);
− Network trigger. if not, the frequency is measured via a
power. This enables the energy require-
ment of a feeder to be averaged over a long
current channel of a CDAU by automatic period. Moreover, an analysis of the r.m.s.
SIMEAS R V3.0: determination of the current signal with
Power and frequency recorder voltage, the current harmonic progression,
the highest amplitude and the lowest har- the THD, the progression of voltage dips
The frequency and power recorder monic distortion. and flicker effects (Pst and PIt value) pro-
(SIMEAS R V3.0) calculates and stores the vides information about the quality of the
active and reactive power and the power power supply on a feeder. Existing fault
factor plus the frequency (P, Q, PF (cos ϕ) sources can thus be located and counter-
and f). This function is used, for example, measures taken.
to record the load conditions before, dur-
ing and after a fault in a power plant.
Power swings in the power system and the
frequency curve over a long time can be
recorded.
One special application is recording of the
properties of primary control in a power
plant. For example, if a power plant unit is
shut down at another location in a grid, the
frequency of the power system will drop.
This causes a considerable change in the
13 power output of the power plant in which
recording is taking place. Because all chan-
nels are recorded simultaneously, the user
can establish a power balance, e.g. at the
infeed points in substations.
Functions (cont'd)
Hardware
Housing
Two types of housing are available for
SIMEAS R:
− 1/2 19-inch rack with 3 slots and
− 19-inch rack with 6 slots
The first slot is filled by the CPU module,
the last slot of each rack by the PSU. The
remaining slots can be filled with various
data acquisition units (DAUs). The mod-
ules are slotted into the rack vertically and
SR2004-afp.tif
the terminals are located at the rear of the
rack.
Central processor
The central processor coordinates the data
acquisition units, communication via the
interfaces, and manages the database for 1 CPU module
2 Data acquisition unit DAU
the various fault records and mean values.
3 Power supply unit
It also monitors the entire hardware. Fig. 13/71 4 Bus board
Layout of a SIMEAS R
Power supply
The power supply is drawn from two
different units (PSUs), depending on the
supply voltage:
− 24 V - 60 V DC
− 110 V - 250 V DC and 115 - 230 V AC
In the event of a sudden power failure, the
recorder continues to function, drawing its
power from a storage capacitor (for details
such as duration, see “Technical Data”).
This allows time for a controlled reset if the
power supply fails during operation. The
PSU can optionally be equipped with a
SR2001-aip.tiv
Hardware
Control buttons
The recorder has the following control
buttons that are located on the front panel:
• Acknowledge group alarm
• Normal mode
• Blocked mode
• Test mode
• Manual trigger
Control inputs
There are four contact inputs at the rear of
the recorder:
• Acknowledge group alarm
• System reset
• External start
• Time synchronization
Alarm outputs
The recorder has four alarm outputs. The
first is permanently connected to the pro-
LSP2824.tif
cessor watchdog. The other three can be
freely parameterized and are pre-assigned
as follows:
Fig. 13/73 LEDs and control buttons
• Watchdog
(permanent, not parameterizable)
• E.g. ready to run (parameterizable)
Control inputs
• E.g. event being recorded There are four contact inputs at the rear of
(parameterizable) 8 green LEDs
the recorder:
• E.g. group alarm (parameterizable) • Recorder in operation
• Acknowledge group alarm
• Operating voltage OK
• System reset
Group alarm • Battery capacity OK
• External start
Here is an example of how the group alarm • Event recorded
can be parameterized. Up to 5 signals can • Time synchronization
• Data transmission to the PC
be parameterized for the group alarm:
• Circulating memory active Alarm outputs
• Two further LEDs freely programmable The recorder has four alarm outputs. The
• DAU fault
first is permanently connected to the pro-
• Printer fault 8 red LEDs cessor watchdog. The other three can be
• Synchronization fault • Fault DAU(s) freely programmed and are pre-assigned as
• Fault printer follows:
• CPU fault
• Fault time synchronization • Watchdog
• Data fault
• Fault fine synchronization • Ready to run
• Fault data memory • Event being recorded
• PC not accessible • Group alarm
13
• Temperature ≤ 5 °C Group alarm
• Temperature ≥ 55 °C, − Fault DAU(s)
and 5 LEDs permanently assigned to the − Fault printer
control buttons listed below − Fault synchronization
− Fault data memory
Control buttons
The recorder has the following control
buttons that are located on the front panel:
• Acknowledge group alarm
• Normal mode
• Blocked mode
• Test mode
• Manual trigger
Technical data
Technical data
Analog and binary inputs and outputs (cont´d) Analog and binary inputs and outputs (cont´d)
Current input (CDAU or VCDAU) Binary inputs (BDAU, VCDAU, DDAU, CDAU und VDAU)
Dynamic AD and converter Sampling frequency 2 kHz
switching Principle of storage Only status changes are stored with
Measuring range 5 mA to 400 Arms real time and a resolution of 1 ms
Accuracy range 5 mA to 7 Arms Storage capacity 250 status changes per 16 inputs,
Resolution 0.5 mA within 1 s, total storage capacity
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C and rated Class 0.5 depends on the parameter setting
frequency) ± 0.5 % of measured ± 0.5 mA (typically approx. 100,000 status
Frequency response 3 to 5500 Hz (5 %) changes)
Range > 7 Arms to 200 Arms
Voltage ranges of control inputs Input L-level H-level
Resolution 30 mA
according to components voltage
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C and rated Class 1.5
installed V V V
frequency) ± 1.5 % of measured value ± 30 mA
Frequency response 0 to 5500 Hz (5 %) 24 ≤7 ≥ 18
Range > 200 Arms to 400 Arms 48 to 60 ≤ 14 ≥ 36
Resolution 30 mA 110 to 125 ≤ 28 ≥ 75
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C and rated Class 3.5 220 to 250 ≤ 56 ≥ 165
frequency) ± 3.5 % of measured value Input current 1 mA
Frequency response 0 to 5500 Hz (5 %) Input Overload
Continuous 20 A voltage
Overload 100 A, 30 s V V
500 A, 1s 24 28.8
1200 A, half-wave 48 to 60 72
Recording 200 A, plus 100 % displacement 110 to 125 150
Burden < 0.1 VA 220 to 250 300
DC inputs (DDAU)
Input range ± 20 mA (50 Ω) Binary inputs and outputs
(depending on the Order No.) ± 1 V / ± 10 V (> 40 kΩ / > 400 kΩ) Control inputs 4 inputs
Accuracy Class 0.5 Input 1 Input for time synchronization for
(at 23 °C ± 1 °C) connection to the synchro-box or a
Range 1 V ± 0.5 % measured value ± 1 mV station clock with minute pulse
Range 10 V ± 0.5 % measured value ± 10 mV 24 to 60 V, filter time > 2 μs
> 110 V, filter time < 5 μs
Range 20 mA ± 0.5 % measured value ± 20 μA
Input 2 External start,
Sampling frequency 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz filter time 50 ms
per module (parameterizable)
(if used together with a VCDAU, Input 3 External reset
CDAU, or VDAU, the DC channels filter time 50 ms
are recorded in parallel. Input 4 External group alarm
Only a sampling rate of 10 kHz per Filter time 50 ms
channel is permitted.) Voltage ranges of control inputs Input L-level H-level
Processing of higher DC voltages via according to components in- voltage
isolation amplifier (e.g. SIMEAS T) stalled V V V
24 ≤7 ≥ 18
48 to 60 ≤ 14 ≥ 36
110 to 125 ≤ 28 ≥ 75
220 to 250 ≤ 56 ≥ 165
Input current 1 mA
Input
voltage
Input 1
Overload
Input 2 to 4
Overload
13
V V V
24 28.8 28.8
48 to 60 72 72
110 to 125 150 150
220 to 250 300 300
Technical data
Communication interfaces
Slot 1 - CPU
LPT 1 Printer interface, Centronics, for Triggered recorder U, I: UL,N; IL,N; B; D
connection of a laser printer f, P: P; Q; cos ; f
(Emulation Postscript level 2) Continuous recorder U, I: UL,N1); IL,N1)
P, Q: Q 1), P 1)
COM 2/COM S RS232 serial interface, on front side
f, sym: f 1), U 1)1,2; I1,21)
for connection of a PC,
DC: D 1) (± 20 mA; ± 1 V; ± 10 V)
19.2 kBd
ER: B
COM 1 RS232 serial interface, on rear for THD: THD (%)
connection of e.g. an additional mo- Harm: U,I up to 50.
dem, 300 Bd to 57.6 Bd or an exter- VDip: threshold violation
nal ISDN terminal adapter Flicker
Ethernet Compatible acc. to IEEE 802.3
13 Software TCP/IP
Twisted pair (10BaseT), RJ45 con-
nector
Slot 0 data transmission
Modem Transmission rate up to 56 kBps
Dialing method audio and pulse
CCIT V.21, V.22, V.22 to V.23, V.32,
V.32 to V.34, V.90
Certified in all European countries
Measurement at
16.7 Hz network C
50 Hz network D
60 Hz network E
Terminals
Standard 1
US design (not possible with surface mounting housing) 2
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC without battery G
24 to 60 V DC with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC with battery K
Manual
German 1
English 2
French 3
Spanish 4
Italian 5 13
Portuguese 7
Measurement at
50 Hz network D
60 Hz network E
Terminals
Standard 1
US design (not possible with surface mounting housing) 2
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC without battery G
24 to 60 V DC with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC with battery K
Manual
German 1
English 2
French 3
Spanish 4
Italian 5
13
Measurement at
16.7 Hz network C
50 Hz network D
60 Hz network E
Terminals
Standard 1
US design (not possible with surface mounting housing) 2
Signal voltages of the CPU and the binary inputs for units without free assembly of the DAUs
24 V DC 1
48 - 60 V DC 2
110 - 125 V DC 3
220 - 250 V DC 4
48 - 60 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 5
110 - 125 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 6
220 - 250 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 7
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC without battery G
24 to 60 V DC with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC with battery K
Manual
German 1
English 2
French 3
Spanish 4
13
Italian 5
Portuguese 7
Measurement at
50 Hz network D
60 Hz network E
Terminals
Standard 1
US design (not possible with surface mounting housing) 2
Signal voltages of the CPU and the binary inputs for units without free assembly of the DAUs
24 V DC 1
48 - 60 V DC 2
110 - 125 V DC 3
220 - 250 V DC 4
48 - 60 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 5
110 - 125 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 6
220 - 250 V DC, control input 1 24 V DC2) 7
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC without battery G
24 to 60 V DC with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 V to 250 V DC with battery K
Manual
German 1
English 2
French 3
Spanish 4
13 Italian 5
Slot 2
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) A
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) B
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) C
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) D
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) E
– not prepared / plate only F
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use G
CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use H
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use J
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use K
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use L
Slot 3
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) A
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) B
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) C
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) D
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) E
– not prepared / plate only F
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use G
CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use H
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use J
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use K
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use L
Slot 4
VCDAU to be equipped in the factory2) A
CDAU to be equipped in the factory2) B
VDAU to be equipped in the factory2) C
BDAU to be equipped in the factory2) D
DDAU to be equipped in the factory2) E
– not prepared / plate only F
VCDAU prepared for a VCDAU for future use G 13
CDAU prepared for a CDAU for future use H
VDAU prepared for a VDAU for future use J
BDAU prepared for a BDAU for future use K
DDAU prepared for a DDAU for future use L
Terminals
Standard 1
US design 2
Without terminals as the central unit is already equipped with terminals 3
System frequency
No frequency information in case of order number position 9 = D 0
16.7 Hz (not for 7KE6100-0 and 7KE6100-1) 1
50 Hz 2
60 Hz 3
SIMEAS R, acquisition units for free fitting or as spare parts 7KE6000 - 2oooo
Also available for 7KE6000-0; 7KE6100-0; 7KE6000-1; 7KE6100-1
DDAU (8 DC / 16 binary inputs) E
Terminals
Standard A
US design B
Without terminals, as the central unit is already equipped with terminals C
Analog channels
20 mA 1
1V 2
10 V 3
13
13
24 to 60 V DC without battery G
24 to 60 V with battery H
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 to 250 V DC without battery J
50/60 Hz, 115/230 V AC or 110 to 250 V DC with battery K
Modems 7KE6000-2Jo
Auxiliary power
24 to 60 V DC 1
110 to 250 V DC or 115 to 230 V AC 50/60 Hz 2
13
Manual
for firmware version 3.xx
English E50417-B1076-C209-A2
German E50417-B1000-C209-A4
French E50417-B1077-C209-A1
Spanish E50417-B1078-C209-A1
Italian E50417-B1072-C209-A1
Portuguese E50417-B1079-C209-A1
Attention:
OSCOP P is not included and must be ordered separately.
DAKON XP is only available with AC power supply
13
OSCOP P
Parameterization and Analysis Software for Power Quality
Function overview
SR13131.tif
via ISDN) or Ethernet
• Network of several evaluation PCs (also
Fig. 13/74
in client-server mode), DAKON and
OSCOP P, example of measurement
by cursor with vector diagram
SIMEAS R via LAN or WAN (TCP/IP)
and therefore output on one or more
power-system printers
Description • Fully-automatic display on the monitor
or output of fault records – in the form
The software OSCOP P is a program pack- • DIAGNOSE – Easy-to-use fault locator
age for parameterization and automated and diagnostic module
of a sine wave or r.m.s. value curve (real
remote transmission, archiving, evaluation The diagnostic module can automatically r.m.s. value) – on printers and output
files which have been recorded with a analyze the data of power transmission of event logs
SIMEAS R digital fault and power quality and distribution lines and calculate the • Archiving of a large quantity of data
recorder, OSCILLOSTORE P531 or with distance to a fault. The diagnosis module with embedded database system
numerical protection relays using the can handle any number of segments or
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol. It incorporates single lines. Handling of parallel lines as Evaluation functions
extensive functions and computation algo- well as both ended fault location is also
rithms for manual or automated analysis possible. If desired, the results are logi- • Comfortable graphic evaluation pro-
and evaluation of events in a power system. cally linked to the fault record and auto- gram for analyzing recorded data, with
With OSCOP P and SIMEAS R devices you matically printed or displayed on the extensive zoom functions, variable scal-
have PQ monitoring solved. In the case of monitor. ing, print preview.
a fault, you can react quickly and take the • COMTRADE – Import and export of • Computation of various line variables
corresponding measures. fault records
for the cursor position, e.g. impedance,
Optional modules and functions The COMTRADE function allows to im-
port and export events which have been reactance, active power, reactive power,
• SICARO PQ – Analysis of power system registered by devices of other manufac- apparent power, harmonics, peak r.m.s.
quality, SICARO PQ allows fast analysis turers to be imported in accordance with values, voltage symmetry, etc.
of measured power quality data accord- the IEEE standard. Thus it is possible to • Filtering function for signals from pro-
ing to EN 50160, IEC 61000-2-2 stand- import, edit and analyze stored fault tection relays
ards or based on customized settings. events of another unit or system in 13
The measured values are automatically OSCOP P. • Function for automatic creation of a
compared with the setpoint values and Operating systems power balance and tables for evaluating
evaluated. After the analysis a report is power quality
automatically issued by the software. The • Windows 2000/XP Professional
report can be structured by the user with Optional functions
regard to form and layout. It is also pos-
• DIAGNOSE: for automatic analysis of
sible to convert the complete report into
HTML format. faults in the power system
• SICARO PQ: for automatic power
quality analysis
• COMTRADE: Import and export of
data according to the IEEE Comtrade
standard.
Features
Parameterization
One important component of the
parameterization is the definition of the
network topology, followed by assignment
of devices. The communication structure
with individual devices and other PCs
must then be configured in the OSCOP P
program. When these steps have been per-
formed each individual device can then be
parameterized.
Definition of network topology
− Region(s)
− Substation(s)
SR13118.tif
− Feeder(s)
− Followed by assignment of each device to
a region, substation, feeder and voltage Fig. 13/75
level Assignment of devices to feeders and substations
Device password:
− For each SIMEAS R
− For each protection relay
SR13119c.eps
13
SR13120.tif
Features
Parameterization (cont’d)
Program password
Depending on the requirements, different
rights can be assigned to each user. This
ensures coordinated parameterization of
devices. The intention is to avoid non-har-
monized parameterization of identical de-
vices from different PCs.
The following access rights can be assigned:
a) Access to all functions is permitted
b)PC parameterization is disabled
c) Device parameterization and diagnosis
are disabled, plus b)
SR13121.tif
d)All delete functions are disabled, plus c)
e) Retrieving data from lower-level PCs is
Fig. 13/78
disabled, plus d)
SIMEAS R parameters/fault recorder/trigger settings
Storage of files / data base:
− Name of drive for storing the data
− Limitation of the database in Mbytes
Language setting for user interface
− English
− German
− French
− Spanish
− Italian
Parameterization of the SIMEAS R digital
fault and power quality recorder
− Device designation
− Short identification of a measurement
channel
− Channel legend
SR13122.tif
− Pre-fault recording
− Recording times Fig. 13/80
− Trigger disable Parameters of the output devices
Features
SR13124.tif
− Event log on/off per device
Fax transmission Fig. 13/81
Sequence control system of automatic mode
− Telephone number for each fax terminal
− Designation of the fax terminal
− Assignment of a device to the fax termi-
nal
− Fault record on/off per device
− R.m.s. value curve or sine waves per
device
− Event log on/off per device
Display on the monitor
− Fault records on/off per device
− R.m.s. value curve or sine waves per
device
− Event log on/off per device
Diagnostic function (option) SR13125.tif
13
SR13126.tif
Fig. 13/83
R.m.s. value of a three-pole fault
Features
SR13127.tif
communications channels
− Time-controlled operation
− Transfer of header data with event infor-
mation only
Fig. 13/84
− Transfer of r.m.s value curve of DAKON Example of a measurement by cursor with vector diagram
PC only
− Transfer of diagnosis result of DAKON
PC only
− Transfer of a combination of the r.m.s
value curve or sine wave with the results
of diagnosis
− Matching of the parameters between
SIMEAS R, DAKON PC and OSCOP P
Manual sorting of records/ filtering
function:
− Sorting by region
− Sorting by substation
− Sorting by voltage level
− Sorting by cause of recording
− Sorting by date and time
SR13128.tif
Fig. 13/86
Example of a protection relay event log
Configuration information
Operating system
− Windows XP Professional
Hardware requirements
Evaluation PC / Client PC
− Personal computer, 500 MHz processor
or better
− RAM 512 Mbytes
− Hard disk, recommended minimum
10 Gbytes
− Color graphic card VGA or S-VGA
− Printers supported by the Windows
operating system
− Mouse / keyboard for operation
− Network card as required
DAKON PC / Server PC
− Personal computer, 2 GHz processor
or better
− RAM 512 Mbytes
− Hard disk, recommended minimum
40 Gbytes
− Network card as required
− Color graphic card VGA or S-VGA
− Printers supported by the Windows
operating system
− Mouse / keyboard for operation
13
For DAKON XP
Level 5, with database for a max. of 1000 devices
with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol for communication
with numerical protection relays. (Devices: see 1)) E
Additional function 1
With diagnosis software fault locator A
Without B
Additional function 2
With Comtrade import and export function
for disturbance records in accordance with the
IEEE Comtrade standard 1
Without 0
Manual
German A
English B
French C
Spanish D
Italian E
13
Note:
Version 6.60 is not released for
DAKON 98. Version 6.60 is only
released for Windows XP
1) Device: SIMEAS R, OSCILLOSTORE
P531, protection relays with
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, unlimited
number of SIMEAS Q
2) The application of this function
must be clarified with the Product
Management before ordering.
Manual
German A
English B
French C
Spanish D
Italian E
Level 1 to Level 2 A
Level 1 to Level 3 B
Level 1 to Level 4 C
Level 1 to Level 5 D
Level 1 to Level 6 E
Level 2 to Level 3 F
Level 2 to Level 4 G
Level 2 to Level 5 H
Level 2 to Level 6 J
Level 3 to Level 4 K
Level 3 to Level 5 L
Level 3 to Level 6 M
Level 4 to Level 5 N
Level 4 to Level 6 P
Level 5 to Level 6 Q 13
Supplied on the following data media:
On 3½ inch floppy disks 1
German A
English B
French C
Spanish D
Italian E
Supplied on CD-ROM with dongle 0
Note: After reception of the new dongle, please send the original OSCOP P dongle
back to the return address mentioned below.
Please attach a copy of the Delivery Note!
Return address:
Siemens AG, PTD EA P SCM
Rückwaren/Return goods
13 Wernerwerkdamm 5
D-13629 Berlin
Germany
Manual
A manual is always supplied when ordering OSCOP P
German E50417-H1000-C170-A3
Italian E50417-H1072-C170-A3
English E50417-H1076-C170-A3
French E50417-H1077-C170-A3
Spanish E50417-H1078-C170-A3
SIMEAS SAFIR
Analysis and Monitoring Software for Power Quality
Function overview
LSP2915.tif
from all installed devices
• Centralized data archiving
• Automated data analysis to provide
answers to the most important issues:
− fault analysis including distance-to-
fault location
− compliance with power quality
requirements and
− assistance with problem identification
analysis if problems are detected
• Monitoring of equipment (e.g. circuit
breakers etc.) and
• Monitoring of system functions,
such as communication
Fig. 13/87 • One web-based tool instead of a multi-
tude of software packages. This reduces
significantly analysis time and crew
training time
power supply by documenting the Power • Increased reliability (by redundant
Description
Quality at the measurement nodes. Power communication facilities, hardware,
Network reliability and quality of power quality analysis is based on the current and processing algorithms)
delivery are of increasing importance as a standards (EN 50160; IEC 61000) and uses
a powerful reporting tool that draws the Benefits
competitive factor as energy demands rise
and equipment utilization grows. The fun- user’s attention to any non-compliances • Use of all available data sources
damental objectives of avoiding or mini- with the current standard. The SIMEAS • Grouping of all records belonging to
mizing network outages require timely and SAFIR system meets these requirements the same network event (one network
accurate analysis of the power quality and with special web pages.
fault will produce multiple records in
fault information.
different devices and locations)
SIMEAS SAFIR system is the Siemens web- • Classification of the grouped events
based quality system based on fault analysis (important event, normal operation)
including fault location, power quality
analysis and monitoring. • Accurate distance-to-fault location and
reliable fault analysis (in transmission
SIMEAS SAFIR provides information on systems)
all operations in the network being moni-
tored. The responsible analysis expert(s) • Correlation of fault-records from
can easily check the results provided by the multiple substation sources to improve
SIMEAS SAFIR system, and classify com- fault-locating accuracy
mon switching events and simple faults, • Automatic information, warning and
which don’t require much investigation
alarms on fault location and (when ap-
time. The experts can concentrate on more
complex faults and, due to the grouping
plicable) fault type for warded to opera- 13
functionality of SIMEAS SAFIR, have all tor and maintenance staff. This is done
related information at hand. by e-mail, text message (SMS on mobile
phone), fax and print-out.
By grouping the data sets, it is easy to find
all information relating to a particular event • Archiving of the grouped data and the
without changing tools or having to search diagnostic results and the power quality
through several file archiving systems or reports
databases. SIMEAS SAFIR provides analy- • Quick return on investment
sis possibilities without changing tools and
the look and feel, even if the individual re- • Cost-effective system expansion using
cords originated in devices of different types a scalable solution architecture
and vendors. SIMEAS SAFIR provides ad-
ditional information about the quality of
Application
Features
Basic functionality
It is assumed that the recorded data are au-
tomatically retrieved by the device-specific
software packages, and stored at a target
destination agreed when commissioning
SIMEAS SAFIR system. SIMEAS SAFIR
automatically picks up the data and auto-
matically runs a diagnosis, including the
grouping of all records belonging to the
same electrical event. Normally, the best
result is sent via the notification system
after no more than 15 minutes. The web Fig. 13/91 Typical SIMEAS SAFIR configuration
pages and printer are the standard channels
used.
System reliability Principles of fault location
Archiving facilities
One central property of systems like Basically a single ended measurement of
− Complete archival storage SIMEAS SAFIR is their reliability. Users of the reactance is used to determine the fault
− Restoration function such systems willingly use the functionality location. This principle requires measured
− Additional export functions (option) offered and the simple use and accessibility data from the three phase-to-ground volt-
COMTRADE export of the necessary information. ages and the three line currents during the
PDF export fault in one single record.
For this reason, measures have been taken
The SIMEAS SAFIR system will automati- on several levels to ensure the reliability of − Diagnosis function #1:
cally perform the following file export SIMEAS SAFIR. For minor applications, Fault location in HV and EHV networks
functions: SIMEAS SAFIR can be set up as a single (FL)
a) Exporting disturbance recordings to a server application; as from a certain system − Diagnosis function #2:
network directory in PDF format, as size, however, greater effort is required be- Fault recognition based on overcurrent
soon as they are processed by the main cause more users will use SIMEAS SAFIR (I>>)
server as their preferred tool. SIMEAS SAFIR can
b) Exporting event diagnostic reports to a − Diagnosis function #3:
be set up as a multi-server application, per- Fault recognition by analysis of binaries
network directory in PDF format, when mitting redundancy in the hardware
the event folder is closed and archived, (FB)
(back-up concept), in communication and
i.e. typically 15 days after the power in result calculation (diverse calculation − Diagnosis function #4:
system event. modes to avoid logic errors). Classification of network events
LSP2906.eps
that provide data. Devices of the following
types can now be integrated:
• Siemens digital fault recorders
SIMEAS R
• Siemens PQ recorders
• Numerical protections from all vendors
with standardized communications
• Digital fault recorders from Hathaway
(IDM)
• Digital fault recorders from LEM
(BEN 5000)
• Digital fault recorders from ABB
(INDACTIC 650)
LSP2907.eps
• Digital fault recorders from Rochester
(TR100+)
System administration
Fig. 13/93
− Access rights Starting page (overview) and detailed information
− Self-monitoring
− Admin-Log books
− Support-Log books
− Office communication
− Firewall
LSP2910.eps
network event (Fig. 13/93)
• Power Quality (PQ) information (only if
this option is installed).
LSP2911.eps
puter can easily transfer the current distur-
bance recording from the “SIGRA plug-in”
to the “SIGRA” program and perform a
more comprehensive data analysis.
Fig. 13/94
Each web page includes an export-to-PDF
Overview information and finger print representation of voltage harmonic
button. This facilitates and standardizes the
internal reporting.
13
LSP2905.eps
Fig. 13/95
Number of violations of voltage harmonic 15 to applicable PQ standard
and voltage dips and interruptions
1) SIGRA: Siemens Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault and measurement records
Notification system
Standard (only web pages) 0
E-mail, printer, fax 1
E-mail, printer, fax and SMS 2
CB-Monitoring 7KE9000-5CC00-0AA0
Optional packages IP-Monitoring 7KE9000-5DD00-0AA0
13
1) Drivers available: Hathaway, Rochester TR100+, LEM BEN 5000, KoCos (DFMS devices only)
2) Drivers available: SICAM PAS with recpro, SAT 1703 with SAT DISTO
14
14
SICAM PAS
Substation Automation System
Function overview
System architecture
• Modular and scalable hardware and
software
• Open system thanks to standards
• User-friendly due to Windows operat-
LSP2828.tif
ing system
• Real-time data system
• Flexible, graphical configuration of
automation
• Embedded industry platform
LSP2873.tif
System features
• Real time changes in the configuration
through database access
Fig. 14/1 • Unrestricted access to information
SICAM PAS
Substation automation system
• Monitoring and controlling switchgears
via Web interface
• Substation control features, e.g. bay
Description blocking, telecontrol blocking, security
authority, time synchronization,
SICAM PAS (Power Automation System)
• Process visualization with
meets all the demands made of a distri-
buted substation control system – both SICAM PAS CC
now and in the future. Amongst many • Evaluation of measured and metered
other standardized communication proto- values with SICAM Valpro
cols SICAM PAS supports the new stand- • Archiving of fault recordings of protec-
ard IEC 61850 in the substation for com-
tion units with SICAM Recpro
municating with the bay devices. SICAM
PAS is an open system and besides provid- • Testing and diagnostic functions
ing standardized data transfer processes, it • OPC interface for connection to auto-
features user interfaces for the integration mation world
of system-specific tasks and offers multiple
automation possibilities.
• IEC 61850 leading technology
Description/Application
Communication Automatic dialing is also supported for the System control center connections,
connection of substations with this protocol. distributed process connection and process
Device interfaces and visualization
SICAM PAS can establish the dial-up con-
communication protocols
nection to the substation either cyclically or SICAM PAS operates on the basis of Win-
In a substation that you configure and op- as required (e.g. for command output). By dows 2000, Windows XP Professional and
erate with SICAM PAS, you can use vari- contrast, the substation can also establish a Windows XP Embedded. This means that
ous types of protection units, IEDs, bay connection cyclically or in event-triggered the extensive support which 2000/XP offers
control units, measured-value recorders mode. for modern communication protocols is
and telecontrol units from a wide range of also available with SICAM PAS.
Analog or ISDN modems can be used. A
manufacturers. SICAM PAS was conceived for easy and fast
GSM modem can also be used in the sub-
integration of conventional protocols.
SICAM PAS offers a large number of com- station.
Contact Siemens if you have any questions
mercially available communication proto-
Several modems are supported for com- about integration of user-specific protocols.
cols for recording data from various de-
munication with substations. Even if the
vices and through differing communication The standardized telecontrol protocols
‘standard modem’ is already in use, other
channels. Subsequent expansion is easy. IEC 60870-5-101, IEC 60870-5-104 and
substations remain accessible.
DNP V3.00 (which is also used throughout
Available protocols
IEC 60870-5-104 (Master) the world) are supported for the purpose
These communication protocols and device of linking up to higher-level system control
Furthermore, connection of substations centers.
drivers can be obtained as optional addi-
is also supported by the TCP/IP-based
tions to the standard scope of SICAM PAS.
IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. Asymmetric encryption enables tap-proof
IEC 61850 DNP V3.00 communication via TCP/IP
PROFIBUS DP connection to higher-level control centers.
IEC 61850 is the communication standard
PROFIBUS DP is a highly powerful field Distributed process connection in the sub-
for interconnecting the devices at the bay
bus protocol based on the token passing station is possible thanks to the SICAM
and station control levels on the basis of
method. For example, it is used for indus- PAS Device Interface Processor (DIP).
Ethernet. IEC 61850 supports the direct
trial automation and for automating the
exchange of data between IEDs, thus en-
supply of electricity and gas. SICAM PAS can also be set up on comput-
abling switching interlocks across bays in-
ers networked with TCP/IP. Here, one
dependently of the station control unit, for PROFIBUS DP serves to interface multi- computer performs the task of the so-
example. functional measuring instruments such as called full server. Up to six other comput-
PROFIBUS FMS SIMEAS P (I, V, P, Q, p.f. (cos ϕ)) or, for ers can be used as DIPs. With this architec-
example, to connect ET200 components ture, the system can be adapted to the
Most SIPROTEC 4 bay controllers and for gathering messages and for simple topological situation and its performance
protection units can be connected to the commands. Messages, for example, can be also boosted.
SICAM PAS station unit with PROFIBUS derived from the signaling contacts of fuse
FMS. Many of the functional aspects stan- switch-disconnectors. SICAM PAS allows use of the SICAM PAS CC
dardized in IEC 61850 have been antici- process visualization system for central
pated in this communication platform. For simple applications that do not need process control and monitoring.
functions like time synchronization and fault
IEC 60870-5-103 recording transfer, etc., SIPROTEC 4 units For industrial applications, it is easy to
can also be interfaced via PROFIBUS DP. configure an interface to process visualiza-
Protection units, IEDs, bay control units,
tion systems via OPC (object linking and
measured- value recorders and trans- IEDs and substations can also be con- embedding for process control).
former controllers from many manufac- nected with DNP V3.00 (serial and SICAM PAS can be configured as an OPC
turers support the IEC 60870-5-103 “over IP”) and MODBUS. server or as an OPC client.
protocol and can therefore be connected
ILSA Protocol The SICAM PAS process variables – avail-
directly to SICAM PAS.
able with the OPC server – can be read and
IEC 60870-5-101 (master) Communication via the ILSA protocol is a written with OPC clients working either on
highlight of SICAM PAS system. Existing the same device or on one networked by
The IEC 60870-5-101 protocol is generally LSA central devices can be used without TCP/IP. This mechanism enables, for ex-
used to connect telecontrol units. changing of configuration on bay level. ample, communication with another pro-
The ‘balanced’ and ‘unbalanced’ traffic A future-proof extension with IEC 61850 cess visualization system.
modes are supported. is possible. The OPC server is included in the basic 14
system.
The OPC client can read and write data
from other OPC servers. Typical applica-
tions are data exchange with another
SICAM PAS station unit, and the connec-
tion of SIMATIC programmable control-
lers.
The OPC client is available as an optional
package.
Automation
SICAM Diamond
SICAM Diamond can be used to monitor
the system interfaces, to indicate switching
device states (and up-to-date measured
values), and also for further diagnostic
purposes.
SICAM Diamond features an event list and
enables the issue of switching commands.
SICAM Diamond allows access to data
with a Web browser (Microsoft Internet
Explorer), either on the same computer or
from a Web client.
I addition to this, a fault recording archive
created with SICAM Recpro can be accessed
via the intranet/Internet using SICAM
Diamond for visualization, analysis and
downloading of the fault recordings.
In other words:
Fig. 14/3
SICAM PAS permits data access with Typical redundant configuration: The station unit and the HMI server are based on a redundant
Web-based programs. structure to boost availability
Further station control aspects
SICAM PAS features bay blocking and
telecontrol blocking functions.
The telecontrol blocking function can also
be configured for specific channels so as to
prevent the transfer of information to one
particular control center during operation,
while transfer continues with other control
centers. The bay blocking and telecontrol
blocking functions act in both the signaling
and the command directions.
Channel-specific switching authority also
makes it possible to distinguish between
local control (SICAM PAS CC) and remote
control for the switching direction, but
also between control center connections.
Circuit-breakers can be controlled in
SIP061ben.tif
synchronized/unsynchronized mode.
Automation tasks
Fig. 14/4 Process visualization with SICAM PAS CC
can be configured in SICAM PAS with the
CFC (Continuous Function Chart), which Redundancy Scope of information
conforms to IEC 61131. In this editor, The SICAM PAS station unit can be used The amount of information to be
tasks are configured graphically by wiring in a duplicate configuration to further processed by SICAM PAS is essentially
function blocks. SICAM PAS comes with boost the availability of the station control determined by the following factors:
an extensive library of CFC function level (see Fig. 14/3). This duplication is
blocks, developed and system-tested spe- • Computer network concept
possible with IEDs or substation devices
14 cially for energy automation. that support simultaneous communication
(multiple-computer network or
single-station system)
Applications range from generation of with two masters (PROFIBUS FMS,
IEC 60870-5-101) or clients (IEC 61850). • Performance data of the hardware used
simple group indications through switch-
ing interlocks to complex switching se- • Performance data of the network
A redundant structure is also possible for • Size of the database (RDBMS)
quences. process visualisation with SICAM PAS CC
• Rate of change of values
Namely creation of switching sequences and fault-record archiving with SICAM
Recpro as shown in Fig. 14/3. With a distributed PAS system using a
are supported by the SFC Editor
full server and up to 6 DIPs a maximum
(Sequential Function Chart).
of 350 IEDs and 20,000 data points can
be supported.
SIP066b-en.tif
Viewer programs. User administration
supports user-rights contexts with pre-
defined rights and password protection. Fig. 14/5
SICAM PAS UI Configuration
Configuration
System requirements
• Hardware comprising:
− Pentium processor III ≥ 800 MHz
− Main memory ≥ 512 Mbytes
− Hard disk capacity ≥ 512 Mbytes
− Graphics card for recommended reso-
lution of ≥ 1024 x 768
− Color monitor matching the graphics card
− DVD-ROM drive
− Keyboard
− Mouse
− Parallel printer interface
− Network adapter for LAN/WAN connection
− Interface cards for connection of IEDs SIP067b-en.tif
– SIMATIC CP5613/14 for connecting
units with PROFIBUS DP interfaces
– e.g. Rocket Port COM Fig. 14/6
Expander for serial connection of units SICAM PAS UI Operation
with IEC 80670-5-103 interfaces, etc.
• Operating system for SICAM PAS
– Microsoft Windows 2000
– Microsoft Windows 2003 Server
– Microsoft Windows XP Professional
– Microsoft Windows XP Embedded.
14 • Operating system for visualization with
SICAM PAS CC:
– Microsoft Windows 2000
– Microsoft Windows 2003 Server
– Microsoft Windows XP Professional
SIP068b-en.tif
Fig. 14/7
SICAM PAS Value Viewer
SICAM PAS CC
Human Machine Interface
Process visualization
Runtime 6MD550o-0AP00-6AA0
Runtime incl. evaluation applications SICAM Valpro, SICAM Recpro 6MD550o-0BP00-6AA0
Runtime & Configuration 6MD551o-0AP00-6AA0
Runtime & Configuration incl. evaluation applications 6MD551o-0BP00-6AA0
SICAM Valpro, SICAM Recpro
128 tags 1
256 tags 2
1024 tags 3
8000 tags 4
64000 tags 5
User documentation
SICAM PAS – Overview E50417-X8976-C044
SICAM PAS – Installation Manual E50417-M8976-C045
SICAM PAS – Configuration and Operation E50417-P8976-C046
SICAM PAS – Automation Blocks E50417-H8976-C287
SICAM PAS CC – Human Machine Interface E50417-H8976-C284
SICAM Recpro – Fault Record Processing Unit E50417-H8976-C286
SICAM Valpro – Measured/Metered Value Processing Unit E50417-H8976-C285
14
SIPROTEC 4 6MD61
IO-Box
Function overview
Application
• Extension of number of inputs and
outputs of bay controller
• Extension of number of inputs and
outputs of protection unit
• Central process connection for
LSP2795-afp.tif
SICAM PAS
Features
• Standard SIPROTEC hardware for easy
LSP2797.eps
6MD612
configuration with DIGSI
• Full EMC compliance like all other
SIPROTEC devices
• Housing can be used for surface
6MD611 mounting or flush mounting (units are
Fig. 14/8 SIPROTEC 4 always delivered with two mounting
6MD61 IO-Box rails for surface mounting. These rails
can be dismounted for flush mounting)
• Three types with different amount of
Description inputs and outputs available
Monitoring functions
The SIPROTEC 4 IO-Box 6MD61 enables
in a simple, easy way to enhance the num- • Operational measured values
ber of binary inputs and outputs in the (only 6MD612)
switchgear. It can be used directly in the • Energy metering values (only 6MD612)
bay together with other SIPROTEC4 units
and also together with SICAM PAS to serve • Time metering of operating hours
as a central process connection. • Self supervision of relay
The IO-Box is based on the SIPROTEC Communication interfaces
6MD63 and 6MD66 series, so it can be eas- • IEC 61850 Ethernet
ily integrated in systems with other
SIPROTEC 4 units. • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• PROFIBUS-FMS
The IO-Box supports a wide range of de-
mand for additional binary inputs (BI) and • PROFIBUS-DP
binary outputs (BO), starting from • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
20 BI+10 BO and going up to 80 BI+53 BO. • Front interface for DIGSI4
All important standard communication
protocols are supported. With • Time synchronization via IRIG B /
IEC 61850-GOOSE communication, a di- DCF77
rect information interchange with other
SIPROTEC units is possible. For simplifi-
cation and cost reduction, the IO-Box is
available only without automation (CFC),
without keypad and without display.
14
Application
Fig. 14/10 IO-Box as central input/output for SICAM PAS substation controller
14
Fig. 14/11 Direct connection of IO-Boxes and protection relays to substation controller via
standard protocol
Unit design
Surface mounting case, without HMI, mounting in low voltage compartment,
screw-type terminals (direct wiring / ring lugs), also usable as flush mounting case F
14
Connection diagram
14
Connection diagram
14
Connection diagram
Connection diagram
14
14
SIPROTEC 4 6MD63
Bay Control Unit
Function overview
Application
• Optimized for connection to
three-position disconnectors
• Switchgear interlocking interface
• Suitable for redundant master station
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
Control functions
• Number of switching devices only lim-
LSP2314-afp.tif
Current transformer In
No analog measured variables 0
1 A2) 1
5 A2) 5
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminal, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminal, top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminal, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminal
(direct connection / ring-type cable lugs), without HMI F
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminal without HMI G
SIPROTEC 4 6MD66
High-Voltage Bay Control Unit
Function overview
Application
• Integrated synchro-check for
synchronized closing of the
circuit-breaker
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
• Flexible, powerful measured-value
processing
LSP2187-afp.eps
• Connection for 4 voltage transformers,
3 current transformers, two 20 mA
transducers
• Volume of signals for high voltage
• Up to 14 1 ½-pole circuit-breakers can be
operated
Fig. 14/17 SIPROTEC 4 • Up to 11 2-pole switching devices can
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit be operated
• Up to 65 indication inputs,
up to 45 command relays
Description • Can be supplied with 3 volumes of
signals as 6MD662 (35 indications,
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 25 commands), 6MD663 (50 indications,
is the control unit for high voltage bays 35 commands) or 6MD664 (65 indica-
from the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Because
tions, 45 commands); number of
of its integrated functions, it is an opti-
mum, low-cost solution for high-voltage measured values is the same
switchbays. • Switchgear interlocking
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit • Inter-relay communication with other
also has the same design (look and feel) as devices of the 6MD66 series, even
the other protection and combined units without a master station interface with
of the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Configura- higher level control and protection
tion is performed in a standardized way • Suitable for redundant master station
with the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 configuration
tool. • Display of operational measured values
V, I, P, Q, S, f, cos ϕ (power factor)
For operation, a large graphic display with
(single and three-phase measurement)
a keyboard is available. The important
operating actions are performed in a • Limit values for measured values
simple and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list dis- • Can be supplied in a standard housing
play or switchgear control. The operator for cubicle mounting or with a separate
panel can be mounted separately from the display for free location of the operator
unit, if required. Thus, flexibility with re-
elements
gard to the mounting position of the unit
is ensured. Integrated key-operated • 4 freely assignable function keys to speed
switches control the switching authority up frequently recurring operator actions
and authorization for switching without
interlocking. High-accuracy measurement
Communication interfaces 14
(± 0.5 %) for voltage, current and calcu- • System interface
lated values P and Q are another feature of – IEC 61850 Ethernet
the unit. – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
– Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF 77
Functions
Communication
With regard to communication between
components, particular emphasis is placed
on the SIPROTEC 4 functions required for
energy automation.
Control
The bay control units of the 6MD66 series
have command outputs and indication Fig. 14/19 2-pole connection diagram of circuit-breakers and disconnectors
inputs that are particularly suited to the
requirements of high-voltage technology.
As an example, the 2-pole control of a
switching device is illustrated (see Fig. A possible method to connect the switch-
14/18). In this example, two poles of the ing devices to the bay control unit 6MD66
circuit-breaker are closed and 1 pole is is shown in Fig 14/20. There it is shown
open. All other switching devices how three switching devices Q0, Q1, and
14 (disconnectors, earthing switches) are Q2 are connected using 1½ pole control.
closed and open in 1½-pole control.
A maximum of 14 switching devices can
be controlled in this manner.
A complete 2-pole control of all switching
devices (see Fig. 14/19) is likewise possible.
However more contacts are required for
this. A maximum of 11 switching devices
can be controlled in this manner.
Functions
Functions
Δ < Δ max
(Angle difference) Fig. 14/22
Voltage selection for synchronization with duplicate busbar system
Δf < Δfmax
(Frequency difference)
Using the automation functions available
in the bay control unit, it is possible to
connect various reference voltages depend-
ing on the setting of a disconnector. Thus
in the case of a double busbar system, the
reference voltage of the active busbar can
be automatically used for synchronization
(see Fig. 14/22).
Alternatively the selection of the reference
14 voltage can also take place via relay switch-
ing, if the measurement inputs are already
being used for other purposes.
Fig. 14/23
Simultaneous connection of measured values according
to a two-wattmeter circuit and synchronization
Functions
Synchronization
The bay control unit offers the option of
storing various parameter sets (up to eight)
for the synchronization function and of
selecting one of these for operation. Thus
the different properties of several circuit-
breakers can be taken into consideration.
These are then used at the appropriate
LSP2493en.tif
time. This is relevant if several circuit-
breakers with e.g. different response times
are to be served by one bay control unit.
Fig. 14/24
The measured values can be connected to “Power System Data”, sheet for parameters of the synchronization function
the bay control unit in accordance with
Fig. 14/21 (single-phase system) or
Fig. 14/23 (two-wattmeter circuit).
The synchronization function can be
parameterized via four tabs in DIGSI.
LSP2496en.tif
Fig. 14/25
General parameters of the synchronization function
LSP2494en.tif
Fig. 14/26
Parameter page for asynchronous networks
14
LSP2495en.tif
Fig. 14/27
Parameter page for asynchronous networks
Communication
Communication
The device is not only able to communicate
to the substation control level via standard
protocol like IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103
or others. It is also possible to communicate
with other bay devices or protection devices.
Two possibilities are available.
Inter-relay-communication
The function “inter-relay-communication”
enables the exchange of information direct-
ly between 6MD66 bay controller devices.
The communication is realized via Port “C”
of the devices, so it is independent from the
substation communication port “B”. Port
“C” is equipped with a RS485 interface. For
communication over longer distances, an
Fig. 14/28 Typical application: 1½ circuit-breaker method
external converter to fiber-optic cable can (disconnector and earthing switch not shown)
be used.
An application example for inter-relay-
communication is shown in Fig. 14/29.
Three 6MD66 devices are used for control
of a 1½ circuit-breaker bay. One device
is assigned to each of the three circuit-
breakers. By this means, the redundancy
of the primary equipment is also available
on the secondary side. Even if one circuit-
LSP2227f.tif
breaker fails, both feeders can be supplied.
Control over the entire bay is retained, even
if one bay control unit fails. The three bay Fig. 14/29 Connection matrix of inter-relay communication in DIGSI 4
control units use the inter-relay-communi-
cation for interchange of switchgear inter-
locking conditions. So the interlocking is
working completely independent from the
substation control level.
IEC 61850-GOOSE
With the communication standard
IEC 61850, a similar function like inter-
relay-communication is provided with
the “GOOSE” communication to other
IEC 61850-devices. Since the standard
IEC 61850 is used by nearly all SIPROTEC
devices and many devices from other sup-
pliers, the number of possible communi-
cation partners is large.
The applications for IEC 61850-GOOSE are
quite the same as for inter-relay-communi-
cation. The most used application is the
14 interchange of switchgear interlocking in-
formation between bay devices. GOOSE Fig. 14/30 Connection for IEC 61850-GOOSE communication
uses the IEC 61850 substation Ethernet, so
no separate communication port is needed.
The configuration is shown in Fig. 14/30. Like inter-relay-communication, GOOSE Therefore, non-affected information still
The SIPROTEC devices are connected via also supplies a status information for super- can be used for interlocking, and a maxi-
optical Ethernet and grouped by voltage vision of the communication. In case of mum functional availability is guaranteed.
levels (110 kV and 20 kV). The devices in interruption, the respective information is
the same voltage level can interchange the marked as “invalid”.
substation-wide interlocking information.
GOOSE uses the substation Ethernet.
14/26 Siemens SIP · 2008
14 Substation Automation / 6MD66
Functions
LSP2228f.tif
From these input variables, they form vari-
ous computation variables (see Table 14/1).
Fig. 14/31
DIGSI 4 Parameter view – transducer packages
The individual transducer modules can be Name of the Max. availability of Required input Calculated variables
activated in the functional scope of the transducer module transducers on the unit channels (= output variables)
unit and will then appear in the DIGSI 4 (can be set via the
assignment matrix with the input channels functional scope)
and output variables from Table 1. The Transducer V x1 V V, f
output variables can then be assigned to
the system interface or represented in the Transducer I x1 I I, f
measured value window in the display. Transducer 1 phase x3 V, I V, I, P, Q, S, ϕ, cos
(PF), sin , f
Transducer 3 phase x1 V1, V2, V3, I1, I2, I3 V0, V1, V2, V3, V12,
V23, V31, I0, I1, I2, I3,
P, Q, S, , cos (PF),
sin , f
Transducer two- x1 V1, V2, I1, I2 V12, V13, I2, I3, P, Q, S,
wattmeter circuit , cos (PF), sin , f
Table 14/1
Properties of measured-value processing
14
LSP2189f.tif
Fig. 14/32
Functions
Functions
LSP2229f.tif
Fig. 14/34
faults; different dead times are available Parameterization of time
depending on the type of the fault management
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults • RDT
and 2-phase faults, no reclosing for Reduced dead time (RDT) is employed
The 6MD66 bay control units can, like the
multi-phase faults. in conjunction with auto-reclosure
other units in the SIPROTEC 4 range, be
where no teleprotection method is em-
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and provided with the current time by a num-
ployed: When faults within the zone ex-
3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase ber of different methods:
tension but external to the protected line
faults
of a distance protection are switched off • Via the interface to the higher-level sys-
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT tem control (PROFIBUS FMS or
and 2-phase faults and 3-phase auto- function decides on the basis of measure- IEC 61850)
reclosure for multi-phase faults ment of the return voltage from the re- • Via the external time synchronization in-
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure mote station which has not tripped terface on the rear of the unit (various
• Interaction with the internal synchro- whether or not to reduce the dead time. protocols such as IRIG B and DCF77 are
check possible)
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil- • Via external minute impulse, assigned to
iary contacts The 6MD66 incorporates a two-stage cir- a binary input
In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
cuit-breaker failure protection to detect • From another bay control unit by means
failures of tripping command execution, of inter-relay communication
ating modes, several other operating prin-
for example, due to a defective circuit
ciples can be employed by means of the • Via the internal unit clock.
breaker. The current detection logic is
integrated programmable logic (CFC). Fig. 14/34 illustrates the settings that are
phase-selective and can therefore also be
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder possible on the DIGSI interface.
used in single-pole tripping schemes. lf the
protection allows the line-side voltages to
fault current is not interrupted after a
be evaluated. A number of voltage-depend-
settable time delay has expired, a retrip
ent supplementary functions are thus
command or a busbar trip command will
available:
be generated. The breaker failure protec-
• DLC tion can be initiated by external devices via
By means of dead-line-check (DLC), binary input signals or IEC 61850 GOOSE
reclosure is effected only when the line is messages.
deenergized (prevention of asynchron-
ous breaker closure)
• ADT
The adaptive dead time (ADT) is em-
ployed only if auto-reclosure at the re-
mote station was successful (reduction 14
of stress on equipment).
Display editor
A convenient display editor is available to Fig. 14/36
design the display on SIPROTEC 4 units General configuration view of the bay control unit
(see Part 3, Fig. 3/6). The predefined sym-
bol sets can be expanded to suit the user.
Drawing a single-line diagram is extremely In this process, several pages of a control As is the case with the SIPROTEC 4 pro-
14 simple. Operational measured values (ana- display can be configured under one an- tection units, there is an icon called “Func-
log values) in the unit can be placed where other, and the user can switch between tional Scope”. It enables the configuration
required. them using the cursor. The number of of measured-value processing and the syn-
pages, including the basic display and the chronization function and the protection
In order to also display the comprehensive feeder control display, should not exceed functions (auto-reclosure and breaker
plant of the high-voltage switchgear and 10, as otherwise the memory in the unit failure protection).
controlgear, the feeder control display of will be completely occupied.
the 6MD66 bay control unit can have a
number of pages. Fig. 14/36 illustrates the general view of the
6MD66 bay control unit on the DIGSI 4
configuration interface.
Technical data
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (can be changed via plug-in Permitted capacitive coupling of 220 nF
jumper) the indication inputs
Rated voltage VN 100 V, 110 V, 125 V, 100 V/ 3, 110 Minimum impulse duration for 4.3 ms
V/ 3 can be adjusted using parame- message
ters Output relay
Power consumption Live contact 1 NC/NO (can be set via jumper:
at IN = 1A < 0.1 VA Factory setting is ”Break contact”,
at IN = 5A < 0.5 VA i.e. the contact is normally open but
Voltage inputs < 0.3 VA with 100 V then closes in the event of an error)
Measurement range current I Up to 1.2 times the rated current Number of command relays,
Thermal loading capacity 12 A continuous, 15 A for 10 s, 200 A single pole
for 1 s 6MD662 25, grouping in 2 groups of 4,
1 group of 3, 6 groups of 2 and two
Measurement range voltage V Up to 170 V (rms value) ungrouped relays
Max. permitted voltage 170 V (rms value) continuous 6MD663 35, grouping in 3 groups of 4,
Transducer inputs 1 group of 3, 9 groups of 2 and two
Measurement range ± 24 mA DC ungrouped relays
Max. permitted continuous cur- ± 250 mA DC 6MD664 45, grouping 4 groups of 4, 1 group
rent of 3, 12 groups of 2 plus two
Input resistance, 10 Ω ± 1 % ungrouped relays
recorded power loss at 24 mA 5.76 mW Switching capacity, command relay
Power supply Make max. 1000 W/ VA
Break max. 30 VA
Rated auxiliary voltages 24 to 48 V DC, 60 to 125 V DC, Break (at L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
110 to 250 V DC Max. switching voltage 250 V
Permitted tolerance -20 % to +20 % Max. contact continuous current 5A
Max. (short-duration) current 15 A
Permitted ripple of the rated 15 %
for 4 s
auxiliary voltage
Switching capacity,
Power consumption
live contact ON and OFF 20 W/VA
Max. at 60 to 250 V DC 20 W
Max. switching voltage 250 V
Max. at 24 to 48 V DC 21.5 W
Max. contact continuous current 1 A
Typical at 60 to 250 V DC 17.5 W
Typical at 24 to 48 V DC 18.5 W Max. make-time 8 ms
(typical = 5 relays picked up + Max. chatter time 2.5 ms
live contact active +
LCD display illuminated + Max. break time 2 ms
2 interface cards plugged in) LED
Bridging time Number
at 24 and 60 V DC ≥ 20 ms RUN (green) 1
at 48 and ≥ 110 V DC ≥ 50 ms ERROR (red) 1
Binary inputs Display (red), function can be 14
allocated
Number
6MD662 35 Unit design
6MD663 50 Housing 7XP20 For dimensions drawings, see part 17
6MD664 65
Type of protection acc. to EN60529
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (selectable) in the surface-mounting housing IP20
Pick-up value (range can be set 17, 73 or 154 V DC in the flush-mounting housing
using jumpers for every binary front IP51
input) rear IP20 14
Function (allocation) Can be assigned freely Weight
Flush-mounting housing,
Minimum voltage threshold
integrated local control
(presetting)
6MD663 approx. 10.5 kg
for rated voltage 24, 48, 60 V 17 V DC
6MD664 approx. 11 kg
for rated voltage 110 V 73 V DC
for rated voltage 220, 250 V 154 V DC Surface-mounting housing,
without local control,
Maximum permitted voltage 300 V DC with assembly angle
6MD663 approx. 12.5 kg
6MD664 approx. 13 kg
Detached local control approx. 2.5 kg
Technical data
Serial interfaces Electrical tests
System interfaces Specifications
PROFIBUS FMS, Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Hardware version depending on ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
Order No.: UL 508
PROFIBUS fiber optic cable ST connector DIN 57435 Part 303
Baud rate max 1.5 Mbaud For further standards see specific tests
Optical wave length 820 nm Insulation tests
Permissible path attenuation max. 8 dB for glassfiber 62.5/125 μm Standards IEC 60255-5 and IEC 60870-2-1
Distance, bridgeable max. 1.5 km
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (rms), 50 Hz
PROFIBUS RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector All circuits except for auxiliary
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud supply, binary inputs,
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud communication and time synchro-
max. 100 m at 12 Mbaud nization interfaces
PROFIBUS RS232 9-pin SUB-D connector Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
Distance, bridgeable max. 15 m
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (rms value), 50 Hz
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG B signal only isolated communication
Connection 9-pin SUB-D connector and time synchronization inter-
faces
Input voltage level either 5 V, 12 V or 24 V
Surge voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
Connection allocation Pin 1 24 V input for minute impulse All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative surges
Pin 2 5 V input for minute impulse tion and time synchronization in- at intervals of 5 s
Pin 3 Return conductor for minute impulse terfaces, class III
Pin 4 Return conductor for time message
Pin 7 5 V input for minute impulse EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
Pin 8 24 V input for time message Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product
Pin 5, 9 Screen standards)
Pin 6 Not allocated EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Message type (IRIG B, DCF, etc.) Can be adjusted using parameters DIN 57 435 Part 303
Control interface for RS232 DIGSI 4 High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
Connection Front side, non-isolated, 9-pin and DIN 57435 part 303, class III
SUB-D connector
Discharge of static electricity 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
DIGSI 4 interface (rear of unit) IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
Fiber optic ST connector EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
Baud rate max. 1.5 Mbaud Exposure to RF field, non-modu- 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Optical wave length 820 nm lated IEC 60255-22-3 (report),
Permissible path attenuation max. 8 dB for glass fiber of 62.5/ class III
125 μm
Exposure to RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
Distance, bridgeable max. 1.5 km
modulated IEC 61000-4-3, class III 1 kHz
RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector Exposure to RF field, pulse-modu- 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud lated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
max. 100 m at 12 MBaud
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
RS232 9-pin SUB-D connector IEC 60255-22-4, IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition frequency 300 ms;
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 Baud class IV both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
Distance, bridgeable max. 15m test duration 1 min
Interface for inter-unit communication High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs
RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector (SURGE),
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud Auxiliary supply common mode: 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF
max. 100 m at 12 Mbaud differential mode:1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF
14 Measurement inputs, binary inputs common mode: 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
and relay outputs differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Conducted RF, amplitude-modu- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
lated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
Magnetic field with power fre- 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
quency 50 Hz
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6
Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type test (cont'd) Climatic stress tests
Oscillatory surge withstand capa- 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
bility Standards IEC 60255-6
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 surges per second;
duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω Recommended temperature dur- –5 to +55 °C 25 to 131 °F
ing operation
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses per
capability second; Temporary permissible tempera- –20 to +70 °C -4 to 158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s ; ture limit during operation
Ri = 80 Ω (The legibility of the display may
be impaired above 55 °C/131 °F)
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 Limit temperature during storage –25 to +55 °C -13 to 131 °F
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), 100 kHz polarity Limit temperature during trans- –25 to +70 °C -13 to 158 °F
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, port
Ri = 200 Ω Storage and transport with stan-
dard factory packaging
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Standard EN 50081-1 (Basic specification)
Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
Radio interference voltage on lines 150 kHz to 30 MHz We recommend arranging the midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
only auxiliary supply class B units in such a way that they are relative humidity; condensation dur-
IEC-CISPR 22 not exposed to direct sunlight or ing operation is not permitted
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz pronounced temperature changes
IEC-CISPR 22 class B that could cause condensation
Current transformer IN
1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5
Unit design
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display,
keyboard, screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E
Measured-value processing
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display F
14
Synchronization
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function
1) Rated current can be selected by Without protection functions 0
means of jumpers. With auto-reclosure (AR) 1
2) The binary input thresholds can be With circuit-breaker failure protection 2
selected in two stages by means of With auto-reclosure and circuit-breaker failure protection 3
jumpers.
Current transformer IN
1A 1
1 A / 150 % IN 2
5A 5
5 A / 150 % IN 6
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, detached operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) A
For panel surface mounting, w /o operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) B
For panel surface mounting, detached operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) C
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
plug-in terminals (2/3-pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E
For panel surface mounting, w /o operator unit, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) F
Measured-value processing
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display 2) F
Synchronization
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) incl. fault recording 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection (BF) incl. fault recording 2
With auto-reclosure (AR) and circuit-breaker failure protection (BF) incl. fault recording 3
Fault recording 4
14
Connection diagrams
Fig. 14/39
Module 4, measuring values commands 14
Connection diagrams
or or
or
14
Fig. 14/42 Fig. 14/43
CPU, C-CPU 2 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD662*-****4-0AA0 For unit 6MD662*-****5-0AA0
(Inter-relay communication (DIGSI interface, optical,
interface electrical, system interface Inter-relay communication
optical or electrical) interface electrical, system interface
optical or electrical)
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
or or
or
14
Fig. 14/51 Fig. 14/52
CPU, C-CPU 2 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD664*-****4-0AA0 For unit 6MD664*-****5-0AA0
(Inter-relay communication (DIGSI interface optical,
interface electric, system (Inter-relay communication
interface optical or electric) electric, system
interface optical or electric)
15
Contents Page
7XV5101 RS232 – FO Connector Modules 15/3
7XV5103 RS485 Bus System up to 115 kBaud 15/5
7XV5104 Bus Cables for Time Synchronization 15/13
7XV5105 Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 Relays) 15/15
7XV5300 Star coupler 15/17
7XV5450 Mini Star-Coupler 15/19
7XV5461 Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater 15/23
(for mono-mode FO cables)
7XV5461 Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater 15/27
(for 1 mono-mode FO cables)
7XV5461 Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater 15/31
(for multi-mode FO cables)
7XV5550 Active Mini Star – Coupler 15/35
7XV5650/5651 RS485 – FO Converter 15/39
7XV5652 RS232 – FO Converter 15/43
7XV5653 Two – Channel Binary Transducer 15/47
7XV5662 Communication Converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1 15/51
7XV5662 Communication Converter for Pilot Wires 15/55
7XV5662 Two-Channel Serial Communication Converter 15/59
7XV5662 Temperature Monitoring Box 15/63
7XV5664/7XV5654 GPS/DFC77 Time Synchronization System 15/67
7XV5655 Ethernet Modem 15/69
7XV5655 Ethernet Serial Hub for Substations 15/73
7XV57 RS232 – RS485 Converter 15/77
7XV5710 USB – RS485 Converter Cable 15/81
7XV5820 Industrial Modem and Modem-Router with Switch 15/85
7XV5850/51 Ethernet Modems for Office Applications 15/95
15
7XV5101
RS232-FO Connector Modules
LSP2886.tif
LSP2029-afp.tif
LSP2030-afp.tif
Fig. 15/1 Fig. 15/2a Fig. 15/2b
Fig. 15/1
Connector modules/adapters 7XV5101-0A
Fig. 15/2a
LSP2032-afp.tif
Connector modules/adapters 7XV5101-0B
Fig. 15/2b
Connector modules/adapters 7XV5101-3C
Fig. 15/3
Elbow plugs 7XV5101-8A / 7XV5101-8B Fig. 15/3
Thus, further devices such as PCs or note- For the fiber-optic cables, a recess should
books, modems or serial data switches can be worked into the front panel frame so
be effectively protected against electromag- that the fiber-optic connector modules
netic interference. An appropriate connec- 7XV5101-0A can be conveniently placed
tor module is available for each of the underneath the front cover. The auxiliary
above-mentioned applications. These voltage is supplied from the protection
fiber-optic RS232 connector modules are relay at its serial interface from pin 9.
housed in a SUB-D plug casing and can be The elbow plug is available in two different
directly plugged into the respective inter- designs matching the different types of
faces of the pertaining devices. No further protection relays.
settings are required. In its normal posi-
tion, the optical interface is set to steady
light OFF. Data transmission is fully du-
plex and transparent. The optical interface
with FSMA connectors has an operational
wavelength of 820 nm and can reach dis-
tances of up to 1500 m with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cables.
The various designs differ from each other
in the number of pins (9 or 25 poles), in
the design of the connector (male or fe-
male) and in their mode of auxiliary volt- 15
age supply (pin 9 from device or plug-in
power supply unit (PSU). Further infor-
mation on application and design can be 1) Connector on the left; fiber-optic outlet
obtained from the selection and ordering down to the right.
data. 2) Connector on the right; fiber-optic outlet
on the left passing through the cover.
Technical data
7XV5101- 0A 0B 1B 3C
Housing Plastics, metal-plated X X X X
Dimensions 58 x 53 x 17 mm X X X
Dimensions 72 x 32 x 17 mm X
1) 1)
Power supply + 5 V via pin 9 of the relay X
+ 5 V via female connector X X X
Plug-in PSU 220 V / 50 Hz (included in delivery) X X
Via external keyboard connector located at the notebook X
Electrical interfaces V.24 /RS232 DCE (steady light OFF) X X
V.24 /RS232 DTE (steady light OFF) X
DTE / DCE switchable X X X
Pin assignment 2 = TxD, 3 = RxD, 5 = GND
Pin assignment 3 = TxD, 2 = RxD, 5 = GND
Pin assignment 2 = TxD, 3 = RxD, 7 = GND X
Pin assignment 2 = RxD, 3 = TxD, 7 = GND X X
Pin assignment 9 = + 5 V X X X
Bridge contact 4 - 5, 6 - 8 - 20 25-pin X X X
Bridge contact 7 - 8, 1 - 4 - 6 9-pin X
Optical interfaces FSMA connector (screw-type) black = transmit, blue = receive X X X
FSMA connector (screw-type) T = transmit, R = receive X
2)
Optical power 27 µW (- 15.7 dBm) X X X X
2)
Sensitivity 1 µW (- 30 dBm) X X X X
2)
Optical budget 7 dB (+ 3 dB backup) X X X X
Wavelength 850 nm X X X X
Transmission range 1500 m (with 62.5 µm multi-mode FO cable) X X X X
800 m (with 50 µm multi-mode FO cable)
1) Not available for 7XV5101-0B version/BB and 7XV5101-1B version/BB.
2) Valid for 62.5 µm FO cable.
7XV5103
RS485 Bus Systems up to 115 kbit/s (not suitable for PROFIBUS)
LSP2396-afp.tif
LSP2895.tif
RS485 bus cable system
Fig. 15/4 7XV5103 cable and connector modules/adapters
Application
LSP2396.tif
should preferably be covered via converters
(e.g. 7XV5650/51) using FO links.
The RS485 bus must be linear, i.e. tee-offs
from the bus (e.g. a terminal strip) to the
connected bus devices must not be used.
This would form a star configuration,
which has negative influence on the func-
tionality.
The bus must be terminated at the first de-
Fig. 15/5 Protection unit connected to the RS485 bus
vice (usually the master) and at the last de-
vice with a bus terminating resistor to
avoid interference due to reflection. No
further terminating resistors must be con- Specifications
nected between these terminals. • Direct connection to SIPROTEC 4 pro-
As all of the devices, maximum 32 (includ- tection devices with RS485 interface via a
ing the master) are listening in on the FO-RS485 converter 7XV5650/51
RS485 bus, all the devices on the bus must • Adapter/cable for compact protection de-
be set to the same baud rate and the same vices with RS485 interface on screw-type
data format. terminals, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600
etc.
The slaves must all have different device • 4 cable lengths from 1 to 10 meters
addresses. • Shielded twisted-pair (STP) cable with
Within the system, only one master may be 9-pin SUB-D connector connectors
active at any one time and only one slave • Metal-plated, shielded connector housings
may respond. with reduced mounting depth and strain
relief
The bus system with 9-pin SUB-D connectors • Data transfer up to 115 kbit/s
(e.g. DIGSI, IEC 60870-5/VDEW)
The bus system with 9-pin SUB-D bus ter- • Maximum length of the bus up to
minating connectors has long been used 1000 m within a common grounding
with SIPROTEC protection devices, the system
converters 7XV5 and Siemens master • Bus termination with terminating con-
units. Connection of individual devices to nectors and integrated 220-Ω resistor
devices with various connection modes is
achieved directly via specialized Y cables,
or via suitable adapter cables. The bus ter-
minates at a 9-pin SUB-D bus terminating
connector with an integrated 220-Ω resis-
tor.
15
Application
Application example 1:
The 9-pin male connector of the Y bus cable
S1 always comes from the master side and
provides the connection to the slaves via the
1, 3, 5 or 10-m cable and 9-pin male con-
nector S2. At the connector S2 a 20-cm long
cable with a 9-pin female connection B3 is
provided to extend the bus. The compact
protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 are directly
connected via the adapter cable
7XV5103-2AA00 with female connector B2
or an RS485 adapter 7XV5103-3AA00. After
the final device, a bus terminating connec-
tor 7XV5103-5AA00 is connected to con- Fig. 15/6 SIPROTEC protection devices on the RS485 bus
nector B3 to terminate the bus.
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
RS485 bus extension cable STP with 9-pin SUB-D connector 7XV5103-1AA¨¨
Length 10 m 1 0
Length 20 m 2 0
Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0
Length 50 m 5 0
15
Application
LSP2895.tif
Specifications
• Low-cost bus structure with shielded
patch cables (CAT 5) with RJ45 connec-
tors
• Cable lengths from 1 to 29 meters
(7KE6000-8G) Fig. 15/7 Bus system with RJ45 patch cable
• Connection of SIPROTEC 4 protection
devices with redundant
IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces via Only CAT 5 double-shielded patch cables
Y-adapter with RJ45 connector (e.g. 7KE6000) must be used as the bus ca-
• Connection of SIPROTEC 4 protection bles. The maximum bus length must not
devices with RS485 interface via Y-cable exceed 800 m.
to SUB-D connector
The bus must be terminated at the first de-
• Adapter/cable for compact protection
vice (usually the master) and at the last de-
devices, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600 etc.
vice with a bus terminating resistor to
• Metal-plated connector housings with
avoid interference due to reflection. No
strain relief of the cable connections
further terminating resistors must be con-
• Compact connectors
nected between these terminals.
• Data transfer up to 115 kbit/s
(e.g. DIGSI, IEC 60870-5/VDEW) As all of the devices, maximum 32 (includ-
• Maximum extension of the bus of up to ing the master) are listening in on the
800 m within a common grounding RS485 bus, all the devices on the bus must
system be set to the same baud rate and the same
• Bus termination with terminating con- data format. The slaves must all have dif-
nectors and integrated 220-Ω resistor ferent device addresses.
• Connection to the FO-RS485 converter
Within the system on each bus, only one
7XV5650 or the bus system with SUB-D
master may be active at any one time and
connector via Y-adapter
only one slave may respond.
Notes on configuring the RS485 bus system
(application examples 2 and 3, see page 15/9)
The housings of all devices connected to the
bus must be solidly grounded to a common
ground to avoid dangerous ground currents
flowing via the cable shields.
Larger distances, especially into other
buildings with separate grounding system
should preferably be covered via converters
15 (e.g. 7XV5650/51) using FO cables.
The RS485 bus must be linear, i.e. tee-offs
from the bus (e.g. a terminal strip) to the
connected bus devices must not be used.
This would form a star configuration,
which has negative influence on the
functionality.
Application
Adapter cable STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connection for devices with
screw-type terminals or compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 2AA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 or other devices with a
9-pin SUB-D connection to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2BA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 with a redundant T103
interface module to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2CA
RS485 adapter with 9-pin SUB-D connection for mounting on screw-type
terminals with compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600 etc. 3AA
Bus terminating connector 220-Ω in a 9-pin SUB-D connector 5AA
Bus terminating connector 120-Ω in a RJ45 connector 5BA
15
Application
LSP2895.tif
Fig. 15/10 Connecting the two 7XV5103 bus systems
15
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
RS485 bus cable extension STP with 9-pin SUB-D connector 7XV5103-1AA¨¨
Length 10 m 1 0
Length 20 m 2 0
Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0
Length 50 m 5 0
Adapter cable STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connector for devices with
screw-type terminals or compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 2AA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 or other devices with
9-pin SUB-D connection to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2BA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 with a redundant T103
interface module to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2CA
RS485 adapter with 9-pin SUB-D connector for mounting to screw-type
terminals for compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600 etc. 3AA
Bus terminating connector 220-Ω in a 9-pin SUB-D connector 5AA
Bus terminating connector 120-Ω in a RJ45 connector 5BA
15
7XV5104
Bus Cable for Time Synchronization
Function overview
LSP2506.tif
• Adapter/cable for cascading and match-
ing to other converters
• 4 orderable cable lengths from 1 m to
10 m
Fig. 15/11 RS485 bus system
• 2-core, twisted and shielded cable with
9-pin SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug connector casings with
fixing screws and strain relief for cable
connections
• Compact dimensions of the plugs
• Max. extent of electrical bus 20 m
within building
Description
15
Application
Typical applications
The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-
ble S1 always comes from the direction of
the radio clock or sync.-transceiver and
provides via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 m cable and
the 9-pin male connector the connection
to the first and subsequent bus devices. At
connector S2 a 9-pin female connector B3
is provided (on a 20 m long cable) to ex-
tend the bus. If more than six SIPROTEC 4
units are to be connected to the
sync.-transceiver 7XV5654, the adapter
7XV5104-3AA00 splits the connection X1
of the sync.-transceiver into two buses for
a maximum of 6 units each. (For typical
applications see 7XV5654 manual). Fig. 15/13
Connection of max. twelve SIPROTEC 4 units to the IRIG-B bus via prefabricated Y-bus cable
7XV5105
Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 Relays)
Function overview
LSP2506.tif
transceiver 7XV5654
• Transmission of time telegram and
seconds pulse at the same time
• 4 orderable cable lengths from 1 m to
Fig. 15/14 Y-cable 7XV5105
10 m
• 4-wire, twisted and shielded cable with
9-pin SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug connector casing of compact
dimensions, with fixing screw and
strain relief for cable connections
• Max. extent of electrical bus 20 m
within building
Description
15
Application
Typical applications
The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-
ble S1 always comes from the direction of
the radio clock or sync.-transceiver and
provides via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 m cable and
the 9-pin male connector the connection
to the first and subsequent bus devices. At
connector S2 a 9-pin female connector B3
is provided (on a 20 m long cable) to ex-
tend the bus. If more than six SIPROTEC 4
units are to be connected to the radio
clock, up to 4 sync.-transceivers 7XV5654
can be connected, each with 6 protection
relays. (For typical applications see the
7XV5654 manual). Fig. 15/16
Connection of max. six SIPROTEC 4 protection relays 7SD5
to the IRIG-B bus via prefabricated Y-bus cable
Adapter / accessories
Adapter cable to two sync.-transceivers 7KE6000-8Ax, length 0.3 m
shielded, 2 wires with end sleeves to 9-pin SUB-D connector (female) 7XV5105-2AA00
15
7XV5300
Star Coupler
Function overview
LSP2020-afp.tif
supply unit (PSU) and an expansion
module with 3 FO interfaces
• Up to 9 additional expansion modules
can be installed later, making commu-
nication via 30 FO interfaces possible
Fig. 15/17
• The star-coupler is cascadable
Star coupler • All fiber-optic interfaces (full duplex)
have FSMA connectors and the
steady-light indication can be set to ON
or OFF individually (manufacturer’s
presetting: “OFF”)
• An RS232 interface with a 9-pin SUB-D
miniature connector allows the relays
also to be operated locally
• The fiber-optic interface on the main
Description module is inactive when the RS232 in-
With this fiber-optic star coupler, the mes- terface is being used
sages of the relay operating software DIGSI • Data is transmitted transparently, i.e.
or IEC 60870-5-103 protocol are distrib- independent of any protocol
uted to all relays via a maximum of • The wavelength of all ports is 850 nm
30 fiber-optic interfaces. The transmitting
FO interface (FO port) of the star coupler’s • The max. distance between star coupler
expansion unit is connected to the relay’s and relay is approx. 1.5 km
receiving FO interface. Every message con- • The power supply covers the following
tains an address so that only the corre- voltage ranges without switching:
sponding relay will answer. This relay now 48 - 250 V DC and 110 - 220 V AC. The
sends the answer back to the operator PC
power supply has been designed for the
via the expansion module’s receiving FO
interface and the main module’s transmit- maximum configuration
ting FO interface. • Every module has 3 LEDs: one for the
operating voltage (green), one for the
flow of data (yellow) and one in case of
disturbance (red)
Hardware
• The star-coupler together with its inte-
grated power supply unit is housed in a
19” subrack
15
Application
Fig. 15/18
Application configuration
Spare parts
Main module 7XV5301-0AA00
Expansion module 7XV5302-0AA00
15
7XV5450
Mini Star-Coupler
Function overview
LSP2360-afpen.tif
• RS232 interface for local access
• Baud rate via FO: up to 1.5 Mbaud;
Baud rate with RS232:
Up to 115 kbaud
• Protocol transparency
• Light idle state:
Light ON/light OFF selectable
Fig. 15/19
• Wide-range power supply
Mini star-coupler with self-monitoring function
and alarm contact
• Optical ST connectors
Description
15
Application
Construction
15
15
15
7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater (for mono-mode FO cables)
Function overview
multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial ports 1 / 2 from
300 bit/s - 4.096 Mbit/s. Automatic
baud rate adjustment to synchronous
and asynchronous serial signals;
no settings necessary.
Fig. 15/22 • Powerful 1300 nm / 1550 nm port with
Optical repeater with LC-Duplex connector for distances up
wide-range power supply to 24 km / 60 km / 100 km via
9/125 μm mono-mode FO cable
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
wide-range power supply with alarm
relay.
• Data exchange display by LED
• Integrated commissioning support
Description
15
Typical applications
Fig. 15/23
Transfer of protection data and remote control of a substation via
an optical long-distance connection
15
15
7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater (for 1 mono-mode FO cable)
Function overview
LSP2897.tif
multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial Ports 1/2 from
300 bit/s – 4.096 Mbit/s. Automatic
baud rate adjustments to synchronous
and asynchronous serial signals;
no settings necessary.
• Powerful 1300 nm/1550 nm port with
LC-single connector for distances up to
40 km via one 9/125 μm mono-mode
FO cable
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
wide-range power supply with alarm
Fig. 15/24
Optical repeater with integrated 1300 nm/1550 nm wave relay.
length multiplexer for one single mono-mode FO-cable • Data exchange display by LED
• Integrated commissioning support
Description
15
Application
Fig. 15/25
Transfer of protection data signals and remote control/integration via one mono-mode FO cable
(Note: Devices 7XV5461-0BK00 and 7XV5461-0BL00 must be used in pairs)
15
15
7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater (for multi-mode FO cables)
Function overview
multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial Ports 1 / 2 from
300 bit/s - 1.5 Mbit/s. Automatic baud
rate adjustment to synchronous and
asynchronous serial signals; no settings
necessary.
Fig. 15/26 • Powerful 1300 nm port with LC-Du-
Optical repeater with plex connector for distances up to
wide-range power supply 4 km /8 km via 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm
multi-mode FO cable
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
wide-range power supply with alarm
relay.
• Data exchange display by LED
• Integrated commissioning support with
test loop feature
Description
Typical applications
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable for distances up to 4 km (permissible path attenuation 13 dB) F
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable for distances up to 8 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) E
15
15
7XV5550
Active Mini Star-Coupler
Function overview
LSP2359-afpen.tif
set independently for each port
• Baud rate 1200 baud – 115 kbaud
• Data format 8N1, 8N2, 8E1
• Max. distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cable
• Light idle state:
Light ON/light OFF selectable
Fig. 15/28 • Wide-range power supply with
Active mini star-coupler self-supervision function and alarm
contact
• Optical ST connectors
Description
15
Application
Construction
15
15
15
7XV5650/5651
RS485 – FO Converter
Function overview
LSP2409-afp.tif
• 120 Ω terminator for RS485 bus,
activated/deactivated by DIP switch
• Wide-range power supply with
self-supervision function and fault
Fig. 15/30 output relay
RS485 – FO converter
Description
15
Application
15
Application
15
The converter is provided with a snap-on The fiber-optic cables are connected by ST
Construction
mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022 connectors. The unit is free of silicone and
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be halogen as well as flame-retardant.
connected via screw-type terminals.
15
7XV5652
RS232 – FO Converter
Function overview
LSP2406-afpde.tif
selectable
• Distance: 3 km with 62.5/125 µm FO
cable
• Wide-range power supply with
self-supervision function and alarm
contact
Fig. 15/35
• Supports the serial TxD and RxD lines
RS232 – FO converter of the RS232 interface.
No handshake lines supported
Description
15
Application
Construction
15
15
7XV5653
Two-Channel Binary Transducer
Function overview
LSP2361-afpde.tif
to 115 kbaud/12 ms.
• Telegram-backed interference-free
transmission via FO cable
• Permanent data link supervision and
indication
• Distance of approx. 3 km via
multi-mode FO cable 62.5/125 µm
• Transmission of up to 100 km
Fig. 15/38 via mono-mode FO cable with
Binary transducer
7XV5461 repeater
• Transmission via communication net-
works and leased lines and pilot wires
with 7XV5662-0AC01 communication
converters
Description
• Wide-range power supply with
The transducer registers binary informa- self-supervision function and alarm
tion from contacts via two binary inputs relay
and forwards it interference-free to the sec-
ond transducer via fiber-optic cable. The
indications/signals received by this second
transducer are put out via its contacts. The
two contacts can be used as trip contacts.
The transducer is equipped with independ-
ent and bidirectional binary inputs (2) and
contact outputs (2).
The transducer has been designed for ap-
plication in substations. Highly reliable,
telegram-backed serial data transmission is
used between the transducers. Transmis-
sion errors and failure of the data link are
indicated via an alarm contact, i.e. a per-
manent supervision of power supply and
the datalink is integrated in the transducer.
15
Application
Construction
Fig. 15/40
15
15
15
7XV5662-0AA00 / 7XV5662-0AA01
Communication Converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1
Function overview
LSP2459-afp.tif
multi-mode FO cable between CC-XG
and the protection unit / serial device
• Electrical interface to the communica-
tion device via SUB-D connector
(X.21, 15 pins, settable to 64, 128, 256
or 512 kbit/s) or with 5-pin screw-type
terminals (G.703.1, 64 kbit/s).
• Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52,
Fig. 15/41
Communication converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1 7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52 protection
relays (communications converter
version – 0AA00)
• Asynchronous data exchange for 7SD51
protection relay, 7XV5653 or other
devices with asynchronous interface
(communication converter version –
0AA01)
The data transfer between the protection
Description • Max. cable length between communica-
devices is realized as a point-to-point con-
The communication converter for cou- nection that is bit-transparent. Data must tion device and communication con-
pling to a communication network is a pe- be exchanged via dedicated communica- verter: 100 m for X.21 /RS422
ripheral device linked to the protection tion channels, not via switching points. • Max. cable length between communica-
device via fiber-optic cables, which enables tion device and communication con-
serial data exchange between two protec- verter: 300 m for G.703.1
tion relays. A digital communication net-
work is used. The electrical interfaces in • Monitoring of:
the CC-XG for the access to the communi- – auxiliary supply voltage,
cation device are selectable as X.21 – clock signal of communication
(64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s or network
512 kbit/s) or G.703.1 (64 kbit/s). At the – and internal logic
opposite side, the data are converted by
• Loop test function selectable by
second communication converter so that
they can be read by the second device. The jumpers in the CC-XG
communication converters thus allow two • Wide-range power supply unit (PSU)
protection devices to communicate syn- for 24 to 250 V DC and 115 to 250 V AC
chronously and to exchange large data vol-
umes over large distances. Typical
applications are the serial protection inter-
faces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6,
7SA52 and 7SA6, where 7XV5662-0AA00
must be used.
Should asynchronous serial data of differen-
tial protection 7SD51 or of the binary signal
transducer 7XV5653 be transmitted, the
device 7XV5662-0AA01 must be used
(asynchronous from 300 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s
dependent on the baudrate set for X.21 or 15
G.703.1 interface). Interference-free con-
nection to the protection device is achieved
by means of a multi-mode fiber-optic
cable, with ST connectors at the CC-XG.
The maximum optical transmission
distance is 1.5 km (0.93 mile).
Application
15
Operating mode
Technical data
Synchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AA00 for 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA52 and 7SA6
15
15
7XV5662-0AC00/7XV5662-0AC01
Communication Converter for Pilot Wires
Function overview
LSP2460-afp.tif
multi-mode FO cable between CC-CO
and the protection unit
• Electrical interface to the pilot wire
(line) with 2 screw-type terminals.
5 kV isolated
• Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52,
7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52 via pilot wire
(typ. 15 km) (CC-CO version -0AA00)
Fig. 15/43
Communication converter for pilot wires • Asynchronous data exchange for
7SD51, 7XV5653 or other units with
asynchronous interface (CC-CO ver-
sion -0AA01) (typ. 15 km)
• Loop test function selectable by jump-
ers in CC-CO
• Master or slave mode of the CC-CO
Interference-free connection to the protec- selectable by jumper (one master and
Description
tion device is achieved by means of a one slave device required at the end of
The communication converter copper multi-mode fiber-optic cable, with ST the pilot wire, factory presetting: master
(CC-CO) is a peripheral device linked to connectors at the CC-CO. The maximum mode)
the protection device which enables serial optical transmission distance is 1.5 km
(0.93 mile). The data transfer between the
• Wide-range power supply with
data exchange between two protection
protection devices is realized as a point-to- self-supervision function and alarm
relays. It uses a single pair of copper wires
(pilot wire) that may be part of a telecom- point connection that is bit-transparent. contact
munications cable or of any other suitable Data must be exchanged via dedicated
symmetrical communications cable (no pilot wires, not via switching points.
Pupin cable). At the opposite side, the data
are converted by a second communication
converter so that they can be read by the
second protection device. The communi-
cation converters (master/slave) thus allow
two protection devices to communicate
synchronously and to exchange large data
volumes over considerable distances. Typi-
cal applications are the protection inter-
faces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6,
7SA52 and 7SA6, where 7XV5662-0AC00
must be used (synchronous connection
with 128 kbit/s). Should asynchronous se-
rial data of differential protection 7SD5 or
of the binary signal transducer 7XV5653 be
transmitted, the device 7XV5662-0AC01
must be used (asynchronous from 300 bit/s
to 38.2 kbit/s).
15
Application
Functions By means of jumpers, one unit is Data transfer between the protec-
defined as “master” and the other tion units is effected on the basis of
The protection unit is optically unit as “slave”. In a “training” dur- a point-to-point connection, fur-
linked to the CC-CO, which makes ing commissioning, the electrical thermore it is a synchronous,
interference-free data transfer be- characteristics of the pilot wire are bit-transparent transmission. Due
tween the CC-CO and the protec- measured by pressing a pushbutton, to the telegram-backed data ex-
tion unit possible. The communi- and the CC-COs are tuned to these change, mal-operation is ruled out.
cation converter is located close to characteristics.
the pilot wire. It converts serial The measured characteristics are
data of the protection unit into a used as parameters that will be ad-
frequency-modulated signal. This hered to for optimal data transfer.
signal is transmitted via one pair of Digital data transfer makes a low
copper wires of a pilot wire/com-
15 munication line (bi-directional,
insulation level of the pilot wire
possible, because no high voltages
full duplex operation). are produced on the pilot wire
during short-circuit conditions.
15
7XV5662-0AD00
Two-Channel Serial Communication Converter
Function overview
LSP2898.tif
or asynchronous mode.
• PC interface for operation of devices at
the remote line end.
• Network interface as E1 or T1 format
for connection to multiplexer.
• Wide range power supply from 24 V to
250 V DC and 115/230 V AC with
failsafe relay.
• Indication of the data exchange via LED
• Integrated commissioning aid (loop
test)
Fig. 15/46
Communication converter
Description
Application
Fig. 15/47
Protection data transmission and remote control of a substation via a communication network
15
15
7XV5662-oAD10
Temperature Monitoring Box
Function overview
LSP2411-afp.tif
• 2- or 3-wire connection of thermal sen-
sors is supported (3-wire connection
recommended)
• Monitoring of each sensor wiring and
Fig. 15/48
alarm in case of wire breakage. Alarm is
Temperature monitoring box indicated in the box itself and in the re-
lay monitoring function.
• Measuring range of temperature for
Pt100: -100 °C to +800 °C
Description
15
Application
Fig. 15/50
Optical connection of two RTD units to a protection unit
15
Technical data
Rated auxiliary voltage Max. ambient temperature
for 7XV5662-2AD10 24 to 60 V AC/DC Operating temperature - 20 to + 65 °C
Tolerance DC-supply 20 to 81 V DC (0.85 x 24 V...1.35 x 60 V) UL 508 ambient temperature - 20 to + 55 °C
Tolerance AC-supply 20 to 66 V AC (0.85 x 24 V...1.1 x 60 V) Storage temperature - 20 to + 70 °C
Auxiliary voltage no condensation permitted
15
15
7XV5664 /7XV5654
GPS/DCF77 Time Synchronization System
Function overview
LSP2410-afp.tif
• An optical output with ST connector is
provided for potential and interference-
free direct transmission of DCF77 or
IRIG-B time synchronization telegrams
to the SIPROTEC 4 units. There they
are converted to an electrical signal by a
7XV5654-0BA00 time synchronization
unit and injected via the time synchro-
nization interface of the SIPROTEC 4
LSP2508.eps
units (Port A) (see Fig. 15/52).
• On a second optical output, a high-
precision minute or second pulse can be
7XV5664 time 7XV5654 time issued with microsecond accuracy.
signal receiver synchronization unit • With this minute pulse, the SIPROTEC 4
(sync.-transceiver) unit internal clock can be synchronized
Fig. 15/51 via a binary input. The opto-electrical
GPS/DFC77
converter 7XV5654-0BA00 supports
time synchronization system
this process.
• A special application of the pulse-per-
Description second function is the highly accurate
synchronization of 7SD52 differential
The 7XV5664 GPS/DCF77 time signal re-
protection unit versions that feature the
ceiver (TSR) is part of the time synchroni-
zation system for all SIPROTEC 4 units. It GPS synchronization function. This fa-
is equipped with an antenna and a 25-m cilitates the exact detection of the trans-
screened cable. The other devices of the fer time of telegrams between the units
time synchronization system are the in both the transmit (send) and the
7XV5450 mini star-coupler (optional) and receive direction.
the 7XV5654-0BA00 time synchronization
• The receiver requires 24 V DC power
unit (sync.-transceiver).
A user-friendly software package for PC
supply. Other auxiliary voltages may be
(included in the scope of delivery) facili- converted to 24 V DC by the DC/DC
tates configuration of the receiver via an converter 7XV5810-0BA00.
RS232 interface.
The optical outputs provide interference-
free transmission of the time signals to the
relays. Close to the relays, the sync.-trans-
ceiver 7XV5654 converts these optical sig-
nals to electrical signals. These signals are
input signals for Port A of SIPROTEC 4
units or for binary inputs, which can also
be used for time synchronization.
15
Application
7XV5655-0BB00
Ethernet Modem
Function overview
LSP2806.tif
• 10 Mbit Ethernet interface (LAN) to the
10/100 Mbit Ethernet network
• Increased security with password pro-
tection and IP address selection is possi-
ble
• Exchange of serial data via Ethernet
network between two Ethernet modems
Fig. 15/53 (e.g. DIGSI protocol, IEC 60870-5-103
Front view of the Ethernet modem protocol)
• Exchange of serial protocols via Ethenet
without gaps in the telegram structure
15
Application
Fig. 15/54
Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via Ethernet modems
Using the office computer and DIGSI 4, The Ethernet modems are integrated simi-
both substations 1 and 2 may be dialed up larly to telephone modems in DIGSI 4.
via the Ethernet modems. An IP point- Instead of the telephone number, the
to-point data connection is established be- pre-set IP address assigned to the modem
tween the office and corresponding is selected. If later an Ethernet connection
substation modem when dialed up via the is available in the substation, the existing
network. This is maintained until the office modem can be replaced by an Ethernet
modem terminates the connection. The se- modem. The entire serial bus structure and
rial data exchange takes place via this data cabling may remain unchanged.
connection whereby the modem converts
the data from serial to Ethernet with full
duplex mode. Between the office modem
and the office PC the highest data rate e.g.
57.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 4 devices is al-
ways used. The serial data rate of the sub-
station modem is adapted to the data rate
required by the protection relays e.g. sub-
station modem 1 with 57.6 kbit/s for
SIPROTEC 4 and substation modem 2
with 9.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 3 devices.
These settings are only pre-set once in the
modem.
15
15
15
7XV5655-0BA00
Ethernet Serial Hub for Substations
Function overview
LSP2807.tif
• Serial data rate and data format (RS232)
for the terminal devices is selectable
from 2.4 kbit/s up to 57.6 kbit/s with
data format 8N1, 8E1.
• 10 Mbit Ethernet interface (LAN) to the
10/100 Mbit Ethernet network.
• Better security with password protec-
Fig. 15/55 tion for the access to the protection re-
Front view of Ethernet serial hub for substation lays via the serial hup
• Exchange of serial data via Ethernet
network (e.g. DIGSI protocol,
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol)
• Exchange of serial protocols via
Description Ethernet without gaps in the telegram
By means of the serial hub and the associ- structure
ated configuration software it is possible to
establish serial communication via an
Ethernet network between a PC or note-
book running DIGSI 4 and SIPROTEC
protection relays. The configuration soft-
ware installs virtual serial interfaces (Com
ports) on the PC. Each COM port is allo-
cated to a serial hub within the network by
means of its IP address. This must be set in
the serial hub. The PC is connected to the
network via Ethernet interface. The pro-
tection relays are connected via an
RS232/RS485 or FO interface to the serial
hub. Connection with DIGSI is achieved
via the virtual COM port on the PC and
the IP address of the serial hub in the sub-
station. The serial data is packed as user
data into a secure IP protocol in the PC
and transferred via the Ethernet connec-
tion to the serial hub. The requirements
regarding standard compliant gap-free
transmission of serial DIGSI or
IEC 60870-5-103/101 telegrams (frames)
via the network is complied with by the
communication driver on the PC and the
serial hub which monitor the serial tele-
gram communication. The serial IEC tele-
grams are transferred in blocks across the 15
Ethernet. Data communication is full
duplex. Control signals of the serial inter-
faces are not used.
Application
Fig. 15/56
Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via serial hub
From the office PC running DIGSI 4 it is The existing serial star or bus structure
possible to select one of the serial hubs 1 with cabling in the substation can still be
and 2 via one of the virtual COM ports. In used.
DIGSI 4, when the COM port is selected, a
SIPROTEC 4 devices from version 4.6 and
IP point-to-point data connection via the
newer with integrated Ethernet interface
network is established and maintained be-
may be connected directly to the router or
tween the office and the relevant substation
switch by means of a patch cable.
modem until the interface is released. The
serial data exchange takes place via this
data link, whereby the data conversion
from serial to Ethernet is full duplex. The
office PC towards the network is always
operating with high data rate, as the data
is fed to the network via the network driver
on the PC. The serial data rate of the serial
hub in the substation is adapted to the
baud rate set in the protection relay, e.g.
serial hub 1 with 57.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 4
and serial hub 2 with 9.6 kbit/s for
SIPROTEC 3 devices. These parameters
must be pre-set on the serial hub. With
DIGSI 4 the serial hubs are integrated by
means of further serial COM ports
15 (max. 254). The connection to the IP ad-
dress of the serial hub in the network is
achieved by opening the corresponding
COM port. If an Ethernet network to the
substation or in the substation is available,
serial data can then be transferred via this
network.
15
15
7XV57
RS232 – RS485 Converter
Function overview
Fig. 15/57
RS232 – RS485 converter
Description
15
Applications
Connections
Functions
The PC is connected to the converter by
The converter works according to the mas- means of a DIGSI cable e.g. 7XV5100-2.
ter/slave principle. In idle state, the RS232
interface is inactive while the RS485 inter- A twisted and shielded cable with two
face is switched to the receiving mode. wires is required for the RS485 bus. The
During communication, the PC (master) conductor cross section has to be adapted
sends data to the RS232 interface, which to the ring cable lugs and the SUB-D con-
are transmitted (half duplex) to the protec- nectors. The individual wires protruding
tion unit (slave) by the converter at the from the shield should be kept as short as
RS485 interface. After data transmission, possible. The shield is connected to the
the RS485 interface is once again switched housing earth at both ends. The protection
to the receiving mode. Vice versa, data units are connected in series to the bus.
supplied by the protection unit are sent The shield between the converter and the
back by the converter to the RS232 inter- protection units, or between the protection
face and to the PC. units, is connected at both sides. Whenever
substantial cable lengths or high baud rates
No handshake signals are being processed are involved, a terminating resistor of
during communication. This means that 220 ohm should be applied between signal
data sent by the PC are mirrored, which lines A and B at the last protection unit.
may cause problems in special applica- Data transmission at a speed of 19.2 kbit/s,
tions. with a bus length of up to approx. 1000 m,
is possible.
15
Connecting cable
With RS485 connecting cable for 7SJ60, 7RW60, 7SD6, 7SV60, length 1 m A
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS Q and SIPROTEC 4, length 1 m B
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS T, length 1 m C
Without RS232 connecting cable A
With RS232 connecting cable 7XV5100-2 for PC/notebook, 9 pin B
With RS232 adaptor, 25-pin connector (male) to 9-pin connector (female) for PC / notebook C
15
7XV5710
USB – RS485 Converter Cable
Function overview
Description
15
The shield must be connected to the hous- In the protection devices, the terminating
Application
ing ground at both ends. At the last pro- resistor must only be activated at the last
tection device, a 220-Ω terminating resistor device on the bus using the jumpers pro-
Data transfer
is connected between data cores A and B. vided for that purpose. If this is not possi-
Before the converter cable is first used, a ble in the device, an external terminating
USB driver must be installed from the CD Termination of the RS485 bus resistor, e.g. 7XV5103-5AA00 must be ap-
supplied. The driver creates a new virtual plied behind the last device (see Fig. 15/60).
COM port, which may then be selected The RS485 bus is a two-wire bus (half
duplex) over which up to 32 devices (par- In this example, the terminating resistors
by the application, e.g. DIGSI 4. The con-
ticipants) can exchange their data on the of the converter cable are active (default),
verter works in half-duplex mode on the
master/slave principle. All devices are con- the terminating resistors that are available
master/slave principle.
nected to the bus in line (not in star or ring at some of the protection devices remain
In the quiescent state, the USB interface is topology). At the first and last devices, a inactive. The bus is terminated after the
inactive and the RS485 interface is ready to 220-Ω bus terminating resistor is con- last device with the 7XV5103-5AA00 bus
receive. For communication, the PC, act- nected between pin 3 (A) and pin 8 (B), terminating connector or an external resis-
ing as the master, transmits its data to the irrespective of whether this is a master or tor (220 Ω). If the last protection device
USB interface, which in turn forwards the slave device. has a switchable terminating resistor, this
data from the converter at the RS485 inter- may also be activated to ensure termina-
face to the protection device (slave). Fol- The SIPROTEC protection devices are tion.
lowing this, the RS485 interface is switched preferably connected to the bus as a slave
back to receive. Data coming from the pro- behind a master, e.g. 7XV5710 or
tection is now transmitted in the other di- 7XV5650/51 RS484 converter. In these
rection to the USB interface and PC by the converters (1st device) the terminating re-
converter. A data LED indicates when data sistor may be implemented by additional
transfer is active. pull-up/pull-down resistors via DIL
switches (S1, S2). The “low-resistance”
Connection of the compact devices, e.g. pull-up/pull-down resistors are essential
7SJ600 with terminals (without bus cables in various SIPROTEC bus applications,
7XV5103) i.e. the use of other converters may result
in problems.
A shielded twisted pair (STP) cable must
be used for the RS485 bus. The conductor
cross-section must be suitable for termina-
tion with ring lugs or SUB-D connectors.
The protection devices are connected to the
bus in line (not in star or ring topology).
The core ends protruding from the shield
should be kept as short as possible.
15
Fig. 15/60
RS485 bus with USB converter cable 7XV5710 and several SIPROTEC devices (connection diagram)
Application
Application example
A number of SIPROTEC 3 and 4 protec-
tion devices can be centrally operated via
their interface with DIGSI via the 7XV5710
USB converter cable. Suitable cables and
adapters are available for the various con-
nection types of the SIPROTEC devices.
For more information, please refer to cata-
log sheet 7XV5103. SIPROTEC 4 devices
with an RS485 interface may be directly
connected and operated with DIGSI 4.
For the connection of individual compact
protection devices with the RS485 inter-
face on terminals e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600,
Fig. 15/61 Central operation via the RS485 bus
7RW600, etc.., the adapter cable
7XV5103-2AA00 or the adapter
7XV5103-3AA00 is required
(see Fig. 15/61).
The converter cable must only be used on a
non-permanent basis because of the lack of
galvanic separation. For permanent opera-
tion, the FO converters 7XV5652 and
7XV5650/51 should be used. The FO con-
ductor ensures complete galvanic separa-
tion between PC and SIPROTEC devices.
Corresponding applications may be found
at: www.siprotec.com/accessories/7XV56…
15
Technical data
Product USB converter cable 7XV5710-0AA00 Connection 2 protection Receiver:
Driver Included on CD or on the Internet at: +/- 15 kV human body model
www.siprotec.com/accessories/7XV5710 +/- 6 kV IEC 1000-4-2,
contact discharge
Installation Plug & Play +/- 12 kV IEC 1000-4-2,
Cable length 1.8 m air-gap discharge
Permitted: up to 128 receivers on the
USB interface Virtual COM port
bus True-fail-safe receiver
Connection 1 USB 2.0 (1.1) connector type A -7 V ... +12 V Common-mode range
Connection 1 pin assignment Pin 1 – Vcc Thermal protection against output
Pin 2 – D- short circuit
Pin 3 – D+ Driver:
Pin 4 – GND +/- 9 kV human body model
Connection 2 SUB-D 9-pin connector (male) with Slew-rate limited for errorless data
securing screws transmission
-7 V ... +12 V common-mode range
Connection 2 pin assignment Pin 3 – Tx/Rx- (A)
Current limiting
Pin 5 – GND
Thermal shutdown for driver-overload
Pin 8 – Tx/Rx+ (B)
protection
All other pins are not connected (nc)
Handshake None
Terminating resistors Selectable (S1, S2 ON = terminating
resistor selected) TX/RX switchover Automatic
+5 V – Pin 3 = 390 Ω Serial data transmission channels Half-duplex 2-wire
Pin 3 – Pin 8 = 220 Ω
Pin 8 – Pin 5 = 390 Ω Power supply +5 V via USB (max. 80 mA)
Module logs on with 96 mA at the USB
Max. 38 mA ready (converter on, no
data transmission)
Max. 80 mA full-duplex 4-core opera-
tion, (max. data rate)
Serial transmission rates 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200,
38400, 57600, 115200 bits/s
Status indication Tx and Rx - 3 mm LED red
Operating temperature -5 up to +70°C
Driver software Windows 98, Windows 98 SE,
Windows 2000, ME, XP
Certification CE-compliant / RoHS-compliant
Application Non-permanent installation with
SIPROTEC – devices
15 USB 2.0 /1.1 with connector type A to RS485 with 9-pin SUB-D male connector,
pin assignment for SIPROTEC 4 and SIMEAS Q,
bus termination switchable,power supply via USB interface,
incl. 9-pin female-female gender changer and driver CD
For the connection of individual compact protection devices with the RS485
interface on terminals, e.g.. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600, etc.,
the 7XV5103-2AA00 adapter cable or the 7XV5103-3AA00 adapter is required
7XV5820
Industrial Modem and Modem-Router with Switch
LSP2884.tif
LSP2885.tif
Modem 56k/ISDN TA
Modem/ISDN Router
3.tif
288
LSP
Fig. 15/63
Industrial modems Pocket Modem/ISDN
Application
Fig. 15/64 Remote control of SIPROTEC 3 and 4 devices over INSYS Pocket to INSYS Modem, mini star-coupler
or RS485 bus with DIGSI 4
Example 1: Remote operation of To ensure secure lightning protection, gal- Communication with the modems is
SIPROTEC 3 devices via modem vanic separation between the substation transparent. Secure data transfer to the
This application example illustrates remote modem and the protection devices must SIPROTEC 3 devices is achieved with the
operation of SIPROTEC 3 protection de- be implemented by means of an optical data format 8E1 (with parity bit). The data
vices with an optical interface and compact barrier. The substation modem with the transmission rate depends on the slowest
protection devices with an RS485 interface 7XV5652 RS232-FO converter is preferably device (9.6 kbit/s or 19.2 kbit/s) and must
using analog modems (7XV5820-1 and -5) located in a communication or control be set to be equal for all devices. The
or digital ISDN modems (7XV5820-2 room while the 7XV5450 star coupler or SIPROTEC 4 devices can then only be op-
and -6). Connection to protection or bay 7XV5650/51 FO-RS485 converter is lo- erated with this data rate which is relatively
control RTUs via an optical interface is cated in the first protection cubicle. If the slow for SIPROTEC 4.
achieved with a star configuration using protection devices are to be controlled cen-
cascadable star couplers. The compact pro- trally in the substation using a notebook,
tection devices with RS485 interface are this is achieved by plugging a DIGSI cable
connected via a FO-RS485 converter into the first star coupler, which disables
and the RS485 bus system 7XV5103. the optical interface and enables the RS232
SIPROTEC 4 devices may be connected connection.
optically or electrically, depending on the
available service interface.
15
Application
Fig. 15/65 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices over INSYS Pocket to INSYS Modem, mini star-coupler
or RS485 bus with DIGSI 4
Example 2: Remote operation of If the protection devices are to be centrally A secure communication via the modems
SIPROTEC 4 devices via modem controlled in the substation, an additional is possible with the standard data format
This application example illustrates remote star coupler must be used (“A2”). By plug- 8N1, with data compression and error cor-
operation of SIPROTEC 4 devices with an ging the DIGSI cable into the first star cou- rection. The data transmission rate is de-
optical or RS485 interface via analog mo- pler, the optical interface is disabled and termined by the slowest device (38.4 kbit/s
dems (7XV5820-1 and -5) or the very the RS232 connection is established. If no or 57.6 kbit/s) and must be set to be the
much faster digital ISDN modems mini star coupler is used, central operation same on all devices.
(7XV5820-2 and -6). Connection of the is only possible via the electrical interface
protection or RTU devices with optical in- of the RS232-FO converter. The modem
terface is achieved via cascadable star cou- plug must be disconnected for this
plers. The devices with RS485 interfaces are purpose.
connected via the FO-RS485 converter and
the RS485 bus system 7XV5103.
To ensure secure lightning protection of
the RS485 bus, galvanic separation should
always be implemented between the sub-
station modem and the protection devices
by means of an optical barrier. The substa-
tion modem with the RS232-FO converter
7XV5652 is preferably located in a com-
munication or control room while the first
FO-RS485 converter 7XV5651/50 is lo-
cated in the first protection cubicle (“A1”).
15
Application
Fig. 15/66 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices with EN100 Ethernet module with DIGSI 4 over INSYS Pocket
Modem/ISDN to INSYS Modem/ISDN router with switch and external optical/electrical Switch
Example 3: Remote operation of Remote connection from the office to the Secure communication via modems is
SIPROTEC 4 devices with Ethernet interfaces substation is established by means of a performed at 57.6 kbit/s, with standard
via a modem-router password-protected DUN connection data format 8N1 with data compression
This application example shows remote under Windows. The connection is then and error correction.
operation of SIPROTEC 4 protection de- “transparent” and the protection devices
vices with an optical or electrical EN100 can be operated with DIGSI 4 in the local
Ethernet interface via an analog or digital subnet with their own IP addresses.
ISDN office modem, (7XV5820-1 or -2), If the protection devices are to be conve-
to a modem or digital ISDN router niently centrally controlled using a note-
(7XV5820-7 and -8). This router with an book in the substation, the notebook with
integrated 4-way switch together with the an Ethernet interface can be logged into
RUGGETCOM switches connected via a the local subnet with a patch cable.
patch cable form a local subnet.
The protection or RTU devices with opti-
cal EN100 interface are connected to the
RUGGETCOM switches in a ring struc-
ture. The protection / RTU devices with
an electrical EN100 interface are directly
connected to the modem-router and
switch or to the electrical interfaces of the
RUGGETCOM switches by means of
double-shielded patch cables. To minimize
any possible interference, the electrical
connections with patch cables should be
15 kept as short as possible.
Application
Fig. 15/67 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices with serial service interface with DIGSI 4 over INSYS Pocket
Modem/ISDN to INSYS Modem/ISDN router with a switch and serial hub.
Example 4: Remote operation of To ensure secure lightning protection, gal- If the protection devices are to be conve-
SIPROTEC 4 devices with serial interfaces vanic separation should always be imple- niently centrally controlled with a note-
via a modem-router mented between the substation modem book in the substation, the notebook with
This application example shows remote and the protection devices by means of an Ethernet interface may be logged into the
operation of SIPROTEC 4 protection de- optical barrier. The modem-router with local subnet with a patch cable. Secure
vices with a serial interface using an analog the serial hub should preferably be located communication via modems is performed
or digital ISDN office modem (7XV5820-1 in a communication or control room, at 57.6 kbit/s, with standard data format
or -2), to a modem or digital ISDN router while the 7XV5450 star coupler or 8N1 with data compression and error
(7XV5820-7 and -8). This router with an 7XV5650/51 FO-RS485 converter is correction.
integrated 4-way switch forms a “local located in the first protection cubicle.
subnet”. The serial hub connected between The remote connection from the office to
the router and the device converts the data the substation is established via a password
transmitted as TCP packages into serial protection DUN connection under Win-
DIGSI protocols. Connection to the pro- dows. The connection is then “transpar-
tection and RTU devices with optical inter- ent” and the protection devices may be
face is achieved via a cascadable star operated with DIGSI 4 via the virtual COM
coupler. Devices with an RS485 interface port of the serial hub and the device
are connected via an FO-RS485 converter address.
and the 7XV5103 RS485 bus system.
15
7XV5810-1AA00 and
7XV5820-2AA00 INSYS Pocket Modem
Description
Data communication in the private,
commercial and industrial applications
is becoming ever more important.
INSYS Pocket Modem 56k and
INSYS Pocket ISDN TA fascinate
with their sophisticated engineering
and their shapely compact metal
housing.
.tif
883
P2
The devices are ideal as remote stations
LS
for our DIN rail series.
Technical Data
Network interface, line requirement Analog telephone network ISDN net, S0/I.430 Euro ISDN DSS1
Data transmission rate Up to 56 kbits/s 64 kbit/s
Software update Flash Flash
Approvals R & TTE, CTR21 R & TTE, CTR3
Application For international use Europe
Standards Developed according to CE directives, Developed according to CE directives,
manufactured according to ISO 9002 manufactured according to ISO 9002
Configuration Remote configuration, AT commands Local, via PC terminal, remote via ISDN
Connection Auto answer mode, hardware-handshake Auto answer mode with optional phone number
Speed adjustable, sleep mode, auto-bauding, verification
display caller ID
Data format 10 and 11 bit: 7E1, 7O1, 7N2, 7E2, 7O2, 8N1, B channel: V.110, X.75, V.120, X.25/X.31,
8E1, 8O1, 8N2 HDLC (PPP), T70NL, T90NL
D channel: 1TR6 DSS1, VNx
Protocols V.92, V.90, V.34+, V.34, V.32bis, V.32, V.23, –
V.22bis, V.22, V.21, Bell Norm 103/212,
Fax class 1/2
Compression MNP5, V.42 bis, MNP 10, 10 EC, V.44 –
Error correction MNP 2/3/4 and V.42 –
Security functions Security call-back, alarm transmission, SMS to fixed Access protection via approved phone number
network or as fax over AT command, selective call (accessable), password protection of remote
answer, line-in-use detection, selectable key-abort configuration
Power supply 9 ... 10 V DC (with plug power supply 230 V AC) 5 V DC (with plug power supply 100 to 230 V AC)
Consumption Approx. 140 mA DC Max. 100 mA at 5 V/500 mW
Interface to application RS232, 9-pin SUB-D jack RS232, 9-pin SUB-D jack
15 Interface to network RJ-12 (Western) RJ-45 connector
LSP2884.tif
7XV5820 INSYS ISDN TA Profi
Description
With the INSYS Modem 56k Profi any application can be connected
to the analog telephone network, which is available worldwide. The
INSYS ISDN 4.0 can easily be connected to the digital ISDN network.
Both modems enhance pure data communication with alarming and
security functions: alarms with a user-defined text as an SMS, fax or
e-mail are triggered by digital inputs. Data connections (INSYS Mo-
dem 56k) and remote control are protected by passwords. The INSYS
56k modem establishes a connection only to a predefined number in
response to an incoming call if the security call-back is activated.
Fig. 15/69 7XV5820 modem Selective call answer allows only data calls from specified numbers.
The digital outputs can be controlled remotely. The INSYS 56k mo-
dem controls these outputs by data connection as well as by DTMF
tones from a tone dial phone. The digital outputs can be configured
Technical data to display the connections status.
Network interface 2-wire leased or dial-up line S0/1.430 Euro ISDN network, DSS1
Data transmission rate Max. 56 kbit/s Max. 68 kbit/s (channel building 128 kbit/s)
Digital in-/outputs 2 alarm inputs/2 control outputs
Watchdog Yes –
Software update – Flash update
Approvals – R & TTE, CTR3
Application – Europe
Standards – Developed according to CE directives
Configuration AT commands via serial line, AT commands, configuration over serial line,
remote configuration remote configuration, CAPI
Connection Auto-answer mode, idle connection ctrl, auto-bauding, number storage, hard-/software handshake
International settings, caller ID presentation,
SMS to fixed-line telephone network,
fixed serial speed, sleep mode
Alarm functions Triggered by alarm input or AT command: send SMS, (send fax and collective fax message
7XV5820-5AA00), establish data connection, transmit message over data connection
Output control AT command (local & remote) DTMF AT command, configurator, connection status
Security functions Password protection for connection, remote control and security callback
Selective call answer, watchdog Number identification (CLIP)
Data formats 10 and 11 bit: 7E1, 7O1, 7N2, 7E2, 7O2, 8N1, 8E1, 8O1, 8N2
Bit transparent
Protocols, error correction, compression V.32bis, V.32, V.23, V.22, V.22bis, V.21, V.34+, B channel: X.75, X.25/X.31, HDLC/PPP, V.110,
V.90, V.92, Bell Norm 103/212, Fax Class ½, V.120 asynchronous;
MNP 2/3/4, V.42, MNP 10, MNP 10 EC, D channel: X.31
MNP 5 V.42bis
Supply voltage 10 to 60 V DC 10 to 60 V DC
Current consumption Transmission: 200 mA (at 12 V) 40 mA
Standby: 160 mA (at 12 V)
Inuts/outputs SPDT (single-pole double-throw) switches by galvanically isolated relays,
max. voltage 30 V DC/42 V AC, max. current: 1 A DC/0.5 A AC 15
Serial line speed 300 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s 1.2 to 230.4 kbit/s
7XV5820-7/-8AA00
Modem-Router-Switch (MoRoS)
LSP2885.tif
Description
Modem-Router-Switch by INSYS combines a modem, a router
and a 4-port switch. The dial-in and dial-out functionality enables
remote maintenance and operation of devices in an Ethernet net-
work.
The MoRoS device is available with an integrated analog modem
or with ISDN-TA. The integrated 4-port switch allows for direct
connection of up to four network devices. The MoRoS device has
an international 56k modem for global application. The configu-
ration of the MoRoS device is easy and fast via a web interface.
MoRoS by INSYS is a device that combines modem, router
Fig. 15/70 7XV5820 Modem-Router-Switch (MoRoS)
and switch functions for the remote maintenance of Ethernet-
enabled products, e.g. PLC, HMI, etc.
Analog Modem-Router
with 4-way switch for DIN rail-mounting, power supply 10 to 60 V DC 7
15
15
7XV5850/5851
Ethernet Modems for Office Applications
Function overview
LSP2509.tif
configuration of the modem.
• Serial baud rate and data format
(RS232) for the terminal devices is
selectable from 2400 Bd up to 57.6 kBd
with data format 8N1, 8E1.
Fig. 15/71 • An Ethernet interface LAN to the
7XV585x Ethernet modem 10/100 Mbit network.
• Better security with password protec-
tion and IP address selection is possible.
15
Application
Fig. 15/72 Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via Ethernet modems
Using the office computer and DIGSI 4, If later an Ethernet connection is available
both substation 1 and 2 may be dialed up in the substation, the existing modem can
via Ethernet modems. A TCP/IP point-to- be replaced by an Ethernet modem. The
point data connection is established be- entire serial bus structure and cabling may
tween the office modem and correspond- remain unchanged.
ing substation modem when dialed up via
the network. This is maintained until the
office modem terminates the connection.
The serial data exchange takes place via this
data connection, with the modem convert-
ing the data from serial to Ethernet with
full duplex mode. Between the office mo-
dem and the office PC, the highest baud
rate is always used, e.g. 57.6 kB for
SIPROTEC 4 units. The serial baud rate of
the substation modem is adapted to the
baud rate required by the protection relays,
e.g. substation modem 1 with 57.6 kB for
SIPROTEC 4 and substation modem 2 with
9.6 kB for SIPROTEC 3 units. These set-
tings are only defined once in the modem.
The Ethernet modems are integrated in
DIGSI 4 similar to telephone modems. In-
stead of the telephone number, the pre-set
IP address assigned to the modem is se-
lected.
15
15
16
16
earth-fault CT
• For feeder protection with an open star
point
• For feeder protection with an open star
point and independently switchable trip
and CT circuits
• For a 3-winding transformer differen-
Fig. 16/1 7XV75 test switch tial protection
• For feeder protection without an open
star point with 4th CT and 4th VT input
Description (three-stage test switch)
16
Unit design
Metal housing 7XP20
Dimension 1/6 of 19” wide
Weight Approx. 3.4 kg
Connecting cable 7XV6201 for 7XV75 test switch with 2 meter cable
with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 isolated
banana connectors 4 mm with cable marks 7XV6201-5
with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 cable
end sleeves with cable marks 7XV6201-6
16
7PA22/23
Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications
Technical data for 7PA22 and 7PA23
Switching contacts
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A/200 ms
150 A/10 ms
Switching current/voltage 40 A/0.5 s/110 V DC
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
LSP2427_afp.tif
LSP2415_afp.tif
in series in series
V DC A A A A
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
125 1.2 2.2 0.6 1.1
220 0.6 1.1 0.3 0.6
Fig. 16/2 7PA2 auxiliary relays
For details see characteristics
Vmax, open contact 250 V DC/400 V AC
Mechanical service life 107 operating cycles
Operating temperature - 10 °C to + 55 °C
14 °F to 131 °F
Max. permissible humidity 93 % at 40 °C/104 °F
Seismic stress class according to IEEE 501
Degree of ZPA 3 g acceleration at
Description 33 Hz
- IEC 60255-7
-10 °C/2 h 14 °F/2 h
At rated voltage VN
16
thermal aging test +55 °C/1440 h
131 °F/1440 h
Technical data
7PA22
While the auxiliary voltage is being sup-
Fast-acting lockout relay plied to the SET coil, the reset pushbutton
Description must not remain pushed longer than 20 s.
Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
125 V DC 5
30 V DC 6
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-1 1
16
Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
125 V DC 5
30 V DC 6
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9011-1 1
16
16
7PA26/27/30
Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications
Technical data for 7PA26 and 7PA27
Switching contacts
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A/200 ms
150 A/10 ms
Switching current/voltage 40 A/0.5 s/110 V DC
LSP2888.tif
LSP2887.tif
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
1 contact 2 contacts 1 contact 2 contacts
in series in series
V DC A A A A
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
LSP2890.tif
LSP2889.tif
Description
Standards
Technical data
Constructions standards (Cont'd) 7PA26 Monostable
Rated voltages and consumption
Immunity test EMC fast-acting relay VN Voltage Consumption
EN 60255-22-1 High frequency 1 MHz burst Description range
disturbance test: V DC V DC mA
Test level: 1 MHz, 400 imp/s, 2 s The monostable 7PA26 has eight change-
Common mode: 2,5 kV 7PA26o20
over contacts.
Differential mode: 1 kV 24/30 20 – 33 278
EN 61000-4-4 Electrical Fast transient burst: 60 48 – 66 100
Test level 4 kV, 2.5 kHz,
1 min ⋅ 2 kV, 5 kHz, 1 min 110/125 88 – 138 55
EN 61000-4-5 Surge 8/20 μs (current) 220 176 – 242 28
1.2/50 μs (voltage) Consumption
Common mode: 2 kV- 7PA26o21 Normal Peak
Differential mode: 1 kV
24/30 19 – 36 50
EN 61000-4-3 Radiated electromagnetic field: 0.8 A 20 ms
Test level: 80-1000 MHz, 60 42 – 72 20
10 V/m, 80 % AM (1 kHz)
110/125 77 – 150 14
EN 61000-4-3 Digital telephones radiated 0.3 A 20 ms
electromagnetic field: Test level: 220 154 – 264 7
900 ± 5 MHz, 10 V/m, 50 %
(200 Hz) 1.89 GHz ± 10 MHz,
10 V/m, 50 % (200 Hz) • Pick-up time: 7PA26o20 < 20 ms
EN 61000-4-6 Conducted disturbances in- 7PA26o21 < 10 ms
duced by radio frequency fields.
Test level: 0.15-80 MHz, 10 V, • Drop-out time: < 40 ms
80 % AM (1kHz)
General description see page 16/5.
EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic discharges: Test
level: Contact ± 15 kV; Refer to part 17 for dimension drawings.
Air mode ± 15 kV
EN 61000-4-8 Power frequency magnetic field:
Fig. 16/6 Connection diagram
Test level: 100 A/m
1 min ⋅ 1000 A/m 1 s
EN 55011 Emission test: Test level: Cover:
Class A 30-230 MHz, 40 dB(μV/m)
(quasi peak)-10 m
230-1000 MHz, 47 dB(μV/m)
(quasi peak)-10 m
Power supply:
0.15-0.5 MHz, 79 dB(μV)
(quasi peak)/ 66 dB average val.
0.5-5 MHz, 73 dB(μV)
(quasi peak)/ 60 dB average val.
5-30 MHz, 73 dB(μV)
(quasi peak)/ 60 dB average val.
Selection and ordering data Description Order No.
7PA26 monostable relay with 8 changeover contacts 7PA26o2-oAA00-o
Auxiliary voltage
24 /30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
Standard, 20 ms 0
Fast, 10 ms 1
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-3 1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0 2
Technical data
7PA27 Monostable
Rated voltages and consumption
fast-acting relay VN Voltage Consumption
Description range Normal Peak
V DC V DC mA
The monostable 7PA27 is a fast-acting
24/30 19 – 36 28 1 A/20 ms
relay with four changeover contacts.
60 42 – 72 12 1 A/20 ms
110/125 77 – 150 8 0,3 A/20 ms
220 154 – 264 6 0,3 A/20 ms
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9011-2 1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9013-0 2
16
7PA30 Three-phase
Trip circuit supervision
Description
The relay is for supervision of the trip cir-
cuit of a circuit breaker with three selective
trip coils. The trip circuit wiring is super-
vised from the positive supply to the nega-
tive supply whilst the circuit breaker is
open or closed.
Functions
The design, quality and rugged construc-
tion of the relay make it suitable for appli-
cations requiring high levels of reliability/
dependability. The high degree of
protection guarantees reliable operation
over a wide temperature range, even under
extreme environmental conditions.
The relay has been tested in accordance
with IEC, EN and IEEE standards. The re-
lay is CE marked. The supervision current
is always less than 1.4 mA thus avoiding
unwanted operation of the trip coil. Cor-
rect operation is shown via a green LED.
Fig. 16/8 Connection diagram for 3-phase relay
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-4 1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0 2
7PA30 Single-phase
Trip circuit supervision
Description
The relay is for supervision of the trip cir-
cuit of a circuit breaker with one trip coil.
The trip circuit wiring is supervised from
the positive supply to the negative supply
whilst the circuit breaker is open or closed.
Functions
The design, quality and rugged construc-
tion of the relay make it suitable for appli-
cations requiring high levels of reliability/
dependability. The high degree of
protection guarantees reliable operation
over a wide temperature range, even under
extreme environmental conditions.
The relay has been tested in accordance
with IEC, EN and IEEE standards. The re-
lay is CE marked. The supervision current Fig. 16/9 Connection diagram for 1-phase relay
is always less than 1.4 mA thus avoiding
unwanted operation of the trip coil. Cor-
rect operation is shown via a green LED. Standard voltages and consumption
VN Voltage range Consumption Impedance Pickup
per phase Drop out Voltage
V DC V DC mA kΩ/s V DC
14/30 18 - 33 32 20 between 12 and 18
60 42 - 66 18 44 36 and 42
110/125 77 - 138 18 94 66 and 77
220 154 - 275 13 200 132 and 154
Drop-out time: between 150 ms and 400 ms
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9011-0 1
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9013-0 2
16
16
• Contacts:
− Permanent current 8 A
Fig. 16/10 7TS16 annunciation relay
− Instantaneous current 15 A
− Making capacity 15 A /4 s /110 V DC
− Breaking capacity 0.3 A /110 V DC
Description
16
Accessories
Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9010-2
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0
16
Application
• Protection of voltage-transformer
secondary circuits for the connection
of protection relays with voltage-
dependent starting element
Functions
• Auxiliary contact of 3RV16 prevents the
distance protection tripping via the
LSP2402-afp.tif
An auxiliary switch for blocking the Impedance across the main contacts
Functions
distance protection relay is available,
There is only minor current flow across the
equipped with 1 changeover contact fitted
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker main contacts of the voltage transformer
permanently in the voltage transformer
largely corresponds with the circuit- circuit-breaker. To ensure reliable func-
circuit-breaker. This changeover contact
breaker 3RV1, SIRIUS, size S00. Two spe- tioning of the distance protection, main
can be used as 1 NO (11-14) or 1 NC
cial characteristics are taken into account contact resistance must be minimal and
(11-12) contact. Due to the high contact
for safe prevention of faulty triggering of nearly constant throughout the service life
stability of these auxiliary contacts at the
the distance protection relay. of the circuit-breaker.
lowest possible rated operational currents
Auxiliary switch for blocking Ie/AC-15 ≥ 0.5 mA at 230 V, it is also suit- This is realized with suitable contacts and
the distance protection able for modern solid-state distance pro- contact materials for the 3RV16 voltage
tection relays. transformer circuit-breaker.
The main contacts of the circuit-breaker
open if the voltage transformer circuit- The laterally mountable auxiliary switches
breaker is tripped or switched off. The of the SIRIUS range can be used for signal-
distance protection would falsely interpret ing functions. They cannot be used for
low impedance as a fault, which results in blocking the distance protection relay.
immediate power cut-out within only a
few milliseconds.
To prevent this fault response, special
auxiliary contacts with a time-dependent
assignment to the circuit-breaker’s main
contacts (see Technical data) must be pro-
vided. The distance protection is blocked
with the help of these auxiliary contacts,
Fig. 16/13 Timing diagram of auxiliary switches for blocking distance protection
and thus prevents faulty triggering.
Note:
When using the NC contact to con-
nect the voltage transformer circuit-
breaker, the binary input of the dis-
tance protection device (Siemens
7SA xxx) should be set to “active
without voltage”. This type of con-
nection is used for additional moni-
toring of correct wiring.
Technical data
Conductor cross-sections, main circuit, 1 or 2 conductors General technical data
Type 3RV1611- Type 3RV1611-
1AG14 1CG14 1DG14 1AG14 1CG14 1DG14
Terminal type Screw connection Rated current 1.4 2.5 3
Terminal screw Prozidriv size 2 Permissible ambient temperature
Solid 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); During storage/transport -50 to +80 °C
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2); During operation -20 to +60 °C (up to 70 °C possible
(max. 4 mm2); with current reduction)
Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); Rated operational voltage VE 400 V
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Rated frequency 16.7 to 60 Hz
Stranded 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); Rated insulation voltage VI 690 V
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2); Short-circuit breaking capacity at 50 kA
(max. 4 mm2) 400 V AC, short-circuit proof up to
Auxiliary switch for blocking the distance protection Current setting of the 1.4 A 2.5 A 3A
With defined time-dependent 1 changeover contact, solid-state thermal overload release
assignment for blocking distance compatible (usable as 1 NO or 1 NC) Operating value of the 6 ± 20 % 10.5 ± 20 % 20 ± 20 %
protection instantaneous electromagnetic
Rated operational current IE/ AC-14 0.5 A/VE 250 V overcurrent release
rated operational voltage VE AC-14 1 A/VE 125 V Tripping time of the Approx.
DC-13 0.27 A/VE 250 V instantaneous electromagnetic 6 ms at 12 A 6 ms at 20 A 6 ms at 40 A
DC-13 0.44 A/VE 125 V overcurrent release
Short-circuit protection for auxiliary circuit Disconnection life:
Fusible link, gL/gG max. 10 A short-circuit current Ip Max. short-circuit disconnections
Miniature circuit-breaker, max. 6 A ≤ 0.1 kA ≤ 10
C characteristic 0.1 to 2 kA ≤3
2 kA to 50 kA 1
Internal resistance
in cold state > 0.25 Ω ± 6.5 %
in heated state > 0.30 Ω ± 6.5 %
Selection and ordering data
Shock resistance 15 g
acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-27
Description Order No.
Degree of protection IP 20
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker acc. to IEC 60529
with 1 auxiliary contact, 1 changeover Touch protection Safe against finger touch
acc.to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100
1.4/ 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Service life Operating cycles
2.5/10.5 A 3RV1611-1CG14 mechanical 10000
3/20 A 3RV1611-1DG14 electrical 10000
Laterally mountable auxiliary switches 1 NO/NC 3RV1901-1A Permissible mounting position any
16
16
17
17 Appendix
Relay characteristics
17
17/2 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Relay characteristics
I = current
t = tripping time
Ip = pickup setting
Tp = time multiplier setting
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/3
17 Appendix
Relay characteristics
Relay characteristics
Relay characteristics
17
17/6 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/15
Housing for panel flush mounting/
cubicle mounting, terminals at rear (1/6 x 19")
Fig. 17/16
Housing for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom (1/6 x 19")
17
17/8 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/17
Housing for panel surface mounting,
terminals on the side (1/6 x 19")
Panel cutout
Fig. 17/18
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for panel flush mounting
Fig. 17/19
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for rail mounting
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/9
17 Appendix
Side view / screw-type terminals View from the rear Panel cutout
Fig. 17/20
7SJ602 with7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting,
terminals at rear
Fig. 17/21
7SJ602 with 7XP20 housing
for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom
17
17/10 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/22
7SJ80/7SK80 protection relays
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting
Fig. 17/23
7SJ80/7SK80 protection relays
for panel surface mounting
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/11
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/25
1/3 x 19” surface-mounting housing,
terminals at top and bottom
17
17/12 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/26
1/2 x 19" flush-mounting housing
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/13
17 Appendix
Side view
Fig. 17/27
2/3 x 19" flush-mounting housing for 7SA613
17
17/14 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/28
in 1/1 x 19" flush-mounting housing
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/15
17 Appendix
Front view
1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housing 7XP20
(without sloped FO case)
Fig. 17/29
1/2 and 1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housing
17
17/16 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/30
Housing with detached or no
operator panel
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/17
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/31
7SS523 bay unit in 7XP2040-2 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting
Fig. 17/32
7SS523 bay unit in 7XP2040-1 housing for
panel surface mounting
17
17/18 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/33
7SS525 busbar and breaker failure protection unit
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting
with housing for wall mounting
Fig. 17/34
7SS522 central unit in SIPAC subrack
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/19
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/35
Converter devices for rail mounting
Fig. 17/36
7XV5300 star coupler in 19" subrack
Fig. 17/37
7XV5662 communication converter
17
17/20 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Front view Side view Rear view Rear view Panel cutout
(except 7XV7506) of 7XV7506
Fig. 17/38
7XV75 with housing 7XP2020-2
(for panel flush mounting)
Fig. 17/39
Housing 7XP204 of the peripheral modules (7SS60)
for panel or cubicle flush mounting
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/21
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/40
7KE6000 SIMEAS R
1/2 x 19” with 7XP20 housing for panel flush mounting
Fig. 17/41
7KE6000-1 SIMEAS R
1/1 x 19” unit in 7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting
Panel cutout
17
17/22 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/42
7KE6000-0 SIMEAS R V3.0 / 7KE6100-0 SIMEAS R-PMU
19" frame mounting
Side view
Front view
Fig. 17/43
7KE6000-0 SIMEAS R V3.0 / 7KE6100-0 SIMEAS R-PMU
19" frame mounting
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/23
17 Appendix
7KG7000 SIMEAS P
Fig. 17/44
SIMEAS P50
Fig. 17/45
Attention:
Depending on the cable
cross-section a minimal
bend radius has to be
considered.
SIMEAS P55
Fig. 17/46 Fig. 17/47
SIMEAS P600/P610
17
17/24 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
SIMEAS P650/P660
7KG6000 SIMEAS T
Fig. 17/52
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/25
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/57
Flush mounting sockets 7XP9010-1, 7XP9010-2,
7XP9010-4 for 7PA22 auxiliary relay
7TS16 indication relay
7PA30 three-phase trip circuit supervision
Fig. 17/56
7PA23 auxiliary relay +
flush mounting socket 7XP9011-1
17
17/26 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Fig. 16/59
7PA27
Fig. 17/62
Fig. 17/61 Flush mounting socket 7XP9011-2
7TS16, 7PA30 three-phase for 7PA27 auxiliary relay
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/27
17 Appendix
Fig. 17/65
7PA26 auxiliary relay
Fig. 17/66
Flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-3 for 7PA26
Fig. 17/67
Type a b
4AM51xx auxiliary current transformer with varistor
4AM5120-1 120 132
4AM5120-2 140 125
4AM5120-3 120 132
4AM5120-4 120 132
Fig. 17/68
4AM51xx auxiliary current transformer without varistor
17
17/28 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/29
17 Appendix
17
17/30 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
7XS5440 3/8
7XS5460 3/8
7XS5490 3/7
7XT3300 11/64, 11/74
7XT3400 11/64
7XT7100 11/64, 11/74
7XV5100 3/7
7XV5101 15/4
7XV5103 15/7, 15/10, 15/12
7XV5104 15/14
7XV5105 15/16
7XV5300 15/18
7XV5301 15/18
7XV5302 15/18
7XV5450 15/21
7XV5461 15/25, 15/29, 15/33
7XV5550 15/37
7XV5650 15/42
7XV5651 15/42
7XV5652 15/45
7XV5653 15/49
7XV5654 15/68
7XV5655 15/71, 15/75
7XV5662 15/53, 15/57, 15/61, 15/66
7XV5664 15/68
7XV5700 15/77
7XV5710 15/84
7XV5820 15/93
7XV585 15/97
7XV600 10/29
7XV6010 9/15
7XV6200 16/4
7XV750 16/4
9CA4030 13/98
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/31
17 Appendix
Training
LSP2891.tif
guages. On the Internet at
www.siemens.com/power-academy you
will find our complete training program
with details of contents, dates, costs and
contacts.
17
17/32 Siemens SIP · 2008
17 Appendix
Books on protection
A textbook and standard work in one,
these books cover all topics, which have to
be paid attention to for planning, design-
ing, configuring and applying differential
and distance protection systems. The
books are aimed at students and engineers
who wish to familiarize themselves with
the subject of differential/distance substa-
tion protection, as well as the experienced
user, entering the area of numerical differ-
ential/distance protection. Furthermore,
they serve as a reference guide for solving
application problems.
LSP2811.tif
LSP2812.tif
Siemens Order No. Siemens Order No.
A19100-L531-B884-X-7600 A19100-L531-B917-X-7600
ISBN 3-89578-234-3 ISBN 3-89578-266-1
LSP2893.tif
Multimedia CD ROMs/DVDs
List of available multimedia CD ROMs/DVDs
Useful information on selection and applica-
Title Order No.
tion for the SIPROTEC protection relays is
provided for the user. SIPROTEC Catalog 2008 E50001-D4400-A7-A5-7600
The following subject matters are available SIPROTEC 4 Tutorial E50001-U310-D21-X-7100
on one DVD:
− SIPROTEC relay features
− SIPROTEC application hints
− Communication based on IEC 61850
− DIGSI Software operating program
− SIGRA Software evaluation of fault records
Computer-based interactive training:
Study, practice, check your knowledge
Ask your Siemens representative for the
LSP2894.tif
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 17/33
17 Appendix
Siemens Companies and Representatives of the Energy Sector/Power Transmission and Power Distribution
Siemens Companies and Representatives of the Energy Sector/Power Transmission and Power Distribution
PTD EA 01.08
Notes
17
Siemens SIP · 2008 Printed in Germany KGK 0608 10.0 1016 En 102869 6101/6500
17/35
Notes
The information in this document contains general descriptions of the technical options available, which do not always have to be present in individual cases.
The required features should therefore be specified in each individual case at the time of closing the contract.